Dell 2130cn Full Manual PDF

Dell 2130cn
Service Manual
22 April 2010
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
2010 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc.is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to the entities claiming the marks and
names of their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than
its own.
Version record
Refer to the portion indicated by change bar in each section.
Also refer to the reasons in table below.
Version Issu e date Note
1st March 19, 2010 1st issued

1.1st version issued
Introduction
- The content was reviewed.
Chapter 1:Troubleshooting
Chapter 2:Operation of Diagnostic
1.1st April 30, 2010
Chapter 3:RRP
Chapter 4:Plug/Jack Connector Locations
- The illustration was changed.
Chapter 6:Principles of Operation
Chapter 8:Printer Specifications
1.2st version issued
Introduction
1.2st May 19, 2010 - The content of "4.5.2 Caution la bel f or tone r
cartridges" was updated.
Chapter 5 : Parts List
- Correction according to change of spare parts.
2nd version issued
Chapter 1:Troubleshooting
- The check result of development was
reflected.
Chapter 3:RRP
- The error in writing was corrected.
Chapter 4: Plug/Jack Connector Locations
2nd June 16, 2010
Chapter 5: Parts List
Chapter 6:Principles of Operation
Chapter 7: Wiring Diagrams and Signal
Information CONTENTS
Chapter 8: Printer Specifications
Cautions
Operation contents of this document may be subject to modification without notice.
Dell Inc. will not assume responsibility for accidental or incidental damages resulting from technical
or editorial errors or omissions in this manual, the issue of this manual, the execution of descriptions
in this manual, or the use of this manual.
This document is protected by copyright. Do not photocopy or duplicate any part of this document in
any form without written permission from Dell Inc.
i
1. About this manual
This manual is a standard service manual of 'HOO,QF containing informationUHTXLUHGIRUPDLQWHQDQFH
of this laser printer (standard specifications).
2. Marks giving caution

Maintenance operations requiring special cautions or additional information regarding descriptions in
this manual are presented as "Warning," "Caution," or "Note," depending on their nature.
If instructions are not observed, death or serious injury may result.
If instructions are not observed, injuries to workers or physical damage to assets

(including this laser printer) may result.
Essentials for procedures, steps, rules, and others.
Reference Incidental information to descriptions.
3. Related documents
- Instruction manuals (standard manuals)

Describe the operation and handling of this laser printer.
- Performance specifications
Describe in detail various specifications of this laser printer.
(In the event of a discrepancy between this manual and the performance specifications, the
performance specifications take precedence.)
- Spare parts list

Information on maintenance parts (spare parts) for this laser printer.
ii
4. Safety
To prevent possible accidents during maintenance operation, you should observe strictly the "Warning"
and "Caution" information in this manual.
Avoid dangerous operations and operations out of the scope of this manual.
Various processes not covered by this manual may be required in actual operations, and should be
performed carefully, always giving attention to safety.
4.1 Power source

Keep the power plug disconnected during the maintenance operation to prevent electric shock, burns
and other damages.
If the power supply should be kept connected to measure voltage or for other similar reasons, take
sufficient care to prevent electric shock, by following the procedures in this manual.
While the printer is on, never touch live parts if not required.
Power is supplied to the power switch / inlet even while the printer is off. Never
touch its live components.
Do not touch live parts unless otherwise specified.
Rio00002KA
iii
4.2 Driving units
When servicing gears or other driving units, be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power
cord. Drive them manually when required.
Do not do the print work removing the cover of the printer to confirm the operation
of driving part.
4.3 High-temperature units

When servicing high-temperature units (securing unit, etc.), be sure to turn them off to prevent burns,
injuries and other troubles. Remove the power plug and start service processes after they have cooled
down sufficiently.
Because high-temperature units are still hot after they complete an operation, wait
at least 40 minutes before starting maintenance service.
iv
4.4 Laser beams
• If your eyes are exposed to laser beams, you may lose your eyesight.
• Never open the cover if the warning label for laser beams is attached there.
• Before disassembling and reassembling this laser printer, be sure to turn it OFF.
• When servicing this laser printer while it is running, be sure to follow the
procedures specified in this manual.
• You should be well aware that the laser beams are capable of injuring you and
other people near the printer.
Laser beams have features as follows:

• Frequencies are smaller in width than other beams (sun and electric bulbs) and
phases are uniform so that high monochromatic and convergence performance
can be obtained and thin beams of light can reach places at a long distance.
• Being highly converged, the laser beams exert a heating action that may be
harmful to human body.
Reference: The laser beams of this laser printer are invisible rays.
ROS
Rio00003KA
v
4.5 Warning/caution labels
Warning labels and caution labels are attached to this laser printer to prevent accidents Check those
labels for peeling or stains when servicing the printer.
4.5.1 Caution label for high-temperature units
Rio00004KA
vi
4.5.2 Caution label for toner cartridges
Rio00006KA
vii
Wsb00007KA
viii
4.5.3 Caution label for SSI and tray
Rio00008KA
Rio Service Manual ix

Version 1 2008.02.29
4.5.4 Caution label for ROS
Rio00009KA
x
4.5.5 Caution label for transfer belt and PHD unit
Rio00005KA
xi
Rio00012KA
xii
4.5.6 Caution label for duplex
Rio00013KA
xiii
Blank Page
xiv
Unpacking the Printer
Take extreme care to avoid personal injuries.
Check the printer for evidence of any damages.

Peel all tapes off the printer.
Rio00010KB
xv
Rio00011KB
xvi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. About this manual............................................................................................................. ii

2. Marks giving caution......................................................................................................... ii
3. Related documents........................................................................................................... ii
4. Safety ...............................................................................................................................iii
4.1 Power source ......................................................................................................................................... iii
4.2 Driving units ...........................................................................................................................................iv
4.3 High-temperature units ..........................................................................................................................iv
4.4 Laser beams ...........................................................................................................................................v
4.5 Warning/caution labels...........................................................................................................................vi
4.5.1 Caution label for high-temperature units........................................................................................vi
4.5.2 Caution label for toner cartridges.................................................................................................. vii
4.5.3 Caution label for SSI and tray ........................................................................................................ix
4.5.4 Caution label for ROS .....................................................................................................................x
4.5.5 Caution label for transfer belt and PHD unit ..................................................................................xi
4.5.6 Caution label for duplex ............................................................................................................... xiii
Unpacking the Printer ........................................................................................................ xv
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................1 - 1
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic .................................................................................2 - 1
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures ........................................................3 - 1
Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations..............................................................4 - 1
Chapter 5 Parts List........................................................................................................5 - 1
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation ..................................................................................6 - 1
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information .......................................................7 - 1
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications .....................................................................................8 - 1
xvii
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS
1. Troubleshooting Overview...........................................................................................1 - 1
1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................... 1 - 1
1.2 Check Installation Status .................................................................................................................. 1 - 2
1.3 Cautions on Service Operations ....................................................................................................... 1 - 3
1.4 Cautions on Using FIP ...................................................................................................................... 1 - 4
1.5 Items to Be Confirmed Before Going to FIP Troubleshooting........................................................... 1 - 5
2. FIP .............................................................................................................................1 - 10
2.1 FIP .................................................................................................................................................. 1 - 10
2.2 Flow of FIP...................................................................................................................................... 1 - 10
2.3 Status Code List.............................................................................................................................. 1 - 11
3. ERROR CODE FIP...................................................................................................1 - 32
3.1 Troubleshooting for the call center.................................................................................................. 1 - 32
Flows 1 001-360 Restart Printer .......................................................................................................... 1 - 32
Flows 9 007-371/007-372 Restart Printer ............................................................................................ 1 - 40
Flows 10 009-340 Restart Printer (Yellow Toner)................................................................................ 1 - 41
Flows 11 009-340 Restart Printer (Magenta Toner) ............................................................................ 1 - 43
Flows 12 009-340 Restart Printer (Cyan Toner) .................................................................................. 1 - 45
Flows 13 009-340 Restart Printer (Black Toner).................................................................................. 1 - 47
Flows 14 010-317 Restart Printer ........................................................................................................ 1 - 49
Flows 18 Ready to Print 010-421......................................................................................................... 1 - 53
Flows 19 016-300/016-301/016-302/016-313/016-315/016-317/016-323/016-327/
016-344/016-345/016-346/016-347 Restart Printer.............................................................. 1 - 54
Flows 19-1 016-340 Restart Printer ...................................................................................................... 1 - 55
Flows 20 016-316/016-318 Restart Printer .......................................................................................... 1 - 57
Flows 24 Invalid ID 016-383 / Range Chk Error 016-384 / Header Error 016-385 /
Check Sum Error 016-386 / Protection Error 016-391 / Erase Flash Err. 016-392 /
Write Flash Err. 016-393 / Verify Error 016-394 .................................................................. 1 - 62
Flows 25 Out of Memory 016-700........................................................................................................ 1 - 63
Flows 26 PDL Request 016-720 .......................................................................................................... 1 - 64
Flows 27 Invalid User 016-757 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 65
Flows 28 Disabled Func 016-758 ........................................................................................................ 1 - 66
Flows 29 Reached Limit 016-759 ........................................................................................................ 1 - 67

Flows 30 Invalid Job 016-799 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 68
Flows 31 Disk Full 016-980................................................................................................................... 1 - 69
Flows 32 Collate Full 016-981 ............................................................................................................. 1 - 70
Flows 33 MCU Flash Error 024-360 .................................................................................................... 1 - 71
Flows 35 Check Paper Size 024-910................................................................................................... 1 - 73
Flows 38 Load Tray 1 024-965 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 76
Flows 39 Load Tray 2 024-966 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 77
Flows 40 Load SSF 024-969 / Pause Feed SSF 024-985 / Check SSF 075-923 ............................. 1 - 78
Flows 41 Over Heat 042-700 ............................................................................................................... 1 - 79
Flows 42 Paper Jam 071-100 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 80
Flows 43 Paper Jam 072-100 / Paper Jam 072-908 .......................................................................... 1 - 82
Flows 44 Paper Jam 072-101 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 84
Flows 45 Paper Jam 075-101 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 86
Flows 46 Paper Jam 075-102 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 87
Flows 47 Check SSF 075-922 ............................................................................................................. 1 - 88
Flows 48 Paper Jam 077-100/077-101................................................................................................ 1 - 89
Flows 49 Paper Jam 077-102 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 90
Flows 50 Paper Jam 077-103/077-104/077-105.................................................................................. 1 - 91
Flows 51 Paper Jam 077-107 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 93
Flows 52 Paper Jam 077-108 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 95
Flows 53 Close FrontCover 077-300 ................................................................................................... 1 - 97
Flows 54 Close Side Cover 077-301 ................................................................................................... 1 - 98
Flows 55 Paper Jam 077-900 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 99
Flows 56 Paper Jam 077-901 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 100
Flows 57 Paper Jam 077-907 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 102
Flows 58 Ready to Print 091-402 / Replace PHD 091-935............................................................... 1 - 104
Flows 59 PHD 091-912...................................................................................................................... 1 - 105
Flows 60 Insert PHD 091-972............................................................................................................ 1 - 106
Flows 61 CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310 / Ready to Print 092-410 ........................................................ 1 - 107
Flows 62 Ready to Print 093-423 / Replace Cart. 093-930 .............................................................. 1 - 108
Flows 66 Shake Cartridge 093-919 ................................................................................................... 1 - 112
Flows 70 Replace Cart. 093-934 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 120
Flows 74 CRUM ID 093-960 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 124
Flows 75 CRUM ID 093-961 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 125

Flows 76 CRUM ID 093-962 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 126
Flows 77 CRUM ID 093-963 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 127
Flows 78 CRUM ID 093-965 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 128
Flows 79 Insert PrintCart 093-970 ..................................................................................................... 1 - 129
Flows 83 Ready to Print 094-422 / 094-911 Contact Support .......................................................... 1 - 133
Flows 84 Ready to Print 193-700....................................................................................................... 1 - 134
Flows 85 Faint print (Low contrast)..................................................................................................... 1 - 135
Flows 86 Blank print (No print)............................................................................................................ 1 - 137
Flows 87 Solid black ........................................................................................................................... 1 - 138
Flows 88 Vertical blank line (White stripes in paper transport direction) ............................................ 1 - 139
Flows 89 Horizontal band cross out (White stripe in horizontal direction............................................ 1 - 140
Flows 90 Vertical stripes ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 142
Flows 91 Horizontal stripes................................................................................................................. 1 - 144
Flows 92 Partial Deletion .................................................................................................................... 1 - 146
Flows 93 Spots ................................................................................................................................... 1 - 148
Flows 94 Afterimage (Ghost) .............................................................................................................. 1 - 150
Flows 95 Grey Background................................................................................................................. 1 - 151
Flows 96 Skew.................................................................................................................................... 1 - 152
Flows 97 Paper damage ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 153
Flows 98 Unfusing .............................................................................................................................. 1 - 155
Flows 99 Color registration (Color shift).............................................................................................. 1 - 156
Flows 100 Noise :When power is turned on. ...................................................................................... 1 - 159
Flows 101 Noise During standby ........................................................................................................ 1 - 160
Flows 102 Noise During printing ......................................................................................................... 1 - 161
Flows 103 Electrical Noise.................................................................................................................. 1 - 162
Flows 104 AC...................................................................................................................................... 1 - 163
Flows 105 DC ..................................................................................................................................... 1 - 164
Flows 106 Multiple Feed ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 165
Flows 107 Control Panel Freezes....................................................................................................... 1 - 166
3.2 Troubleshooting for the repair center........................................................................................... 1 - 168
FIP-1. 1 001-360 Restart Printer........................................................................................................ 1 - 168
FIP-1. 9 007-371/007-372 Restart Printer.......................................................................................... 1 - 178
FIP-1. 10 009-340 Restart Printer (Yellow Toner) ............................................................................. 1 - 180
FIP-1. 11 009-340 Restart Printer (Magenta Toner) .......................................................................... 1 - 183
FIP-1. 12 009-340 Restart Printer (Cyan Toner)................................................................................ 1 - 186
FIP-1. 13 009-340 Restart Printer (Black Toner) ............................................................................... 1 - 189

FIP-1. 14 010-317 Restart Printer...................................................................................................... 1 - 192
FIP-1. 18 Ready to Print 010-421 ...................................................................................................... 1 - 198
FIP-1. 19 016-300/016-301/016-302/016-313/016-315/016-317/016-323/016-327/016-340/016-344/
016-345/016-346/016-347 Restart Printer .......................................................................... 1 - 199
FIP-1. 20 016-316/016-318 Restart Printer........................................................................................ 1 - 200
FIP-1. 24 Invalid ID 016-383 / Range Chk Error 016-384 / Header Error 016-385 /
Check Sum Error 016-386 / Protection Error 016-391 / Erase Flash Err. 016-392 /
Write Flash Err. 016-393 / Verify Error 016-394 ................................................................ 1 - 205
FIP-1. 25 Out of Memory 016-700 ..................................................................................................... 1 - 206
FIP-1. 26 PDL Request 016-720........................................................................................................ 1 - 207
FIP-1. 27 Invalid User 016-757 .......................................................................................................... 1 - 208
FIP-1. 28 Disabled Func 016-758 ...................................................................................................... 1 - 209
FIP-1. 29 Reached Limit 016-759 ...................................................................................................... 1 - 210
FIP-1. 30 Invalid Job 016-799............................................................................................................ 1 - 211
FIP-1. 31 Disk Full 016-980 ................................................................................................................ 1 - 212
FIP-1. 32 Collate Full 016-981 ........................................................................................................... 1 - 213
FIP-1. 33 MCU Flash Error 024-360 .................................................................................................. 1 - 214
FIP-1. 35 Check Paper Size 024-910 ................................................................................................ 1 - 216
FIP-1. 38 Load Tray 1 024-965.......................................................................................................... 1 - 219
FIP-1. 39 Load Tray 2 024-966.......................................................................................................... 1 - 221
FIP-1. 40 Load SSF 024-969 / Pause Feed SSF 024-985 / Check SSF 075-923 ........................... 1 - 223
FIP-1. 41 Over Heat 042-700............................................................................................................. 1 - 225
FIP-1. 42 Paper Jam 071-100............................................................................................................ 1 - 226
FIP-1. 43 Paper Jam 072-100 / Paper Jam 072-908 ........................................................................ 1 - 231
FIP-1. 44 Paper Jam 072-101............................................................................................................ 1 - 234
FIP-1. 45 Paper Jam 075-101............................................................................................................ 1 - 239
FIP-1. 46 Paper Jam 075-102............................................................................................................ 1 - 240
FIP-1. 47 Check SSF 075-922........................................................................................................... 1 - 242
FIP-1. 48 Paper Jam 077-100/077-101 ............................................................................................. 1 - 246
FIP-1. 49 Paper Jam 077-102............................................................................................................ 1 - 248
FIP-1. 50 Paper Jam 077-103/077-104/077-105 ............................................................................... 1 - 252
FIP-1. 51 Paper Jam 077-107............................................................................................................ 1 - 253
FIP-1. 52 Paper Jam 077-108............................................................................................................ 1 - 255
FIP-1. 53 Close FrontCover 077-300................................................................................................. 1 - 257
FIP-1. 54 Close Side Cover 077-301 ................................................................................................. 1 - 259
FIP-1. 55 Paper Jam 077-900............................................................................................................ 1 - 260
FIP-1. 56 Paper Jam 077-901............................................................................................................ 1 - 262

FIP-1. 57 Paper Jam 077-907............................................................................................................ 1 - 266
FIP-1. 58 Ready to Print 091-402 / Replace PHD 091-935 .............................................................. 1 - 268
FIP-1. 59 PHD 091-912 ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 269
FIP-1. 60 Insert PHD 091-972 ........................................................................................................... 1 - 270
FIP-1. 61 CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310 / Ready to Print 092-410........................................................ 1 - 271
FIP-1. 62 Ready to Print 093-423 / Replace Cart. 093-930 .............................................................. 1 - 272
FIP-1. 66 Shake Cartridge 093-919 ................................................................................................... 1 - 276
FIP-1. 70 Replace Cart. 093-934 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 288
FIP-1. 71 Replace Cart. 093-935 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 289
FIP-1. 72 Replace Cart. 093-936 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 290
FIP-1. 73 Replace Cart. 093-937 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 291
FIP-1. 74 CRUM ID 093-960.............................................................................................................. 1 - 292
FIP-1. 75 CRUM ID 093-961.............................................................................................................. 1 - 293
FIP-1. 76 CRUM ID 093-962.............................................................................................................. 1 - 294
FIP-1. 77 CRUM ID 093-963.............................................................................................................. 1 - 295
FIP-1. 78 CRUM ID 093-965.............................................................................................................. 1 - 296
FIP-1. 79 Insert PrintCart 093-970..................................................................................................... 1 - 297
FIP-1. 83 Ready to Print 094-422 / 094-911 Contact Support .......................................................... 1 - 301
FIP-1. 84 Ready to Print 193-700 ...................................................................................................... 1 - 302
4. Image Quality Trouble .............................................................................................1 - 303
4.1 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting............................................................................. 1 - 303
4.2 Diagnosis Test Chart .................................................................................................................... 1 - 307
4.3 Items to Be Confirmed Before Image Quality Troubleshooting..................................................... 1 - 312
4.4 Print Image Quality Specifications ................................................................................................ 1 - 314
4.5 Image Quality FIP ......................................................................................................................... 1 - 318
FIP-1.P1 Faint print (Low contrast) .................................................................................................... 1 - 318
FIP-1.P2 Blank print (No print).......................................................................................................... 1 - 322
FIP-1.P3 Solid black ......................................................................................................................... 1 - 326
FIP-1.P4 Vertical blank lines (White stripes in paper transport direction)......................................... 1 - 328
FIP-1.P5 Horizontal band cross out (White stripes in horizontal direction)....................................... 1 - 332
FIP-1.P6 Vertical stripes ................................................................................................................... 1 - 336
FIP-1.P7 Horizontal stripes ............................................................................................................... 1 - 339
FIP-1.P8 Partial Deletion .................................................................................................................. 1 - 343
FIP-1.P9 Spots.................................................................................................................................. 1 - 346
FIP-1.P10 Afterimage (Ghost) .......................................................................................................... 1 - 350
FIP-1.P11 Grey Background............................................................................................................. 1 - 353

FIP-1.P12 Skew ................................................................................................................................ 1 - 357
FIP-1.P13 Paper damage ................................................................................................................. 1 - 360
FIP-1.P14 Unfusing........................................................................................................................... 1 - 363
FIP-1.P15 Color registration (Color shift).......................................................................................... 1 - 364
5. Abnormal Noise Trouble..........................................................................................1 - 367
5.1 Entry Chart for Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting ......................................................................... 1 - 367
5.2 Operation Mode Table .................................................................................................................. 1 - 368
FIP-1.N1 When Power is Turned On ................................................................................................ 1 - 368
FIP-1.N2 During Standby.................................................................................................................. 1 - 370
FIP-1.N3 During Printing................................................................................................................... 1 - 371
6. Other FIP .................................................................................................................1 - 374
FIP-Electrical Noise ............................................................................................................................ 1 - 374
FIP-AC ................................................................................................................................................ 1 - 375
FIP-DC ................................................................................................................................................ 1 - 376
FIP-Multiple Feed................................................................................................................................ 1 - 377
FIP-Control Panel Freezes ................................................................................................................. 1 - 378
The troubleshooting procedures described herein assume the use of the Diag Tool.
However, the procedures can be performed without the Diag Tool as long as they
are carefully followed.
1. Troubleshooting Overview
To increase the efficiency of troubleshooting, ensure that preliminary checks should be made to
confirm the trouble status before proceeding to the Fault Isolation Procedure (FIP), Operation of
Diagnostic (Chapter 2), Wiring Diagrams (Chapter 7), and Principles of Operation (Chapter 6).
1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting

Flow of the troubleshooting is as follows:
Check installation status
Operation of Diagnostic
Check trouble status Principles of Operation
Wiring Diagrams
Execute FIP
Reference
information
Check for recovery
If the problem persists
Send back printer or parts for

End technical check
1-1
1.2 Check Installation Status

Be sure to check the following items before starting the troubleshooting procedures.
1) The power supply voltage is within the specifications (measure the valtage at the wall outlet).
2) The power cord is free from breakage, short-circuit, open wire, or internal miswiring.
3) The printer is properly grounded.
4) The printer is not installed at a place subjected to high/low temperature, humidity, and sudden tem-
perature changes.
5) The printer is not installed at or near water facilities, humidifier, heating appliance, fire, dust, or in
airflow from air conditioner.
6) The printer is not installed in a place subjected to volatile or inflammable gas.
7) The printer is not installed under direct sunlight.
8) The printer is installed in a well-ventilated place.
9) The laser printer is installed on a firm and stable surface.
10) The paper meets the specifications (standard paper is recommended).
11) The printer is handled properly.
12) The high frequency service items are replaced at the recommended print count intervals.
1-2
1.3 Cautions on Service Operations

1) Be sure to remove the power cord unless otherwise required.
While the printer is powered ON, never touch the conductive parts unless
otherwise required.
Never touch the conductive parts of the power switch and inlet of the LVPS,
because they are live even while the printer is powered off.
2) When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock, safety, and power switches
ON, disconnect the connectors (P/J411 and P/J412) on the ROS ASSY except unless otherwise
required.
When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock, safety, and
power switches ON, laser beams may be irradiated from the ROS ASSY. For your
safety, be sure to disconnect the connectors (P/J411 and P/J 412) unless otherwise
required.
3) When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the printer powered ON, be sure to
disconnect the connector (P/J16) on the PWBA MCU unless otherwise required.
When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the printer powered
ON, be sure to remove the connector (P/J15) on the MCU. Otherwise, a high voltage
may be output from the HVPS.
When connecting the connecter (P/J15) on the MCU according to the instructions
in the FIP, never touch the HVPS and high voltage parts.
4) When outputting a high voltage using the Diag Tool, etc., keep all the covers on unless otherwise
required.
When outputting a high voltage using the Diag Tool, etc., ensure that:
- The high voltage carrying parts must never be touched.
- The instructions in this manual must be followed.
5) When operating the drive unit using the Diag Tool, etc., keep all the covers on unless otherwise
required.
When operating the drive unit using the Diag Tool, etc., ensure that:
- The drive unit must never be touched.
- The instructions in this manual must be followed.
6) When touching hot parts, be careful not to get burnt.

7) While working, be sure to wear a wrist band or the like to dissipate static charges from your body.
1-3
1.4 Cautions on Using FIP

1) When troubleshooting according to the FIP, have on hand a normal MCU, LVPS, HVPS, FUSER
ASSY, BELT ASSY, etc., for possible fault isolation.
2) In the initial check according to the FIP, check only items which can be simply checked.
3) In the initial check according to the FIP, check the constitutive parts of the major check parts and
related parts, as well as major check parts.
4) When working with the printer, be sure to remove the power cord unless otherwise required.
Never touch live parts if not required, while the power cord is connected.
5) Connector condition is denoted as follows:
[P/J12] → Connector (P/J12) is connected.

[P12] → Plug side with the connector (P/J12) removed (except when attached directly to the
board).
[J12] → Jack side with the connector (P/J12) removed (except when attached directly to the
board).
6) [P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN] in the FIP means measurement with the positive side of the measuring
instrument connected to [2PIN] of [P/J1] and the negative side to [4PIN] of [P/J3].
7) [P/J1<=> P/J2] in the FIP means measurement for all terminals corresponding between [P/J1] and
[P/J2] based on "Wiring Diagrams".
8) In [P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN] in the FIP where voltage is measured, [P/J3-4PIN] on the rear nega-
tive side is always at the AG (analog ground), SG (signal ground), or RTN (return).
Therefore, after checking of proper conductivity between AGs, SGs, or RTNs respectively, the rear
negative side can be connected to the PIN of AG, SG or RTN instead of [P/J3-4PIN].
However, care should be taken not to confuse [AG], [SG], and [RTN] because they are not on the
same level.
9) When measuring the voltage at small connectors, use the dedicated tool. Handle the tool with care
because its business end is pointed.
10) When measuring the voltage, set the BELT ASSY, toner cartridge and paper cassette, close the
COVERs and power ON unless otherwise required.
11) Numerical values in the FIP are only for guideline. Approximate values are acceptable.
12) In each step of the FIP, parts removal and other procedures implicitly required for the step are
omitted.
13) In the FIP, "Replacement" means the replacement of the parts that are considered to be the cause
of the trouble. Replacement of those parts means the replacement of the assembly part (HIGH
ASSY) that contain them.
14) In the FIP, the paper cassette immediately below the printer main body is called "Tray 1", and the
cassette below it is called "Tray 2".
15) Some of the instructions in the FIP are branched off depending on the specifications. Follow the
applicable instruction.
16) For some optional components, you may have to refer to the manual of the relevant component for
troubleshooting. Have the relevant manual at hand as needed.
1-4
1.5 Items to Be Confirmed Before Going to FIP Troubleshooting
Basic Printer Problems

Some printer problems can be easy to resolve. If a problem occurs with your printer, check each the fol-
lowing:
1) If a message is displayed on the LCD of operator panel, see “2.3 Status Code List”.
2) The printer power cable is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet.
3) The printer power is powered ON.
4) The electrical outlet is not turned off by any switch or breaker.
5) Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working.
6) All options are properly installed.
7) If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the printer, wait for 10 sec-
onds, and then turn on the printer. This often solves the problem.
Display Problems
1) If the operator panel displays only diamonds or is blank, check and try the action below.
If the problem persists even after checking abd executing the items below, execute Flow 104,
Flow 105, or “FIP-AC” and “FIP-DC” in “6. Other FIP”.
a) Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on the printer.
b) Self Test Message appears on the operator panel. When the test is completed, “Ready to
Print” is displayed.
2) If menu settings changed from the operator panel have no effect, check and try the actions
below.
Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or the printer utilities are overriding the set-
tings made on the operator panel.
a) Change the menu settings from the printer driver, the printer utilities, or the software pro-
gram instead of the operator panel.
b) Disable the settings in the printer driver, the printer utilities, or the software program so you
can change settings on the operator panel.
Printing Problems
1) If a job did not print correct or incorrect characters were printed, check and try the actions below.
a) Make sure “Ready to Print” appears on the operator panel before sending a job to print.
Press Menu to return to “Ready to Print”.
b) Make sure print media is loaded in the printer. Press Menu to return to “Ready to Print”.
c) Verify that you are using the correct printer driver.
d) Make sure you are using the correct Ethernet or USB cables and it securely connected at
the back of the printer.
e) Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
f) If using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled.
g) Check the printer interface from the “Configure” menu. Determine the host interface you
are using. Print a Panel Setting page to verify that the current interfaces settings are cor-
rect.
h) Output fonts will not print correctly using the PCL driver in its default mode. To correct this
problem, use PostScript driver when using the PCL driver.
1-5
2) If secure print is not available or not printing, refer to the requirements below.
a) Minimum 256 MB is required.
b) RAM Disk must be enabled using the operation panel.
c) The number of secure print jobs your printer can store is dependent on the job size includ-
ing number of pages, graphics, color attributes, and the amount of memory installed. To
increase this number, add additional memory.
3) If print media misfeeds or multiple feeds occur, check and try the actions below.
a) Make sure the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer. Refer to
Print Media Guidelines of this section.
b) Flex print media before loading it in any of the sources.
c) Make sure the print media is loaded correctly.
d) Make sure the width and length guides on the print media sources are adjusted correctly.
e) If the print media are overfilled in sources, reduce the amount of media.
f) Load the recommended print side correctly for the type of print media you are using.
g) Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding improves.
h) Check the print media type loaded in the source, and refill only one type of print media, if
print media types are mixed.
i) Refill a new ream of print media, if some reams are mixed.
j) Remove the top and bottom sheets of a ream before loading the print media.
k) Do not reload print media until the print media source is empty.
4) If envelope misfeeds or multiple feeds occur, check and try the action below.
a) Remove the stack of envelops from the multiple purpose feeder (MPF).
5) If page breaks in unexpected places, check and try the action below.
a) Check the “Job Timeout” in the Basic Settings menu and increase the value.
6) If a job prints from the wrong source or on the wrong print media, check and try the action below.
a) Check the “Paper Size” and “Paper Type” in the Tray Settings menu on the printer operator
panel and in the printer driver.
7) If print media does not stack neatly in the output tray, check and try the action below.
a) Turn the print media stack over in the tray or multipurpose feeder.
Print Media Guidelines

Print media is paper, transparencies, labels, envelopes, coated paper among others. Your printer pro-
vides high-quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting the appropriate print media for your
printer helps avoid printing troubles. This section describes how to select print media, how to care for
print media, and how to load the print media in the optional 250-sheet tray module or 550-sheet tray
module.
Paper
For the best print quality in color, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb.) xerographic, grain long paper. For the best print
quality in black and white, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb.) xerographic, grain long paper. Before buying large
quantities of any print media, Dell recommends trying a sample first.
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package, and load the paper
accordingly. See "Loading Print Media in Optional Trays" and "Loading the Multipurpose Feeder" for
detailed loading instructions.
Paper Characteristics
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. Dell recommends that you follow
these guidelines when evaluating new paper stock.
1-6
Weight
The tray automatically feeds paper weights from 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 57.6 lb. bond) grain long. The
multipurpose feeder automatically feeds paper weights from 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 56 lb. bond) grain
long. Paper lighter than 60 g/m2 (16 lb.) might not be stiff enough to feed properly, and could cause
paper jams. For best performance, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb. bond) grain long paper.
Curl
Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding prob-
lems. Curl usually occurs after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to high tem-
peratures. Storing paper unwrapped in humid conditions, even in the paper tray, can contribute to
paper curling prior to printing and cause feeding problems.
Smoothness
The degree of paper smoothness directly affects print quality. If the paper is too rough, the toner does
not fuse to the paper properly, resulting in poor print quality. If the paper is too smooth, it can cause
paper feeding problems. Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print
quality.
Moisture Content
The amount of moisture in the paper affects both print quality and the ability of the printer to feed the
paper properly. Leave the paper in its original packaging until you are ready to use it. This limits the
exposure of the paper to moisture changes that can degrade its performance.
Grain Direction
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain long, running
the length of the paper, or grain short, running the width of the paper. For 60 to 135 g/m2 (16 to 36 lb.
bond) paper, grain long fibers are recommended. For papers heavier than 135 g/m2 (36 lb. bond), grain
short is preferred.
Fiber Content
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100% chemically pulped wood. Paper containing
fibers such as cotton possess characteristics that can result in degraded paper handling.
Recommended Paper
To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb.) xerographic paper. Business
papers designed for general business use also provide acceptable print quality.
Always print several samples before buying large quantities of any type of print media. When choosing
any print media, you should consider the weight, fiber content, and color.
The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures of 225°C (437°F) for Magnetic Ink Charac-
ter Recognition (MICR) applications, and 205°C (401°F) for non-MICR applications. Only use paper
able to withstand these temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions.
Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is acceptable
for laser printers.
Unacceptable Paper
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:
1) Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbon-
less papers, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper
2) Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer
3) Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fuser
1-7
4) Preprinted papers that require a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater
than ±0.09 in., such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on
these forms.
5) Coated papers (erasable bond), synthetic papers, thermal papers
6) Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface papers or curled papers
7) Recycled papers containing more than 25% post-consumer waste that do not meet DIN 19
309
8) Multiple-part forms or documents
9) Label paper with Cut
Selecting Paper
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
To help avoid jams or poor print quality:
1. Always use new, undamaged paper.
2. Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper. This information
is usually indicated on the paper package.
3. Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed yourself.
4. Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may result in a paper
jam.
5. Do not remove trays while a job is printing or Printing is displayed on the operator panel.
6. Make sure the Paper Type and Paper Size settings are correct.
7. Make sure the paper is properly loaded in the tray.
8. Flex paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level
surface.
9. When curl is excessive, with plain paper, turn it over and reset it.
Identifying Print Media Sources and Specifications

The following tables provide information on standard and optional print media sources.
Print Media Sizes and Support Y: Yes N: No

250-sheet Tray
A4 Y
A5 Y
B5 Y
Letter Y
Executive Y
Folio (8.5" x13") Y
Legal (8.5" x14") Y
Com-10 Y
Monarch Y
DL Y
C5 Y
User-specified print media Y
1-8
Print Media Supported Y: Yes N: No

250-sheet Tray
Plain Paper (60-90gsm) Y
Plain Paper Thick (80/90-105gsm) Y
Labels Y
Covers Normal (106-163gsm) Y
Covers Thick (164-216gsm) Y
Envelope Y
Coated Normal (106-163gsm) Y
Coated Thick (164-216gsm) Y
Consumables life display.

The following tables provide information on status display of consumables life.
Consumables Pre Warning Warning

<Near Life> <Life Over>
When the remainder reaches 25%, When the remainder reaches 0%,
the following messages are displayed. the following messages are displayed.
Ready to Print Replace Cart.

CRU 093-XXX 093-930
Alternation Alternation
YYY Cartridge Replace
Is close to life YYY Cartridge
XXX: 423, 424, 425, 426 YYY: Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black
YYY: Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black
When the remainder reaches 30%(12K), When the remainder reaches 0%,
PHD Ready to Print Replace PHD.

091-402 091-935
Ready to Print Replace PHD
Contact Support Contact Support

When the remainder reaches 30%(50Kpv), When the remainder reaches 0%,
FUSER Ready to Print Replace FUSER.

010-421 010-351
Ready to Print Replace FUSER
Contact Support Contact Support

When the remainder reaches 30%(100Kpv), When the remainder reaches 0%,
Transfer Belt Ready to Print 094-911

094-422 Contact Support
Contact Support 094-911
IfMessageReturns IfMessageReturns
1-9
2. FIP
2.1 FIP
The FIP is the first step for trouble diagnosis. The FIP isolates the presence of various troubles
including error codes, and guides the troubleshooting procedure.
2.2 Flow of FIP
N
Ask the operator about trouble status.
Is operator's operating method correct?
Turn off and turn on the Power. Instruct how to operate
Does error still occur when print N
is done by the problem mode? End of work
When status code is
displayed: Refer to "2.3 Status Code List."
Refer to "4.1 Entry Chart for Image
Quality Troubleshooting."
When image quality trouble
is occurred:
Refer to "4.4 Image Quality FIP."
Refer to "5.1 Entry Chart for
Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting."
When abnormal noise
is occurred:
Refer to "5.2 Operation Mode Table."
1 - 10
2.3 Status Code List
The error messges for the errors which automatically reset themselves will not
appear on the “Status Window”.
Error Message FIP to be

Error Contents
Panel Message Status Window referred
Printer error.
001-360
Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it
on again. <IOT Fan Motor Failure> Flows 1
Flip Contact customer support if Fan Motor failure is detected. FIP-1. 1
Contact Support this failure is repeated.
IfMessageReturns
001-360
<IOT Firmware Error>
MCU firmware error occurred.
Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <3>)

shows detail error code.
Line1 003-340
Line2 Code:XX
01: Unexpected firmware trap
Printer error. 03: I2C retry error
003-340 04: Unexpected firmware trap
Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it 05: Unexpected firmware trap
on again. 07: Master fail 1 Flows 2
Flip Contact customer support if 08: Master fail 2 FIP-1. 2
Contact Support this failure is repeated. 09: NVM illegal data
IfMessageReturns 0A: Over dispense
003-340-000000XX 0B: Unexpected firmware trap
0C: Unexpected firmware trap
0D: Unexpected firmware trap
0E: Unexpected firmware trap
0F: Unexpected firmware trap
<IOT NVRAM Error>
The error is detected at MCU NVRAM
check.
Printer error.
003-356 shows detail address and data.
Line1 003-356
on again. Flows 3
Flip Line2 Code: XXXX
Contact customer support if FIP-1. 3
Contact Support 1000-17FF: PWBA MCU NVM
this failure is repeated.
IfMessageReturns 3000-30FF: PHD CRUM
3100-31FF: Y Toner CRUM
003-356-0000XXXX
3200-32FF: M Toner CRUM
3300-33FF: C Toner CRUM
3400-34FF: K Toner CRUM
3800-38FF: PWBA EEPROM
1 - 11

Error Contents
Printer error.
004-310 Turn off the printer. Confirm

Restart Printer Feeder is correctly installed. <IOT Option Feeder Failure>
Flows 4
Flip Turn on the printer. The error is detected by Option Feeder
FIP-1. 4
Reseat Feeder Contact customer support if communication check.
004-310
Printer error.
004-311 Turn off the printer. Confirm

Restart Printer Duplex is correctly installed. <IOT Option Duplexer Failure>
Flows 5
Flip Turn on the printer. The error is detected by Option Duplexer
FIP-1. 5
Reseat Duplexer Contact customer support if communication check.
004-311
<IOT ROS Failure>
The ROS failure is detected.
Printer error.
006-370 Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <>)
on again. Flows 6
Flip Contact customer support if FIP-1. 6
Contact Support Line1 006-370
IfMessageReturns Line2 Code: XX
01: SOS Rotating up defect
006-370-000000XX
02: SOS Interval defect
03: LD defect
Printer error.
007-340
on again. <IOT Motor Failure> Flows 7
Flip Contact customer support if Main Motor failure is detected. FIP-1. 7
IfMessageReturns
007-340
Printer error.
007-341
on again. <IOT Motor Failure> Flows 8
Flip Contact customer support if Sub Motor failure is detected. FIP-1. 8
IfMessageReturns
007-341
Printer error.
007-371 <IOT K Mode Solenoid Error>
The error is generated when K Mode
on again. Flows 9
Flip Solenoid (Color Mode Switching
Contact Support Solenoid) does not operate in specified
IfMessageReturns time.
007-371
1 - 12

Error Contents
Printer error.
007-372 <IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 2>
The error is generated when the gear
on again. Flows 9
Flip which operates by K Mode Solenoid
Contact Support (Color Mode Switching Solenoid) rotates
IfMessageReturns two times.
007-372
<IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Error>
CTD (ADC) sensor error is detected.

shows detail address and data.
Line1 009-340
Line2 Code: XX
01 or 10: Y Toner Patch Error Flows 10 (Y)
009-340 Printer error. 02 or 20: M Toner Patch Error Flows 11 (M)
Restart Printer 03 or 30: Y and M Toner Patch Error Flows 12 (C)
Contact customer support if 04 or 40: C Toner Patch Error Flows 13 (K)
Flip this failure is repeated. 05 or 50: Y and C Toner Patch Error FIP-1. 10 (Y)
Contact Support 06 or 60: M and C Toner Patch Error FIP-1. 11 (M)
IfMessageReturns 009-340-000000XX 07 or 70: Y, M and C Toner Patch Error FIP-1. 12 (C)
08 or 80: K Toner Patch Error FIP-1. 13 (K)
09 or 90: Y and K toner Patch Error
0A or A0: M and K Toner Patch Error
0B or B0: Y, M and K Toner Patch Error
0C or C0: C and K Toner Patch Error
0D or D0: Y, C and K Toner Patch Error
0E or E0: M, C and K Toner Patch Error
0F or F0: Y, M, C and K Toner Patch
Error
The Fuser is either missing
or not fully inserted into the
printer.
010-317 CAUTION: Turn off the

Restart Printer printer and wait for 30
minutes. <IOT Fuser Detached> Flows 14
Flip Open the Front Cover and Fuser detached is detected. FIP-1. 14
Reseat Fuser make sure that the Fuser
Contact Support have been fully installed.
Please click the Show Me
How Button for details.
010-317
010-351 Replace Fuser Now.
Restart Printer
Flip Contact customer support.
<IOT Fuser Life Over> Flows 15
Replace Fuser Please click the Show Me
Fuser has reached the replacement time. FIP-1. 15
Now How Button to show details.
Flip
1 - 13

Error Contents
<IOT Environment Sensor Error>
Printer error. Environment sensor error is detected.
010-354
Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <3>)
on again. shows detail address and data. Flows 16
Flip Contact customer support if FIP-1. 16
Contact Support this failure is repeated. Line1 010-354
IfMessageReturns Line2 Code: XX
010-354-000000XX 01: Humid Sensor Error
02: Temp. Sensor Error
<IOT Fuser Failure>
The Fuser failure is detected.

Line1 010-377
Line2 Code:XX
01: NC circuit fail
Printer error. 02: NCD snap out
03: NCD fail
010-377 Turn off the printer. Confirm 04: NCC snap out
Restart Printer Fuser is correctly installed. 05: NC comp fail
Flows 17
Flip Turn on the printer. 06: NC-STS temp over
FIP-1. 17
Reseat Fuser Contact customer support if 07: STS-NC temp over
Contact Support this failure is repeated. 08: NC comp fail
09: NC overheat
010-377-000000XX 0A: STS snap out
0B: STS overheat
0C: Low temp1
0D: Low temp2
0E: Timeout 1
0F: Timeout 2
10: Timeout 3
11: Relay cutoff 1
12: Relay cutoff 2
13: Relay cutoff 3
Ready to Print Replace Fuser Now.
010-421
Flip Contact customer support. <IOT Fuser Life Pre Warning>
Flows 18
Replace Fuser Please click the Show Me Fuser is going to reach the replacement
FIP-1. 18
Now How Button for details. time.
Flip
Printer error.
016-300
on again. <ESS Data Cache Error> Flows 19
Flip Contact customer support if CPU data cache error is detected. FIP-1. 19
IfMessageReturns
016-300
1 - 14

Error Contents
Printer error.
016-301
on again. <ESS Instruction Cache Error> Flows 19
Flip Contact customer support if CPU instruction cache error is detected. FIP-1. 19
IfMessageReturns
016-301
Printer error.
016-302
on again. <ESS Illegal Exception> Flows 19
Flip Contact customer support if CPU illegal exception is detected. FIP-1. 19
IfMessageReturns
016-302
Printer error.
016-313
on again. <ESS ASIC Fail> Flows 19
Flip Contact customer support if The error is detected by ASIC error. FIP-1. 19
IfMessageReturns
016-313
Printer error.
016-315
<ESS On Board RAM R/W Check Fail>
on again. Flows 19
Flip The error is detected by on board RAM
Contact Support R/W check during initialization.
IfMessageReturns
016-315
Printer error.
Turn off the printer. Remove

016-316 the additional memory
Restart Printer module from the slot, and <ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail>
Flows 20
Flip then reattach it firmly. Turn The error is detected by DIMM slot RAM
FIP-1. 20
Reseat Memory on the printer. R/W check.
Contact Support Contact customer support if
016-316
Printer error.
016-317
<ESS ROM Check (Main) Fail>
on again. Flows 19
Flip Checksum error in main program ROM is
Contact Support detected.
IfMessageReturns
016-317
1 - 15

Error Contents
Printer error.
016-318
Restart Printer Remove the unsupported
<ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error>
additional memory module. Flows 20
Flip The error is detected by DIMM slot RAM
Reseat Memory power on initial check.
Contact Support
016-318
Printer error.
016-323
<ESS NVRAM1 R/W Check Fail>
on again. Flows 19
Flip The failure is detected by NVRAM 1 R/W
Contact Support check during initialization.
IfMessageReturns
016-323
Printer error.
<ESS NVRAM1 SIZE And ID Check
016-327 Fail>
The error is detected by consistency
on again. Flows 19
Flip check between NVRAM size required by
Contact Support the system and its actual size, and by
IfMessageReturns consistency check of ID recorded when
turning ON the power.
016-327
Printer error.
016-338
<Wireless Option Error>
on again. Flows 21
Flip The error is detected by Wireless option
Reseat Wireless check.
Contact Support
016-338
Printer error.
016-340
Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it <On Board Network Communication
on again. Fail> Flows 19-1
Flip Contact customer support if Communication error between CPU FIP-1. 19
Contact Support this failure is repeated. network and ESS firmware.
IfMessageReturns
016-340
Printer error.
016-344 <On Board Network MAC Address
Checksum Error>
on again. Flows 19
Flip Checksum error in Network MAC
Contact Support address is detected.
IfMessageReturns MAC: Media Access Control
016-344
Printer error.
016-345
Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it <On Board Network Ethernet BIST
on again. parity/RAM R/W Error> Flows 19
Flip Contact customer support if The error is detected by Network FIP-1. 19
Contact Support this failure is repeated. Ethernet parity RAM R/W check.
IfMessageReturns
016-345
1 - 16

Error Contents
Printer error.
016-346
Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it <On Board Network Internal Loop back
on again. Error> Flows 19
Flip Contact customer support if The error is detected by on board FIP-1. 19
Contact Support this failure is repeated. Network Internal Loopback check.
IfMessageReturns
016-346
Printer error.
016-347
<On Board Network Fatal Error>
on again. Flows 19
Flip The fatal error is detected by on board
Contact Support Network check.
IfMessageReturns
016-347
Printer error.
016-365
Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it <HW Key Option Fatal Error>
on again. Network Protcol Adapter error is Flows 22
Flip Contact customer support if detected when it is connected to the FIP-1. 22
Reseat NPA this failure is repeated. printer.
ContactSupport
016-365
Printer error.
016-370
<IOT-ESS Communication Fail>
on again. Flows 23
Flip Communication failure between IOT and
Contact Support ESS is detected.
IfMessageReturns
016-370
Firmware download ID error
Invalid ID has occurred.
016-383 <Download ID Error>
Press Set Button. Flows 24
Flip The download file of other models
Data Violation (different ID) is detected.
Press set
016-383
Firmware download range
Range Chk Error error has occurred.
016-384 <Download Range Error>
Press Set Button. Due to the wrong data downloaded, Flows 24
Flip Contact customer support if writing was attempted to the non- FIP-1. 24
Data Violation this failure is repeated. modifiable area.
Press Set
016-384
1 - 17

Error Contents
Firmware download header
checksum error has
Header Error occurred.
016-385 <Download Header Error>
Flows 24
Flip Press Set Button. The download file is broken, or
FIP-1. 24
Data Violation Contact customer support if communication error is detected.
Press Set this failure is repeated.
016-385
Firmware download
checksum error has
Check Sum Error occurred.
016-386 <Download Checksum Error>
Flows 24
Flip Press Set Button. The download file is broken, or
FIP-1. 24
Data Violation Contact customer support if communication error is detected.
Press Set this failure is repeated.
016-386
Firmware download protect
Protection Error error has occurred.
016-391 <Download Protect Error>
Press Set Button. Flows 24
Flip Download was attempted under the
Data Violation condition where it is prohibited.
Press Set
016-391
Firmware download delete
Erase Flash Err. error has occurred.
016-392 <Download Delete Error>
Flows 24
Flip Contact customer support if An error was detected at Flash memory
FIP-1. 24
Contact Support this failure is repeated. erasing.
IfMessageReturns
016-392
Firmware download write
Write Flash Err. error has occurred.
016-393 <Download Write Error>
Flows 24
Flip Contact customer support if An error was detected at Flash memory
FIP-1. 24
Contact Support this failure is repeated. writing.
IfMessageReturns
016-393
Firmware download verify
Verify Error error has occurred.
016-394 <Download Verify Error>
Contact customer support if Flows 24
Flip An error was detected at Flash memory
this failure is repeated. FIP-1. 24
Contact Support verifying.
IfMessageReturns 016-394
1 - 18

Error Contents
The printer memory is full
and cannot continue
processing the current print
Out of Memory job.
016-700 <Memory Overflow>
Press Set Button to clear the The amount of data in the print job Flows 25
Flip message and cancel the exceeded the memory capacity of the FIP-1. 25
Job too Large current print job. printer.
Press Set Please click the Show Me
016-700
Error relating to PDL
emulation problems occurs.
PDL Request
016-720 Press Set Button to clear the
message and cancel the <PDL Error> Flows 26
Flip current print job. PDL error occurs. FIP-1. 26
Data Violation Please click the Show Me
Press Set How Button for details.
016-720
Authentication error has
occurred.
Invalid User
016-757 The account is not
<Auditron - Invalid User> Flows 27
Flip registered.
Account error occurs. FIP-1. 27
Account Denied Please inquire of the system
Press Set administrator.
016-757
Function unavailable.
Disabled Func
016-758 It is a function that cannot be
used. <Auditron - Disabled Function> Flows 28
Flip Please inquire of the system Disabled function is selected. FIP-1. 28
Denied Col print administrator.
Press Set
016-758
Printable page limit reached.
Reached Limit
016-759 Printable page limit reached,
cannot print. <Auditron - Reached Limit> Flows 29
Flip Please inquire of the system Detects the reached limit. FIP-1. 29
Over your limits administrator.
Press Set
016-759
1 - 19

Error Contents
The configuration of the
printer on the printer driver
does not conform to the
printer.
Invalid Job
016-799 Press the Set Button to clear
<Job Environment Violation>
the message and cancel the Flows 30
Flip There are some prohibition in the setting
current print job. FIP-1. 30
Data Violation contents of a print job.
Make sure that the
Press Set configuration of the printer on
the printer driver conforms to
the printer.
016-799
Disk space is insufficient and
cannot continue processing
the current print job.
Disk Full
016-980 <Memory Over flow>
Press Set Button to clear the
RAM disk memory or hard disk is full and Flows 31
Flip message and cancel the
cannot continue processing the current FIP-1. 31
Job too Large current print job.
print job.
016-980
Disk space is insufficient and
cannot continue processing
the current print job.
Collate Full
016-981 Press Set Button to clear the
<Collate Full> Flows 32
Flip message and cancel the
Collate Full error occurred. FIP-1. 32
Job too Large current print job.
016-981
Printer error.
MCU Flash Error
024-360 Turn off the printer, and turn it
on again. <MCU Down Load Error> Flows 33
Flip Contact customer support if Download failure of MCU firmware. FIP-1. 33
IfMessageReturns
024-360
Printer error.
024-362
on again. <PAGEC Timeout Error> Flows 34
Flip Contact customer support if The PAGEC timeout error is detected. FIP-1. 34
IfMessageReturns
024-362
1 - 20

Error Contents
Check Paper Size Actual paper size in tray and
024-910 specified paper size are
Flip different.
Load Tray 1
<IOT Paper Size Mismatch>
XX Load the specified paper in Flows 35
The paper size mismatch in Tray 1 is
Flip Tray 1. FIP-1. 35
detected.
Load Tray 1 Paper Size: XX
YY Paper Type: YY
XX: Paper Size
YY: Paper Type 024-910
Flip different.
Load Tray 2
The paper size mismatch in Tray 2 is
Flip Tray 2. FIP-1. 36
detected.
Load Tray 2 Paper Size: XX
YY Paper Type: YY
XX: Paper Size
Flip different.
Load SSF
The paper size mismatch in SSF is
Flip SSF. FIP-1. 37
detected.
Load SSF Paper Size: XX
YY Paper Type: YY
XX; Paper Size
Load Tray 1
024-965 No paper detected.
Flip
Load Tray 1 Load the specified paper in
XX Tray 1. <No suitable paper> Flows 38
Flip Paper Size: XX The paper empty is detected. FIP-1. 38
Load Tray 1 Paper Type: YY
YY
XX: Paper Size 024-965
YY: Paper Type
Load Tray 2
Flip
Load Tray 2 Load the specified paper in
XX Tray 2. <No suitable paper> Flows 39
Load Tray 2 Paper Type: YY
YY
YY: Paper Type
1 - 21

Error Contents
Load SSF
Flip
Load SSF Load the specified paper in
XX SSF. <No suitable paper> Flows 40
Load SSF Paper Type: YY
YY
YY: Paper Type
Pause Feed SSF
024-985
<No suitable paper> Flows 40
Flip No Message.
The paper empty is detected. FIP-1. 40
Press Set
to Feed
An internal temperature of
Over Heat the printer became a high
042-700 temperature. <IOT Over Heat Stop>
The temp. sensor sensed high Flows 41
Flip Please wait for a while until temperature. The error displayed only at FIP-1. 41
Cooling down falling in temperature. the time of Duplexer connection.
Please WaitÅc
042-700
Paper Jam has occurred at
Paper Jam the Tray 1.
071-100
Remove the Tray 1 and
Flip <IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM>
remove the jammed paper.
Open Tray1 Regi Sensor is not turned ON within the Flows 42
Open and close the Front
Remove Paper specified time after feeding a paper from FIP-1. 42
Cover.
Flip Tray 1.
Open & Close Front How Button for details.
Cover
071-100
Paper Jam the Tray 2.
072-100
Remove the Tray 2 and
Flip <IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM>
Open Tray2 Regi Sensor is not turned ON within the Flows 43
Remove Paper specified time after feeding a paper from FIP-1. 43
Cover.
Flip Tray 2.
Open & Close Front How Button for details.
Cover
072-100
Paper Jam the Tray 1 or 2.
072-101
Remove the Tray 1 or 2, and
Flip
Open Tray1 or 2 <IOT Feeder2 JAM> Flows 44
Remove Paper The paper remains at the Regi Sensor. FIP-1. 44
Cover.
Flip Please click the Show Me
Open & Close How Button for details.
Front Cover
072-101
1 - 22

Error Contents
Paper Jam the Tray 1 or 2.
072-908
Remove the Tray 1 or 2, and
Flip
Open Tray1 or 2 <IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM> Flows 43
Remove Paper The paper remains at the Regi Sensor. FIP-1. 43
Cover.
Open & Close How Button for details.
Front Cover
072-908
the SSF.
Paper Jam Open the Front Cover and

075-101 remove the jammed paper. <IOT SSF Insert JAM>
Flows 45
Flip Open and close the Front SSF No Paper Sensor detect when a
FIP-1. 45
Open Front Cover Cover. paper is inserted from SSF.
Remove Paper Please click the Show Me
075-101
the SSF.
Paper Jam
075-102 Pull the jammed paper out of <IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM>
the SSF. Open and close the Though it tried to feed a paper from SSF, Flows 46
Flip Front Cover. the paper was not loaded or it was pulled FIP-1. 46
Open Front Cover Please click the Show Me out forcibly from SSF.
Remove Paper How Button for details.
075-102
Check SSF
075-922 <IOT SSF Paper Staying>
Flows 47
No Message. Feeding from Tray fails due to a sheet
Flip FIP-1. 47
remaining in the SSF.
Remove Paper SSF
The SSF is not holding the
Check SSF paper correctly.
075-923 <IOT SSF No Paper> Flows 40
Pull the paper out of the SSF.
Flip Waiting for reseat paper of SSF. FIP-1. 40
Reload the paper of the SSF.
Reseat Paper SSF
075-923
Paper Jam
077-100 <IOT Regi On early JAM>
Flows 48
Flip No Message. The arrival time of the regi sensor is early
FIP-1. 48
Open Front Cover than the specified time.
Remove Paper
Paper Jam
077-101 <IOT Regi OFF Jam>
Flows 48
Flip No Message. The paper does not pass through the
FIP-1. 48
Open Front Cover Regi Sensor within the specified time.
Remove Paper
1 - 23

Error Contents
Paper Jam
077-102 <IOT Exit On JAM>
Flows 49
Flip No Message. The paper does not reach the Exit
FIP-1. 49
Open Front Cover Sensor within the specified time.
Remove Paper
Paper Jam
077-103 <IOT Exit On early JAM>
Flows 50
Flip No Message. The paper reached Exit Sensor earlier
FIP-1. 50
Open Front Cover than the specified time.
Remove Paper
Paper Jam
077-104 <IOT Exit Off JAM>
Flows 50
Flip No Message. The paper does not pass through the
FIP-1. 50
Open Front Cover Exit Sensor within the specified time.
Remove Paper
Paper Jam
077-105 <IOT Exit Off early JAM>
Flows 50
Flip No Message. The paper passed through the Exit
FIP-1. 50
Open Front Cover Sensor earlier than the specified time.
Remove Paper
the Duplexer.
Paper Jam
077-107 Push the Side Button to open
the Front Cover and the
Flip <IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM>
Duplexer. Flows 51
Open Front Cover The Regi sensor is not turned on within
Then remove the jammed FIP-1. 51
& Duplexer the specified time.
paper. Close the Front Cover.
077-107
the Duplexer.
Paper Jam
Flip <IOT Duplex JAM>
Duplexer. Flows 52
Open Front Cover The paper reached Duplex earlier than
Then remove the jammed FIP-1. 52
& Duplexer the specified time.
077-108
Close FrontCover The Front Cover is open.
077-300
<IOT Cover Front Open> Flows 53
Flip Close the Front Cover.
Front cover is open. FIP-1. 53
Front Cover
Is Open 077-300
Close Side Cover The Side Cover is open.
077-301
<IOT Side Cover Open> Flows 54
Flip Close the Side Cover.
Side cover is open. FIP-1. 54
Side Cover
Is Open 077-301
1 - 24

Error Contents
the Output Tray.
CAUTION: The Fuser is hot.

Push the Side Button to open
Paper Jam the Front Cover and remove
077-900 the jammed paper.
<IOT Exit JAM> Flows 55
Flip If the jammed paper is in the
The paper remains at Exit Sensor. FIP-1. 55
Open Front Cover Fuser, lift the levers at both
Remove Paper ends of the Fuser and
077-900
the Belt Unit.
Push the Side Button to open

Paper Jam the Front Cover and remove
077-901 the jammed paper. Close the
Front Cover. <IOT Remain Registration JAM> Flows 56
Flip If the jammed paper is not The paper remains at the Regi Sensor. FIP-1. 56
Open Front Cover easily removed, work after
Remove Paper pulling out the tray.
077-901
the Duplexer.
Paper Jam
Flip
Duplexer. <IOT Remain Duplex JAM> Flows 57
Open Front Cover
Then remove the jammed The paper remains at the Duplex. FIP-1. 57
& Duplexer
077-907
Ready to Print Replace PHD unit Now.
091-402
Flip Contact customer support. <IOT PHD Life Pre Warning>
Flows 58
Replace PHD Please click the Show Me The PHD Unit is going to reach the
FIP-1. 58
Now How Button for details. replacement time.
Flip
Printer error.
PHD Remove the ribbons from the <PHD Tape Staying>

091-912 PHD unit. Detect the tape staying on the PHD Unit. Flows 59
Flip Contact customer support if (Toner patch error occurred at new PHD FIP-1. 59
Reseat PHD this failure is repeated. Unit installing.)
091-912
1 - 25

Error Contents
Replace PHD Replace PHD unit Now.
091-935
Flip Contact customer support. <IOT PHD Life Over>
Flows 58
Replace PHD Please click the Show Me PHD Unit has reached the replacement
FIP-1. 58
Now How Button for details. time.
Flip
The PHD unit is either
missing or not fully inserted
into the printer.
Insert PHD
091-972 Open the Front Cover and
<IOT PHD Detached> Flows 60
make sure that the PHD unit
Flip PHD Unit detached is detected. FIP-1. 60
have been fully installed.
Insert PHD Please click the Show Me
091-972
CTD Sensor Dirty Printer error.
092-310 <IOT CTD Sensor Contamination>
Flows 61
Flip Clean the CTD sensor. Contamination of the CTD (ADC) Sensor
FIP-1. 61
Clean is detected.
CTD Sensor 092-310
Ready to Print
092-410 <CTD Sensor Contamination Pre
Clean the CTD sensor.
Warning> Flows 61
Flip Contamination of the CTD (ADC) Sensor FIP-1. 61
Clean 092-410
is detected.
CTD Sensor
Ready to Print
093-423 The Yellow Cartridge needs
<IOT Y CRU Near Life>
to be replaced soon. Flows 62
Flip Yellow Cartridge is going replacement
FIP-1. 62
Yellow Cartridge time.
093-423
Is close to life
Ready to Print
093-424 The Magenta Cartridge
<IOT M CRU Near Life>
needs to be replaced soon. Flows 63
Flip Magenta Cartridge is going replacement
FIP-1. 63
MagentaCartridge time.
093-424
Is close to life
Ready to Print
093-425 The Cyan Cartridge needs to
<IOT C CRU Near Life>
be replaced soon. Flows 64
Flip Cyan Cartridge is going replacement
FIP-1. 64
Cyan Cartridge time.
093-425
Is close to life
Ready to Print
093-426 The Black Cartridge needs to
<IOT K CRU Near Life>
be replaced soon. Flows 65
Flip Black Cartridge is going replacement
FIP-1. 65
Black Cartridge time.
093-426
Is close to life
1 - 26

Error Contents
The sealing tape is still on the
Shake Cartridge Yellow Cartridge.
093-919
Open the Side Cover. Pull <IOT Y Toner Low Density> Flows 66
Flip the toner seal straight up to Detects low density of yellow. FIP-1. 66
Remove and Shake remove it.
Yellow Cartridge
093-919
Shake Cartridge Magenta Cartridge.
093-920
Open the Side Cover. Pull <IOT M Toner Low Density> Flows 67
Flip the toner seal straight up to Detects low density of magenta. FIP-1. 67
Magenta Cartridge
093-920
Shake Cartridge Cyan Cartridge.
093-921
Open the Side Cover. Pull <IOT C Toner Low Density> Flows 68
Flip the toner seal straight up to Detects low density of cyan. FIP-1. 68
Cyan Cartridge
093-921
Shake Cartridge Black Cartridge.
093-922
Open the Side Cover. Pull <IOT K Toner Low Density> Flows 69
Flip the toner seal straight up to Detects low density of black. FIP-1. 69
Black Cartridge
093-922
The Yellow Cartridge need to
be replaced now.
Replace Cart. Open the Side Cover. Then

093-930 remove the used Yellow <IOT Y CRU Life Over>
Flows 62
Flip Cartridge and install a new Yellow Cartridge has reached the
FIP-1. 62
Replace one. replacement time.
Yellow Cartridge Please click the Show Me
093-930
The Magenta Cartridge need
to be replaced now.

093-931 remove the used Magenta <IOT M CRU Life Over>
Flows 63
Flip Cartridge and install a new Magenta Cartridge has reached the
FIP-1. 63
MagentaCartridge Please click the Show Me
093-931
1 - 27

Error Contents
The Cyan Cartridge need to
be replaced now.

093-932 remove the used Cyan <IOT C CRU Life Over>
Flows 64
Flip Cartridge and install a new Cyan Cartridge has reached the
FIP-1. 64
Cyan Cartridge Please click the Show Me
093-932
The Black Cartridge need to
be replaced now.

093-933 remove the used Black <IOT K CRU Life Over>
Flows 65
Flip Cartridge and install a new Black Cartridge has reached the
FIP-1. 65
Black Cartridge Please click the Show Me
093-933
The Cyan Cartridge need to
be replaced now.

093-934 remove the used Cyan <IOT C CRU Waste Full>
Flows 70
Flip Cartridge and install a new Waste Toner Counter value has reached
FIP-1. 70
093-934
The Magenta Cartridge need
to be replaced now.

093-935 remove the used Magenta <IOT M CRU Waste Full>
Flows 71
FIP-1. 71
093-935
The Yellow Cartridge need to
be replaced now.

093-936 remove the used Yellow <IOT Y CRU Waste Full>
Flows 72
FIP-1. 72
093-936
1 - 28

Error Contents
The Black Cartridge need to
be replaced now.

093-937 remove the used Black <IOT K CRU Waste Full>
Flows 73
FIP-1. 73
093-937
An unsupported Yellow
Cartridge is installed.
CRUM ID Open the Side Cover.

093-960 Remove the unsupported <IOT CRUM ID Error>
Flows 74
Flip Yellow Cartridge and install a CRUM ID error of Yellow Cartridge is
FIP-1. 74
Reseat supported one. detected.
093-960
An unsupported Magenta

Flows 75
Flip Magenta Cartridge and install CRUM ID error of Magenta Cartridge is
FIP-1. 75
Reseat a supported one. detected.
093-961
An unsupported Cyan

Flows 76
Flip Cyan Cartridge and install a CRUM ID error of Cyan Cartridge is
FIP-1. 76
093-962
An unsupported Black

Flows 77
Flip Black Cartridge and install a CRUM ID error of Black Cartridge is
FIP-1. 77
093-963
1 - 29

Error Contents
An unsupported PHD unit is
installed.
CRUM ID Open the Front Cover.

093-965 Remove the unsupported
<IOT CRUM ID Error> Flows 78
PHD unit and install a
Flip CRUM ID error of PHD Unit is detected. FIP-1. 78
supported one.
Reseat PHD Please click the Show Me
093-965
The Yellow Cartridge is either
into the printer.
Insert PrintCart
093-970 Open the Side Cover and
make sure that the Yellow <IOT Y CRU Detached> Flows 79
Flip Cartridge have been fully Yellow Cartridge detached is detected. FIP-1. 79
Insert installed.
093-970
The Magenta Cartridge is
either missing or not fully
inserted into the printer.
Insert PrintCart
make sure that the Magenta <IOT MCRU Detached> Flows 80
Flip Cartridge have been fully Magenta Cartridge detached is detected. FIP-1. 80
Insert installed.
093-971
The Cyan Cartridge is either
into the printer.
Insert PrintCart
make sure that the Cyan <IOT C CRU Detached> Flows 81
Flip Cartridge have been fully Cyan Cartridge detached is detected. FIP-1. 81
Insert installed.
093-972
1 - 30

Error Contents
The Black Cartridge is either
into the printer.
Insert PrintCart
make sure that the Black <IOT K CRU Detached> Flows 82
Flip Cartridge have been fully Black Cartridge detached is detected. FIP-1. 82
Insert installed.
093-973
Ready to Print Printer error.
094-422 <IOT Transfer Belt Life Pre Warning>
Flip The Transfer Assy is going to reach the
Contact Support replacement time.
094-911 Printer error.
Contact Support <IOT Transfer Belt Life Over>
Flip Transfer Assy has reached the
094-911 replacement time.
Ready to Print
193-700
<Custom Toner Mode> Flows 84
Flip No Message.
Printer is in the Customer Toner Mode. FIP-1. 84
Non-Dell Toner
Installed
1 - 31
3. ERROR CODE FIP

3.1 Troubleshooting for the call center
Flows 1 001-360 Restart Printer
Checking the error No

Does the error still occur when the
power is turned off and on?
Yes
END
Checking the FAN for rotation

Does the FAN function normally?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-
1E(HIGH) or DO-1F(LOW)] in [IOT
Diag] of diagnosis. No
During this check, close the COVER
ASSY FRONT.
Checking the FAN installation
Yes Reseat the FAN. (Refer to Removal 40/
No
Replacement 14.)
Yes END
END. If the error occurred again,
replace the Printer.
Checking after replacing the FAN

Replace the FAN. (Refer to Removal No
40/ Replacement 14.)
Yes END
Checking after replacing the PWBA

LVPS
Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to No
Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)
Yes END
Replace the Printer.
1 - 32

Yes
END
Check whether the version of the

firmware is the latest, referring to the
Printer Information via the Tool Box.
Checked by [Printer Information] of the No
[Printer Settings Report] tab in Tool
Box.
For the latest version information, refer
to the Dell Support Web Site.
Is the firmware the latest version?
Download the latest version of
the firmware from the Dell
Yes Support Web Site.

MCU
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to
1 - 33

Yes
END
Checking the failure parts

Press the "Down arrow", the "Upper
arrow" and the " 3 " keys on the Control
Panel when displaying the error code.
The failure parts code(address code on
a memory) is displayed on the LCD.
Yes
The part corresponding to failure parts
code (address code on a memory) is
shown below.
Code
1000-17FF: Printer
3000-30FF: Printer
3100-31FF: Yellow Toner Cartridge
3200-32FF: Magenta Toner Cartridge
3300-33FF: Cyan Toner Cartridge
3400-34FF: Black Toner Cartridge
3800-38FF: Printer
- When 3100-31FF, 3200-32FF,
3300-33FF, and 3400-34FF are
displayed :Reseat and check the
corresponding parts. If the error code
occurred again, replace it.
- When 1000-17FF, 3000-30FF, and
3800-38FF are displayed :Replace the
Printer.
1 - 34
Print "printer settings list" and verify

optional 250-sheet feeder is listed in the No
printer settings under Printer Options.
Is optional 250-sheet feeder displayed
on the list?
Yes
Replace the optional 250-sheet feeder. No
Does the error still occur after turning
the power off and on?
Yes
END
Replace the printer.
Check that the interface connector on No

the printer is not broken.
Is interface connector normal?
Yes
Replace the optional 250-sheet feeder.

1 - 35
Print "printer settings list" and verify

optional FEEDER ASSY DUP is listed
in the printer settings under Printer No
Options.
Is optional FEEDER ASSY DUP
displayed on the list?
Yes Replace the optional FEEDER ASSY

DUP. No
Yes
END
Check that the interface connector on No

the printer is not broken.
Is interface connector normal?
Yes
Replace the optional FEEDER ASSY
DUP.

1 - 36
Checking after replacing the ROS

ASSY
Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to No
END
Yes
1 - 37
Checking the error

Reseat the PHD ASSY. No
Yes
END
Checking the Main Motor for rotation

Does the Main Motor function normally?
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [Main Motor Operation
Check] of the [Machine Check] of
[Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. No
Yes
- Panel Operation :
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of
[IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of
diagnosis.
ASSY FRONT.
Yes Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer

to Removal 32/ Replacement 22.)
END
1 - 38
Checking the error

Reinstall the PHD ASSY and FUSER
ASSY. No
Warning: Do work only after the FUSER
unit has cooled to room temperature.
END
Yes
Checking the Sub Motor for rotation

Does the Sub Motor function normally?
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [Fuser Motor
Operation Check] of the [Machine
Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool No
Box].
- Panel Operation :
diagnosis.
ASSY FRONT.
Yes Replace the DRIVE ASSY SUB. (Refer

END
1 - 39
Flows 9 007-371/007-372 Restart Printer

Yes
END
Checking after replacing the DRIVE

ASSY PH.
Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH. No
(Refer to Removal 31 Replacement 23.)
Does the error still occur when turning
on the power?
Yes
END
1 - 40
Flows 10 009-340 Restart Printer (Yellow Toner)
Work before troubleshooting.

Check the protection sheet on the PHD ASSY.
if there is the protection sheet, remove it.
Checking the error

Turn the power off and open the front
cover.
Check the CTD (ADC) Sensor and if it
is dirty, wipe it with a clean dry cloth or No
a cotton swab.
Close the front cover when work is
complete.
the power on? END
Yes
Checking the belt of the TRANSFER

ASSY No
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Is there any damage on the belt surface
of the TRANSFER ASSY?
Yes Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE

(Y)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that No
the lock key is in the lock position.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned
off and on?
Call the DELL and replace the
TRANSFER ASSY.
Yes
END
Checking after replacing the PHD UNIT.

Replace the PHD UNIT. (Refer to Removal 4/
No
Replacement 50.)
off and on?
Yes
END
1 - 41
Checking the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP)

for rotation
Does the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP)
function normally?
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [Dispense Motor Configuration No
Check (Yellow) ] of the [Machine Check] of
[Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-21] of [IOT Diag]
in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis.
During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Yes
Replace the
Printer.
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer

1 - 42
Flows 11 009-340 Restart Printer (Magenta Toner)

Checking the error

cover.
a cotton swab.
complete.
the power on? END
Yes

ASSY No

(M)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check No
that the lock key is in the lock position.
off and on?
TRANSFER ASSY.
Yes
END

No
Replacement 50.)
off and on?
Yes
END
1 - 43
Checking the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP)

for rotation
Does the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP)
function normally?
- PC Operation :
Check (Magenta) ] of the [Machine Check] of
- Panel Operation :
Yes
Replace the
Printer.

1 - 44
Flows 12 009-340 Restart Printer (Cyan Toner)

Checking the error

cover.
a cotton swab.
complete.
the power on? END
Yes

ASSY No

(C)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check No
that the lock key is in the lock position.
off and on?
TRANSFER ASSY.
Yes
END

No
Replacement 50.)
off and on?
Yes
END
1 - 45
Checking the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP)

for rotation
Does the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP)
function normally?
- PC Operation :
Check (Cyan) ] of the [Machine Check] of
- Panel Operation :
Yes
Replace the
Printer.

1 - 46
Flows 13 009-340 Restart Printer (Black Toner)

Checking the error

cover.
a cotton swab.
complete.
the power on? END
Yes

ASSY No

(K)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that No
the lock key is in the lock position.
off and on?
TRANSFER ASSY.
Yes
END

No
Replacement 50.)
off and on?
Yes
END
1 - 47
Checking the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP)

for rotation
Does the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP)
function normally?
- PC Operation :
Check (Black) ] of the [Machine Check] of
- Panel Operation :
Yes
Replace the
Printer.

1 - 48

Yes
END
Checking after reseating the FUSER

ASSY
Reseat the FUSER ASSY. No
Warning: Start the operation after the
FUSER ASSY has cooled down.
END
Yes
Checking after replacing the FUSER

ASSY
Replace the FUSER ASSY.
FUSER ASSY has cooled down. No
After replacement, be sure to clear the
life counter value. (Refer to Yes
the Tech
Sheet).
Yes
END
1 - 49

ASSY
life counter value. (Refer to the Tech
Sheet).
Yes END

1 - 50

Yes
END
1 - 51

Yes
END
Checking after reseating the FUSER

ASSY
END
Yes

ASSY
Sheet).
Yes
END
Replace the LVPS. (Refer to Removal

11/Replacement 43) and the PWBA
MCU (Refer to Removal 43 /
Replacement 11).
1 - 52
Flows 18 Ready to Print 010-421

ASSY
No
life counter value.
END
Yes

1 - 53
Flows 19 016-300/016-301/016-302/016-313/016-315/016-317/016-323/016-327/
016-344/016-345/016-346/016-347 Restart Printer
Checking the error code. No

Error code is 016-317?
Yes
Checked by [Printer Information] of the
No
Box.
Yes Download the latest

version of the firmware
from the Dell Support
Web Site.
Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/
Replacement 12.)
Download the latest version of the

firmware from the Dell support website,
and update the firmware with "F/W No
Download DL Mode". (Refer to
Refernce_1.)
Yes
END

Replacement 12.)
Reference_1:
1. Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer via USB port (remove the network cable).
Then, try downloading as follows:
1) Power on the printer while pressing the <X Cancel> and <3> buttons.
2) The printer goes into the Download Mode with a message "Download Mode Ready". Then,
activate firmware update tool and follow the instruction displayed.
While the firmware download is being executed, the printer displays a message
"Writing...USB F/W" and the computer displays a progress bar and may be
restarted during the downloading process. Never power off the printer or the
computer until the downloading process completes, and never interrupt the
downloading process.
1 - 54
Flows 19-1 016-340 Restart Printer
Checking the operating environment. No

Is the printer connected to the Network?
Yes
Checking the IP address. No

Can you change the IP address?
Yes
Checking the internet connectivity. No
Is there any internet connection
available for your PC?
Yes
Replace the PWBA
ESS. (Removal 42/
Replacement 12)

firmware from the Dell support website, No
and update the firmware with "F/W
Refernce_2.)
Yes
END
Replace the PWBA

ESS. (Removal 42/
Replacement 12)
Changing the IP address.

Contact your system administrator for
obtaining a new IP address. No
Refer to Reference_1 for details of how
to change the IP address.
Does the error persist when the power
is turned off and on?
Yes
END

Replacement 12)
Reference_1:Changing the IP address

1) Remove the network cable, and power off the printer and then on
2) Change the IP address on the Control Panel.
3) Plug the network cable back into the printer, and then turn the power on.
4) On the Control Panel, open [Admin] > [Network] > [TCP/IP], and confirm that the IP
address has been changed.
1 - 55
Reference_2:
1 - 56
Flows 20 016-316/016-318 Restart Printer
Checking the Memory Card No

Is the customer using the
recommended memory card?
Yes
Replace the Memory Card.
Checking the Memory Card installation.

Reseat the Memory Card. No
on the power?
Yes
END
Checking after replacing the Memory

Card. No
on the power?
Yes END
Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to

1 - 57
Checking the Connected device to the

USB port on the PWBA ESS.
No
Is the Wireless Printer Adapter
connected to the USB port on the
PWBA ESS?
Yes
Connect the Wireless
Printer Adapter to the USB
port on the PWBA ESS.
Checking the Wireless Printer Adapter

installation
Reseat the Wireless Printer Adapter No
after turning off the power.
on the power?
Yes
END
Checking after replacing the Wireless

Printer Adapter
Replace the Wireless Printer Adapter No
after turning off the power.
on the power?
END
Yes

1 - 58

Yes
END
Checking the Network Protocol Adapter No

Is the Network Protocol Adapter
installed?
Yes
Install the Network Protocol
Adapter.
Checking after reseating the Network

Adapter No
Reseat the Network Protocol Adapter.
Yes
END
Checking after replacing the Network

Adapter
Replace the Network Protocol Adapter. No
(Refer to Removal 56/Replacement 56.)
Does the error still occur when
Yesthe
Yes END

1 - 59
- This error is displayed when the Network Protocol Adapter is installed on the
printer and then removed, or when a contact failure has occurred at the Network
Protocol Adapter.
Reinstalling the Network Protocol Adapter allows you to use the printer as it was
before the error occurred.
- To return the printer to the state it was in before the Network Protocol Adapter
was installed, reset the printer using the following procedure.
<Reset Procedure>
1. Power OFF the printer.
2. Power ON the printer while pressing the [MENU] button and [3 (SET)] button at
the same time.
Keep the buttons pressed until the message "Reset Security Init Network" is
displayed.
3. Press the [3 (SET)] button.
4. Press the [3 (SET)] button when the message "Init Network Are you sure?"
5. Power OFF the printer and then ON when the message "Reset Security Init
Network" is displayed.
- In the event of loss of the Network Protocol Adapter, the following network
protocols will be unavailable. To use these protocols, purchase and install a new
Network Protocol Adapter.
802.1x (Wired), NetWare (IP), SNMPv3, HTTPS or WSD (Print)
To use the printer without using the functions of the Network Protocol Adapter
while waiting for a new Network Protocol Adapter to be delivered, reset the printer.
1 - 60
Checking the error. No

Yes
END

firmware from the Dell support website,
and update the firmware with "F/W
No
Refernce_1.)
Yes
END

ESS and PWBA MCU.
Replace the PWBA ESS (Removal 42 /
Replacement 12.) and the PWBA MCU. No
(Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement
11.)
power is turned OFF and ON?
Yes
END
Reference_1:
1 - 61
Flows 24 Invalid ID 016-383 / Range Chk Error 016-384 / Header Error 016-385 / Check
Sum Error 016-386 / Protection Error 016-391 / Erase Flash Err. 016-392 /
Write Flash Err. 016-393 / Verify Error 016-394

Box.

from the Dell Support Web
Site.
Checking after reseating the PWBA

ESS
No
Reseat the PWBA ESS.
Yes END

Removal 42/Replacement 12.) No
Yes END
1 - 62
Flows 25 Out of Memory 016-700

Errors may be avoided by the following measures:
- When the RAM disk is set to "Available", cancel it or reduce the disk capacity.
- Add the optional memory.
Checking the memory capacity for print

Print the small size file (like a Windows No
test print).
Does the error still occur when printing?
Yes
Divide the printing job.
Checking after reseating the PWBA

ESS No
Yes END
Divide the printing job. No

Is it printed correctly?
Yes Replace the PWBA ESS.

(Refer to Removal 42/
Replacement 12.)
END
1 - 63
Flows 26 PDL Request 016-720
Check the printer driver No

Did the customer install the correct
printer driver?
Yes
Install the printer driver.

Print the small size file (like a Windows No
test print).
Yes
Divide the printing job.

Box.

from the Dell Support Web
Site.
Divide the printing job. No

Is it printed correctly?

Replacement 12.)
END
1 - 64
Flows 27 Invalid User 016-757
Checking your account registration No

Is your account registered in your
network?
Yes
Does the error occur when printing after
registering the account?
Yes
END
Checking [DELL Color Track] setting No

Is your account registered in DELL
Color Track?
Yes
Register your account.
Checking the printer connection

Check the printer over the network. If
this fails, connect the printer directly to No
a PC.
checking the connection?
END
Yes
Please try once again.

If the error occurred again, please
consult your system administrator.
1 - 65
Flows 28 Disabled Func 016-758
Checking the printer power supply No

Check that the printer is turned on.
Yes
END
Checking your operation No

Is the operation that you did an
available function for 2130cn?
Yes
Inquire to your system administrator, or
check this operation by the User Guide.
Checking [DELL Color Track] setting No

Is your account registered in DELL
Color Track?
Yes
Register your account.
Checking the connection

Check that the PC and the printer are No
connected properly.
checking the connection?
Yes
END

1 - 66
Flows 29 Reached Limit 016-759
Check the [Dell ColorTrack] setting

Does the value of [User Registration] No
exceed the limitation?
Maximum user is 50.
Yes
Removal 42/Replacement 12.)
Reset 50 or less.
1 - 67
Flows 30 Invalid Job 016-799
Is the customer using the correct printer No

driver?
Yes
Use the correct printer driver.
Checking the paper size

Check that the paper matches the
specifications of the printer. If not, No
replace the paper.
Does the error occur when printing
using the correct paper size?
END
Yes
Checking the paper size setup No

Does the using paper size match the
printer setup value?
Yes
Setup the paper size through your PC. No
Yes
END

Checking the printing job No

Does the error still occur when printing
the Windows test print?
Yes
Check that the printing data is correct.

1 - 68
Flows 31 Disk Full 016-980
Checking the file data in the printer

Print or clear the stored files and data at No
the printer memory.
Yes
END
Checking the memory capacity for print.

Prints the small size file (like a Windows No
test print).
Does the error still occur when test
printing?
Yes
Add the memory card or divide
the printing job. If the error
occurred again, increase the size
setting of the RAM Disk.
(See RAM Disk size settings in
User Guide)
Checking the memory card installation.

Reseat the memory card. No
printing?
Yes
END
Checking the memory capacity.

Is the memory capacity recognized No
normally?
Checked by [Config Page]-[Print
information] in diagnosis.
Yes Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer

Checking after replacing the memory

card.
No
Replace the memory card.
printing?
Yes END

1 - 69
Flows 32 Collate Full 016-981

Yes
END
Checking the printer memory size No

Does the error occur when printing with
the Memory Card (Option) installed?
Yes
END
RAM Disk size settings

reducing the size setting of the RAM No
Disk?
(See RAM Disk size settings in User
Guide)
Yes END
Replace PWBA ESS (Refer to Removal

42/ Replacement 12)
1 - 70
Flows 33 MCU Flash Error 024-360

Box.
Yes
Download the latest version of
the firmware from the Dell
Support Web Site.
Checking the PWBA ESS installation

Reseat the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/
No
Replacement 12)
downloading the firmware?
Yes
END

Replacement 12)
1 - 71

off and on the power?
Yes
END

Reseat the PWBA ESS. (Refer to No
Removal 42/ Replacement 12)
off and on the power?
Yes END
Replace the PWBA ESS.
1 - 72
Flows 35 Check Paper Size 024-910

replace the paper.
Yes
END
Checking the print data, paper (print media)

and paper settings
Check the followings.
- Are the print data and the paper suitable? No
- Are the paper setting and paper suitable?
- Are the paper setting and
Yesprint data suitable?
After checking, correct the incorrect item(s).
Yes
END
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal

1 - 73

replace the paper.
Yes
END

and paper settings
- Are the paper setting and
Yesprint data suitable?
Yes
END

1 - 74

replace the paper.
END
Yes

and paper settings
- Are the paper setting and print data suitable?
END
Yes
Reloading a correct paper to SSF No

Reload a correct paper to fill the paper setup.
Yes
END

1 - 75
Flows 38 Load Tray 1 024-965
Checking the paper for loading and

setting
Check that the loaded paper meets the
print job. No
Check that the paper setting to require
the print job meets the specification.
Does the error still occur after reloading
the paper and changing the paper
Yes
settings that requires the print job?
END
Yes
Checking the Cassette No Paper

Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for
operation
Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 out.
Does the number on the screen
No
increase by one, when the actuator
(ACTUATOR NO PAPER) of the
Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR
PHOTO) is operated?
Checked by [Digital Input] - Yes
[DI-1] in
[IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Yes

replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250.
1 - 76
Flows 39 Load Tray 2 024-966
Checking the paper for loading and

setting
Check that the loaded paper meets the
print job. No
Check that the paper setting to require
the print job meets the specification.
Does the error still occur after reloading
the paper and changing the paper
Yes
settings that requires the print job?
END
Yes
Checking the Cassette No Paper

Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for
operation
Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 out.
No
increase by one, when the actuator
(ACTUATOR NO PAPER) of the
Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR
PHOTO) is operated?
Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-9] in
Yes

replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250.
1 - 77
Flows 40 Load SSF 024-969 / Pause Feed SSF 024-985 / Check SSF 075-923
When loading a sheet to the SSF, ensure that the lead edge of the sheet touches
the back of the SSF (as far as 8 to 10cm from the lead edge). Otherwise, this error
may occur.
Checking the paper for loading and setting

Check that the loaded paper meets the print job.
Check that the paper setting to require the print job
No
meets the specification.
Does the error still occur after reloading the paper
and changing the paper settings that requires the
print job?
Yes
END
Checking after reloading a paper to SSF

No
Reload a correct paper to SSF.
Yes
END
Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR

PHOTO) for operation
Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check No
the operation.
Does the number on the screen increase by one,
when the actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) of the SSF No
Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated?
Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-0] in [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
Yes
END
1 - 78
Flows 41 Over Heat 042-700

This error occurs when the internal temperature of the printer rises to somewhere
near the predetermined value during a high volume 2-sided print. Although this
error is automatically recovered when the printer’s internal temparature falls to a
certain level, it akes a long time before the recovery.
When performing a high volume 2-dided print, divide the job in blocks and allow
as long an interval as possible between them.
If this error code is displayed although you have not performed any large volume 2-
sided printing, follow the following flow.
Checking the error. No

Yes
END
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Removal 43/

Replacement 18)
1 - 79
Flows 42 Paper Jam 071-100

Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media
source.
Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.
Checking the paper in Tray 1 and the

paper guides
Insert new paper in Tray 1 and check
that the side and end guides are
adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE No
ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust the side
and end guides.
inserting the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into
the printer and opening and closing the
front cover?
Yes
END
checking the paper feed No

Is the paper fed?
Yes
Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid

(SOLENOID FEED MIS) for operation
Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid
(SOLENOID FEED MIS) operate properly?
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [Feed Roll Operation Check]
No
of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in
the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-B] of [IOT
Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis.
During this check, close the COVER ASSY
FRONT.
Yes
Replace the KIT FEED
ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH.
(Removal 35/Replacement
19)
Checking the Main Motor for operation
Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN)
operate properly?
- PC Operation :
Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] No
tab in the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT
FRONT.
Yes
Replace the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN. (Removal
32/Replacement 22)
A Replace the ROLL
ASSY FEED and the
SEPARATOR ROLLER.
1 - 80
Checking the paper feed

No
Open the Front Cover.
Is the paper fed from the Regi Rollers?
Yes
Checking the Regi Clutch for operation
Does the Regi Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY
DRIVE) operate properly?
- PC Operation : No
Checked by the [REGI CLUTCH
Operation Check] of the [Machine Check]
of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
[IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. Replace the KIT
During this check, close the COVER ASSY FEED ROLL/SOL/
FRONT. CLUTCH. (Removal
35/Replacement 19)
Yes

operate properly?
- PC Operation : No
Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis]
- Panel Operation :
Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. Replace the DRIVE
During this check, close the COVER ASSY ASSY MAIN.
FRONT. (Removal 32/
Replacement 22)
Yes
Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250.

Check that the foreign substances are
not on the paper path.
Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI
SENSOR) for operation
increase by one, every time the actuator No
of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI
SENSOR) is operated?
[IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis.
Yes

replace to known good paper.
1 - 81
Flows 43 Paper Jam 072-100 / Paper Jam 072-908

source.

paper guides
and end guides.
front cover?
Yes
END

Is the paper fed?
Yes
A

No
Yes
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [REGI CLUTCH Operation
Check] of the [Machine Check] of No
- Panel Operation :
FRONT.
Yes
Replace the KIT
FEED ROLL/SOL/
CLUTCH. (Removal
35/Replacement 19)
Check that the foreign substances are
not on the paper path.
Yes

1 - 82

(SOLENOID FEED MIS) operate
properly?
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [Feed Roll Operation Check] No
the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
FRONT.
Yes
ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH.
19)
operate properly?
- PC Operation :
- Panel Operation :
FRONT.
Yes
Replace the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN. (Removal
32/Replacement 22)
Replace the ROLL
ASSY FEED and the
SEPARATOR ROLLER.
1 - 83

source.

paper guides
and end guides.
front cover?
Yes
END

Is the paper fed?
Yes
A

No
Yes
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [REGI CLUTCH Operation
- Panel Operation :
FRONT.
Yes
Replace the KIT
FEED ROLL/SOL/
CLUTCH. (Removal
35/Replacement 19)
Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI Check that the foreign substances are
SENSOR) for operation not on the paper path.
Yes

1 - 84

(SOLENOID FEED MIS) operate
properly?
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [Feed Roll Operation Check] No
the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-B] of [IOT
FRONT.
Yes
ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH.
19)
operate properly?
- PC Operation :
- Panel Operation :
FRONT.
Yes
Replace the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN. (Removal
32/Replacement 22)
Replace the ROLL
ASSY FEED and the
SEPARATOR ROLLER.
1 - 85

source.
Otherwise, this error occurs.
To restart printing, open the front cover and remove the document.
Checking the customer operation No

Did the user insert the paper to the SSF
during print?
Yes
END
After print completion, insert the paper

to the SSF.
1 - 86

When starting SSF printing, an error will occur by pulling out a document on the
SSF by force.
Was a paper pulled out from SSF forcibly of a No

print start?
Yes
Checking after opening and closing the

COVER ASSY FRONT No
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT,
and then latch correctly.
Yes
END
Checking the printing No

Reload a paper to SSF.
Yes
END
END
1 - 87
Flows 47 Check SSF 075-922
Checking after opening and closing the

COVER ASSY FRONT
Remove Paper, and open and close the No
COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch
correctly.
Yes
END

1 - 88
Flows 48 Paper Jam 077-100/077-101

source.
Checking the paper No

Does the paper meet the specification?
Yes Replace the paper.
Checking the Front Cover latching No

Open and close the Front Cover.
Yes
END
Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED and the

SEPARATOR ROLLER.
1 - 89

source.
Checking the paper condition No

Is the paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2
wrinkled or damaged?
Yes
Replace the paper with a new and dry

one.
No
Yes
END
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for

latching No
Open and close the COVER ASSY
FRONT, and then latch correctly.
Yes
END
Checking after resetting the Guide

Sides and End Guide on the Tray 1 or
Tray 2 No
Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide,
and reseat the Tray 1 or Tray 2 to the
printer correctly.
Yes END
1 - 90
Flows 50 Paper Jam 077-103/077-104/077-105

When starting SSF printing, an error will occur by pulling out a document on the
SSF by force.
Checking the FUSER ASSY installation

Yes
END
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation

increase by one, when the actuator of
the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY is No
operated?
Yes
Replace the FUSER ASSY and clear
the Fuser Life Counter using the
diagnosis. (Refer to the Tech Sheet.).
077-103 077-104 077-105
Checking the paper Checking after replacing

Replace to know good the FUSER ASSY.
No Replace the FUSER ASSY
paper.
Does the error still occur after turning off the power.
when printing? NOTE:When you have
replaced the fuser, initialize
the life counter of the
Yes Fuser. For details, refer to No
END the supplied technical
sheet.
NOTE:Some of pich roller
came off.
Refer to Figure 1.
A Replace the FUSER ASSY
and clear the Fuser Life Does the error still occur
Counter using the when printing?
diagnosis.
Yes
END
1 - 91
Checking the paper guides and paper in

Tray 1 or Tray 2.
Check that the side and end guides are No
adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE
and end guides.
Yes
END
Print one sheet. No

Paper was fed one sheet?
Yes Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED (Refer

to Removal 50/ Replacement 4) and/or
HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Refer to
Removal 2/ Replacement 52).
END
Figure 1:
Pinch Roller
comes off
1 - 92

source.
Checking the jam

Remove the jammed paper and reload No
the known good paper.
Yes
END

latching
No
FRONT, then check the latching.
Yes
END
Checking the Duplex installation No

Reseat the Duplex.
Yes
END
Checking the Duplex Exit Motor for

operation
Does the Duplex Motor operate
properly? No
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-D] in
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP
Checking the Duplex Clutch for

operation
Does the Duplex Clutch operate
properly? No
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-35] in
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
1 - 93
Checking the Duplex Motor for

operation
properly? No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
Checking installation of the FUSER

ASSY
Reseat the FUSER ASSY.
No
Yes
END

Yes
END
1 - 94

source.
Checking the jam

Yes
END

latching
No
Yes
END

Reseat the Duplex.
Yes
END

operation
properly? No
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-D] in
ASSY FRONT.
Yes

operation
properly? No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
1 - 95

operation
properly? No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes

ASSY
No
Yes
END

Yes
END
1 - 96
Flows 53 Close FrontCover 077-300
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT

(Front Cover) for shape No
Are there any damages on the COVER
ASSY FRONT?
Yes
Checking four PHD ASSY latching No

levers
Are the location of the levers vertical?
Yes
Replace the COVER ASSY FRONT.
(Refer to Removal 25/replacement 29.)
Set four levers to latching position.

latching
Open and close the COVER ASSY No
FRONT.
Does the error message in the display
disappear?
Yes
Replace the COVER ASSY FRONT.
(Refer to Removal 25/replacement
29.)
Checking the interlock switch for

operation
No
increase by one, when the COVER
ASSY FRONT is closed and opened?
Yes Replace the HARNESS ASSY

INTERLOCK (Refer to Removal 18/
Replacement 36.) and the PWBA
LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/
Replacement 43.)
END
1 - 97
Flows 54 Close Side Cover 077-301
Checking the COVER

ASSY WINDOW TNR
(Side Cover) for shape No
Are there any damages on
the COVER ASSY
WINDOW TNR?
Yes
Checking the COVER ASSY
WINDOW TNR for latching
Open and close the COVER No
ASSY WINDOW TRN.
Replace the COVER ASSY Is the COVER ASSY WINDOW
WINDOW TNR. TNR latched correctly?
Yes
Replace the COVER ASSY
WINDOW TNR.
Checking installation of the toner

cartridges
Check that the lock levers are in
the locked position after correctly No
reseating the four toner
cartridges.
Does the error still occur after
turning the power off and on?
Yes
END
Checking the Side R Switch

(SWITCH) for operation
increase by one, when the No
COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN is
closed and opened?
Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-6]
in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Yes
Checking after replacing
the Side R Switch
(SWITCH)
Replace the Side R Switch
END (SWITCH). (Refer to
No
Removal 14/ Replacement
40.)
Does the error still occur
when the power is turned
off and on?
Yes
END
Replace the PWBA MCU.

Replacement 11.)
1 - 98

source.
Checking for paper and foreign objects

Open the front cover and check for
paper and foreign objects. Remove any No
paper or foreign objects from the
printer.
Yes
END
Checking the paper feeding No

Was the paper fed from the SSF?
Yes
Tray 1
Checking the status of the paper Check that the side and end guides are
No No
Check that SSF paper is placed adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE
correctly. If it is not, reinsert the paper. ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust the side
Does the error still occur when printing? and end guides.
Yes
END
Yes
END
Checking the front cover latch and

FUSER ASSY after installation
After opening and closing the front
No
cover, reinstall the FUSER ASSY.
Does the error occur when printing?
Yes
END

ASSY.
Replace the FUSER ASSY after turning
off the power.
NOTE:When you have replaced the
fuser, initialize the life counter of the
Fuser. For details, refer to the supplied
No
technical sheet.
Yes
END
1 - 99

source.
Checking for paper and foreign objects

Open the front cover and remove any
paper or foreign objects found around
the Regi roller inside the printer.
Next, remove the CASSETTE ASSY No
250 and remove any paper or foreign
objects found around the feed roller.
Yes
END
Checking the paper feeding No

Was the paper fed from the SSF?
Yes
Tray 1 or Tray 2
Checking the status of the paper Check that the side and end guides are
Check that SSF paper is placed No adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE
correctly. If it is not, reinsert the paper. ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust the side No
Does the error still occur when printing? and end guides.
Yes
END
Yes
END
Insert new paper and check the front

cover latch
Insert new paper into the SSF, Tray 1 or No
Tray 2.
Open and close the front cover.
Yes END
Checking the TRANSFER ASSY No

Are there any damage on the belt of the
TRANSFER ASSY?
Yes
A

TRANSFER ASSY.
1 - 100
Checking the Regi Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for

operation
Does the number on the screen increase by one, No
when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) of the
Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated?
Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
Yes

Does the Regi Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRIVE)
operate properly?
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [REGI CLUTCH Operation Check] No
of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the
[Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
Yes
Replace the Regi Clutch. (Refer to
Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for

operation
Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate
properly?
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [Main Motor Operation Check] of No
the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool
Box].
- Panel Operation :
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT Diag] in
[Printer Diag] of diagnosis.
Yes
Replace the MAIN DRIVE ASSY.
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal

1 - 101

source.
Checking the jam

Yes
END

latching
No
Yes
END

Reseat the Duplex.
Yes
END

operation
properly?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0D] in No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP.

operation
properly?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-35] in No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
1 - 102

operation
properly?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-12] in No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes

ASSY
No
Yes
END

increase by one, every time the actuator
of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI No
Yes
END
1 - 103
Flows 58 Ready to Print 091-402 / Replace PHD 091-935
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY

Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 4/Replacement 50.) No
CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing
tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before
installation.
END
Yes

1 - 104
Flows 59 PHD 091-912
Is the customer installing a new No (New PHD installing)

printer?
Yes
Checking the protection cover

Open the front cover.
Remove any remaining PHD protective No
sheets.
Does the error occur after closing the
front cover?
END
Yes
Checking the PHD ASSY sealing tape

Open the front cover and remove the
PHD ASSY from the printer after turning
the printer off.
Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing No
tape that may be left on the PHD ASSY.
Then, install the PHD ASSY into the
printer.
Does the error occur after turning
Yes the
power on?
END
Yes

CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing No
installation.
Yes END

1 - 105
Flows 60 Insert PHD 091-972
Does the error still occur when the No

Yes
END
Checking after reseating the PHD

ASSY
No
Reseat the PHD ASSY.
Yes
END

CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing No
installation.
END
Yes

1 - 106
Flows 61 CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310 / Ready to Print 092-410

Yes
END
Checking the CTD (ADC) sensor

window No
Open the front cover.
Is the CTD (ADC) Sensor window dirty?
Yes
Turn off the power, and gently wipe the

CTD (ADC) sensor window with a clean
No
dry cloth or cotton swab.
Yes
END
Checking the surface of the belt on the No

TRANSFER ASSY
Is the belt dirty?
Yes
Checking after replacing the
TRANSFER ASSY
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer No
to Removal 21/Replacement 33.)
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer Does the error still occur when the
to Removal 21/Replacement 33.) power is turned off and on?
Yes
END

1 - 107
Flows 62 Ready to Print 093-423 / Replace Cart. 093-930
No
Yes
END
Checking after replacing the Dell-

TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)
Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE No
(Y). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement
48.)
Yesthe
power is turned ON?
Yes
END

1 - 108
No
Yes
END

TONER CARTRIDGE (M)
(M). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement
48.)
Yesthe
power is turned ON?
Yes
END

1 - 109
No
Yes
END

TONER CARTRIDGE (C)
(C). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement
48.)
Yesthe
power is turned ON?
Yes
END

1 - 110
No
Yes
END

TONER CARTRIDGE (K)
(K). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement
48.)
Yesthe
power is turned ON?
Yes
END

1 - 111
Flows 66 Shake Cartridge 093-919
Error and toner check

Check that DELL toner is installed. If
not, check the toner level in the yellow No
toner cartridge and replace as
necessary.
Does the error occur after turning the
power off and on?
Yes
END

After turning the printer off, open the
front cover and remove the PHD ASSY
from the printer.
Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing
Then, install the PHD ASSY into the No
printer.
If the tape is found, it takes a long time
until the density is recovered. To use
the printer immediately, change the
PHD ASSY to another one.
Yes
END
Checking the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR

ASSY DISP) for rotation
Does the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY
DISP) function normally?
- PC Operation :
Checked by the [Dispense Motor
Configuration Check (Yellow) ] of the No
[Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in
the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
diagnosis.
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
1 - 112
Checking after replacing the TONER

CARTRIDGE (Y)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y),
and check that the lock key is in the No
lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/
Replacement 48.)
Yes
END
Checking the toner dispensing

Execute [Digital Output]-[DO-0, 5 and
21] in diagnosis for 60 seconds.
No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
END

Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to No
Yes
END

1 - 113

not, check the toner level in the No
magenta toner cartridge and replace as
necessary.
Yes
END

from the printer.
printer.
Yes
END
Checking the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR

Does the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR
ASSY DISP) function normally?
- PC Operation :
Configuration Check (Magenta) ] of the No
the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
diagnosis.
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
1 - 114

CARTRIDGE (M)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M),
Replacement 48.)
Yes
END

No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
END

Yes
END

1 - 115

not, check the toner level in the cyan No
necessary.
Yes
END

from the printer.
printer.
Yes
END
Checking the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR

Does the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY
- PC Operation :
Configuration Check (Cyan) ] of the No
the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
diagnosis.
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
1 - 116

CARTRIDGE (C)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C),
Replacement 48.)
Yes
END

No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
END

Yes
END

1 - 117

not, check the toner level in the black No
necessary.
Yes
END

from the printer.
printer.
Yes
END
Checking the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR

Does the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY
- PC Operation :
Configuration Check (Black) ] of the No
the [Tool Box].
- Panel Operation :
diagnosis.
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
1 - 118

CARTRIDGE (K)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K),
Replacement 48.)
Yes
END

No
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
END

Yes
END

1 - 119
Flows 70 Replace Cart. 093-934
No
Yes
END

TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)
(Y). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement
48.)
Yesthe
power is turned ON?
Yes
END

1 - 120
No
Yes
END

TONER CARTRIDGE (M)
(M). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement
48.)
Yesthe
power is turned ON?
Yes
END

1 - 121
No
Yes
END

TONER CARTRIDGE (C)
(C). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement
48.)
Yesthe
power is turned ON?
Yes
END

1 - 122
No
Yes
END

TONER CARTRIDGE (K)
(K). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement
48.)
Yesthe
power is turned ON?
Yes
END

1 - 123
Flows 74 CRUM ID 093-960
Error and toner type check

If an error occurs after turning the No
power off and on, is a DELL toner
installed in the printer?
Yes
Change the Toner Type
setting to Non-Dell Toner.
Checking after reseating the TONER

CARTRIDGE (Y)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), No
and check that the lock key is in the
lock position.
Yesthe
Yes
END

CARTRIDGE (Y)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y),
Replacement 48.)
END
Yes

1 - 124

power off and on, is a DELL toner is
Yes

CARTRIDGE (M)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), No
lock position.
Yesthe
Yes
END

CARTRIDGE (M)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M),
Replacement 48.)
END
Yes

1 - 125

Yes

CARTRIDGE (C)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), No
lock position.
Yesthe
Yes
END

CARTRIDGE (C)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C),
Replacement 48.)
END
Yes

1 - 126

Yes

CARTRIDGE (K)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), No
lock position.
Yesthe
Yes
END

CARTRIDGE (K)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K),
Replacement 48.)
END
Yes

1 - 127
Error and PHD ASSY type check

power off and on, is a 2130cn PHD
ASSY is installed in the printer?
Yes
Does the error occur after installing a
No
2130c PHD ASSY and turning the
power off and on?
Yes
END

ASSY No
Yes END

Yes END

1 - 128
Flows 79 Insert PrintCart 093-970

Yes
END
Checking the Toner Type No

Is the Dell Toner seated?
Yes
Change the Toner Type setting to
Non-Dell Toner.

CARTRIDGE (Y)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), No
lock position.
Yes
END

CARTRIDGE (Y)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). No
END
Yes

1 - 129

Yes
END

Yes
Non-Dell Toner.

CARTRIDGE (M)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), No
lock position.
Yes
END

CARTRIDGE (M)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M). No
END
Yes

1 - 130

Yes
END

Yes
Non-Dell Toner.

CARTRIDGE (C)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), No
lock position.
Yes
END

CARTRIDGE (C)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C). No
END
Yes

1 - 131

Yes
END

Yes
Non-Dell Toner.

CARTRIDGE (K)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), No
lock position.
Yes
END

CARTRIDGE (K)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K). No
END
Yes

1 - 132
Flows 83 Ready to Print 094-422 / 094-911 Contact Support
No
Yes
END

TRANSFER ASSY
Yes
Yes END

1 - 133
Flows 84 Ready to Print 193-700

This message appears when [Non-Dell Toner] setting of [Maintenance] on [Admin
Menu] is turned to [ON] for using non-Dell toner cartridge.
Printing is available while this message is displayed.
When you use Dell toner cartridge, you can turn off the message by turning the
[Non-DELL Toner] setting to [OFF].
Checking the Toner Cartridge. No

Is the installed toner cartridge to the
printer the DELL toner?
Yes
END
Checking the printer setting.

Cancel the non DELL toner mode by
No
the control panel.
Does the message on the LCD turn off
the non DELL toner?
Yes Checking after replacing the toner

cartridge. No
Replace the toner cartridge.
Yes
END END

Replacement 12)
1 - 134
Flows 85 Faint print (Low contrast)

If the copy finish is too light, restoring the
default [Color balance Y, M, C and K] of
[Copy Defaults] in [Copy] of [Default
Settings] settings may solve it.
Faint
Mnt01100KA Mnt01101KA
Checking the error mode No

Does the printout light occur
when copying?
Yes Checking the Faint print. No

Print the Windows test page.
Is the printout light (low density)?
Yes
Checking the original No Check the print data which
Is the original color density low? the problem generated.
Yes
END, change the original.
Checking the printer driver settings

Select [Printer Settings] from the [General] tab
under [Properties] on the printer driver. Clear No
the [Toner Saving Mode] check box under the
[Advanced] tab.
Is the printout still light (low tone)?
Yes
END
Checking the printer setting

Is the [Lighter/Darker] of the [Copy Default] in No
the [Copy] of the [Default Settings] the default
value?
Yes
Set to the default value.

After turning the printer off, open the front
cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the
printer.
Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing tape
that may be left on the PHD ASSY. No
Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer.
If the tape is found, it takes a long time until
the density is recovered. To use the printer
immediately, change the PHD ASSY to
another one.
Does the error still occur after turning the
power off and on?
Yes
END
1 - 135
Checking the faint color

Is there the faint toner? No
Checked by [4 Colors Configuration
Chart] of [Chart Print] of [Diagnosis] tab
in [Tool Box].
Yes
END
All colors faint
Replace the PHD ASSY.
Checking the PHD ASSY

Replace to known good PHD ASSY. No
Is the image printed correctly?
Yes
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY,
if not replace the printer.
Replace to original PHD ASSY.

faint toner motor (21(Y), 23(M), 25(C),
27(K))] of [IOT Diag] in diagnosis for 30 No
seconds.
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
END
1 - 136
Flows 86 Blank print (No print)

Does the blank page occur when
copying?
Yes Checking the blank print.

Print the contamination check No
page.
Yes
Printing data form is not suitable

for the printer, then check the
printing data which the problem
generated.
Checking the original setting No

Is the original placed correctly?
Yes
Set the original correctly.
Checking the printer

Is the image printed correctly? No
Checked by [Test Print] - [Test
Pattern 600] in diagnosis.
Yes
END
1 - 137
Flows 87 Solid black

Does the black page occur when
copying?
Yes Checking the solid black.

page.
Yes
Printing data is incorrect, then

check the printing data which the
problem generated.
Checking the original setting No

Is the original placed correctly?
Yes
Set the original correctly.
Checking the printing

Is the image printed correctly? No
Checked by [Test Print] - [Test
Pattern 600] in diagnosis.
Yes
Checking the Grid2.
Print the Grid2 page.
No
Is the solid color printed?
END Checked by [Test Print] - [Grid2]
in diagnosis.

12)
If not, replace the Printer.
Replace the toner cartridge of the
color by which Solid was printed.
1 - 138
Flows 88 Vertical blank line (White stripes in paper transport direction)
13 13
13 13
Random
13 13
Periodic 13 13

Does the blank line occur when
copying?
Yes Checking the Vertical blank lines.

Print the contamination check
page. No
Does the printout have vertical
blank lines (white stripes in the
paper feed direction)?
Checking the original No

Yes
Is the original color clean? Check the print data which
the problem generated.
Yes
Change the original.
Checking for foreign objects in

the paper transfer path
Remove any foreign objects in
the paper transfer path between
No
the TRANSFER ASSY and the
FUSER ASSY.
Does the printout still have
vertical blank lines (white stripes
in the paper feed direction)?
Yes
END
Checking the belt surfaces of the

TRANSFER ASSY
No
Are there any damages on the
belt surface of the TRANSFER
ASSY?
Yes
Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY.

Replacement 33.)
1 - 139
Flows 89 Horizontal band cross out (White stripe in horizontal direction
13 13
13 13
Random
13 13
Periodic 13 13

Does the blank line occur when
copying?
Yes Checking the Horizontal band

cross out.
page.
Does the printout have blank
lines in the horizontal direction?

Yes
Is the original color clean? Check the print data which
Yes
Checking the defective parts Period(mm) Replacement Parts

Print the [Pitch Configuration 66.7 Fuser
Chart] of the [Chart Print ] of the
75.4/37.7 PHD ASSY
[Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box].
Check the defective parts by 44.0/37.6 Printer
comparing the printed horizontal
band cross out with Pitch Chart.
(Refer to Chapter 4.1.) No
Are there any horizontal band
cross out matching the chart?
Yes
No
Replace the corresponding parts.
FUSER ASSY.
Does the printout still have blank
Yes
END
1 - 140
Checking the belt surface of the

TRANSFER ASSY
No
ASSY?
Yes
Checking after replacing the PHD
ASSY
No
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.)
(Refer to Removal 21/ Is the image printed correctly?
Replacement 33.)
Yes
END
1 - 141
Flows 90 Vertical stripes
13 13
13 13
Random
Periodic
13 13
13 13

Does the vertical line occur when
copying?
Yes Checking the Vertical stripes.

No
page.
Does the printout have blank
Yes
Is the original color clean? the problem generated.
Yes

No
FUSER ASSY.
Does the printout still have
vertical stripes?
Yes
END

ASSY No
Yes
A
END
1 - 142
Replace the FUSER ASSY(Refer

and initialize the Fuser Life No
counter. (Refer to the Tech
Sheet).
Yes
Checking after replacing the ROS
ASSY No
Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer
END to Removal 45/Replacement 9)
Yes Replace the

printer.
END
1 - 143
Flows 91 Horizontal stripes
13 13
13 13
Random
Periodic
13 13
13 13
Mnt01109KA
Mnt01108KA

Does the horizontal line occur
when copying?
Yes Checking the Horizontal stripes.

No
page.
Does the printout have horizontal
stripes?
Yes
Is the original color clean? the problem generated.
Yes

75.4/37.7 PHD ASSY
Yes
No
Replace the corresponding parts. the paper transfer path between
When the result corresponds to the TRANSFER ASSY and the
the [b-12 PHD] of the pitch chart, FUSER ASSY.
performing the [PHD Refresh Does the printout still have
Configuration Check] of [Chart horizontal stripes?
Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool
Box] may improve image quality.
Yes
END
1 - 144

TRANSFER ASSY
No
ASSY?
Yes Checking after replacing the PHD

ASSY No
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly?
Replacement 33.)
Yes
Replacement 49.)
After replacement, be sure to
END clear the life counter value.
(Refer to the Tech Sheet).
1 - 145
Flows 92 Partial Deletion
13 13
13 13
Random
Periodic
13 13
13 13
Mnt01111KA
Mnt01110KA
Checking the printer environment

Check that the printer is in a
room where air conditioner is
operating. If the air conditioner is
not operating, turn it on or move
the printer to a room with an air
conditioner.

Does the partial lack occur when
copying?
Yes Checking the Partial Deletion.

No
page.
Are parts of images still missing
during printing?
Yes Printing data is incorrect,

then check the printing
Is the original color clean?
data which the problem
generated.
Yes

75.4/37.7 PHD ASSY
Yes
A
Replace the corresponding parts
1 - 146
Checking paper
Check that new dry
recommended paper is being No
used and replace as necessary.
during printing?
Yes
END

the paper transfer path between No
FUSER ASSY.
during printing?
Yes
END

TRANSFER ASSY No
ASSY?
Yes

Replacement 33.)

ASSY No
Yes
FUSER ASSY.
Reset the FUSER ASSY.
END Is the image printed correctly? No
Warning: Start the operation after
the FUSER ASSY has cooled
down.
clear the life counter value.
Yes
END
1 - 147
Flows 93 Spots
13 13
13 13
Random
Periodic
13
13
13
13
Checking the error mode

No
Does the spots occur when
copying?
Yes Checking the Spots.

page.
Are there toner spots during
printing?

generated.
Yes

Print the [Pitch Configuration
66.7 Fuser
[Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. 75.4/37.7 PHD ASSY
Yes Checking for foreign objects or

toner contamination in the paper
transfer path
Remove any foreign objects and
Replace the corresponding parts. clean the toner in the paper No
When the result corresponds to transfer path between the
the [b-12 PHD] of the pitch chart, TRANSFER ASSY and the
performing the [PHD Refresh FUSER ASSY.
Configuration Check] of [Chart Are there still toner spots during
Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool printing?
Box] may improve image quality.
Yes
END
1 - 148

TRANSFER ASSY
No
ASSY?
Yes Checking after replacing the PHD

ASSY
No
Replacement 33.)
Yes
END

FUSER ASSY.
Reset the FUSER ASSY.
Warning: Start the operation after
the FUSER ASSY has cooled
down. No
clear the life counter value.
Yes
END
1 - 149
Flows 94 Afterimage (Ghost)
Afterimage
Wsb02020KA Mnt01114KA
Checking the error mode

No
Does the afterimage occur when
copying?
Yes

Yes
Checking the Afterimage(Ghost).

Print the [Ghost Configuration
Chart] in [Chart Print] in No
[Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box].
Does an afterimage still appear
on the printout?
Yes
END
Negative Ghost Positive Ghost
Adjusting the printer setting Checking the PHD ASSY installation

Decrease the value of [Adjust Reseat the PHD ASSY.
Does an after image still appear on the No
BTR (Paper Type)] of the [Adjust
No printout?
BTR] in the [Maintenance] of the
[Admin Menu].
Does an after image still appear Yes
on the printout? END
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY No

Yes END Replace the PHD ASSY.
Does an after image still appear on the
printout?
Replace the printer. Yes

END
Checking after replacing the LED ASSY

ERASE
Replace the LED ASSY ERASE. No
(Removal 15/Replacement 39)
Does an afterimage still appear on the
printout?
Yes
END
1 - 150
Flows 95 Grey Background
Mnt01115KA

Does the background page
occur when copying?
Yes
Checking the Grey background.
Print the Gradation page. No
Is there grey background during
printing?

Yes generated.

Print the Windows test page after
printing the color photograph or
picture. (If the color photograph
or picture printing is impossible, No
print the [4 Colors Configuration
Chart] in [Chart Print] in
[Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box].)
Is there background (fog) during
printing?
Yes
END

ASSY
No
Is there background (fog) during
printing?
Yes
END

ASSY
No
Yes
END
1 - 151
Flows 96 Skew
Tray is recommended for paper feeding because sheets

fed via SSF is prone to skew depending on how the sheet
is placed of SSF.
Mnt01116KA
Checking paper
Check that new dry recommended
paper which matches printer No
specifications is being used and replace
as necessary.
Are images still skewed during printing?
END
Yes
Checking the front cover latch and PHD

ASSY after installation
After opening and closing the front No
cover, reinstall the PHD ASSY.
Are images still skewed during printing
after installation?
END
Yes
Checking the paper feeding tray No

Is the skewed paper fed from the SSF?
Yes Tray 1 and paper check

Remove CASSETTE ASSY 250 from
the printer and reinsert the paper.
Check that the side and end guides are
Use the Tray Feeder . adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE No
ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust as
necessary.
Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into
the printer.
Yes
END
Checking for foreign objects in the

paper transfer path and check the
SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY
Remove any foreign objects in the No
paper transfer path.
Reset the SEPARATOR ROLLER
ASSEMBLY.
Yes
END
Replace the HOLDER ASSY

SEPARATOR.
(Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52)
1 - 152
Flows 97 Paper damage
Tray is recommended for paper feeding because

sheets fed via SSF is prone to skew depending on
how the sheet is placed on SSF.
Mnt01117KA
Checking the printer environment

Check that the printer is in a room
where air conditioner is operating. If the
air conditioner is not operating, turn it No
on or move the printer to a room with an
air conditioner.
Are printouts still wrinkled or damaged
after turning on the air conditioner?
Yes
END

paper which matches printer
specifications is being used and replace No
as necessary.
Is the printout still wrinkled or
damaged?
Yes
END
Checking the front cover latch and

check the PHD ASSY and FUSER
ASSY installation
After opening and closing the front
cover, reseat the PHD ASSY and the No
FUSER ASSY.
After reseating, is the printout still
wrinkled or damaged?
Yes
END
Checking the paper feeding tray No

Is the damaged paper fed from the
SSF?
Yes Tray 1 and paper check

Remove CASSETTE ASSY 250 from
the printer and reinsert the paper.
No Check that the side and end guides are
Is the SSF feeding the envelope? adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE
ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust as No
necessary.
Yes Use the Tray Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into
Feeder. the printer.
damaged?
The envelope was inserted with
the flap closed, air vacuumed,
and shot edge facing toward the Yes
printer. END
1 - 153
Checking for foreign objects in the

paper transfer path and check the
Remove any foreign objects in the No
paper transfer path.
Reseat the SEPARATOR ROLLER
ASSEMBLY.
damaged?
Yes
END
Replace the HOLDER ASSY

SEPARATOR.
(Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52)
1 - 154
Flows 98 Unfusing
Mnt01118KA
Checking paper
as necessary.
Are images still not fixed to the printout?
Yes
END

Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to
Sheet).
1 - 155
Flows 99 Color registration (Color shift)

- Troubleshooting of a control system
ABCDEabcde12345
Mnt01119KA
Checking the Color registration.

Print a Windows test chart after turning No
the power off and on.
Does color shift occur on the printout?
Yes Check the print data which

Checking paper and front cover latch

specifications is being used and replace No
as necessary.
Then, open and close the front cover
before printing.
Does color shift occur on the printout?
Yes
END
Checking after reseating the PHD UNIT

Reseat the PHD UNIT. No
Does the banding error appear on the
printed material when printing?
Yes
END
Checking the printing (Color

Registration Check)
Print the [Alignment Chart] in [Chart No
Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box].
Does the color registration appear on
the printed material when printing?
Yes
END
1 - 156
Adjusting the color registration

automatically
Check that the Auto Registration
Adjustments checkbox of the
[Registration Adjustment] in
[Maintenance] tab of [Tool Box] is
checked . No
Press the [Auto Correct] button to stat
the auto color registration adjustment.
After adjustment is completed, press
the [Color Regi Chart] button to print the
auto registration adjustment result.
Yes
END
Adjusting the color registration manually

Uncheck the checkbox of the Auto
Registration Adjustments of the
[Registration Adjustment] in [Printer
Maintenance] tab of [Tool Box].
Adjust the color registration by [Color
Registration Adjustment (Lateral)] and/ No
or [Color Registration Adjustment
(Process)] several times.
After the adjustment are completed,
press [Restart printer to apply new
settings] button.
Yes
END
1 - 157
- Troubleshooting of a paper feeding system
paper feeding is late. paper feeding is early.

Does the error appear on the printed
material when printing?
Yes END

TRANSFER ASSY
Does the error appear on the printed
Yes
END
1 - 158
Flows 100 Noise :When power is turned on.
Checking the PHD ASSY and the

FUSER ASSY installation
Reseat the PHD ASSY and the No
FUSER ASSY.
Does the noise arise from the
printer when turning on the
power?
END
Yes
Checking the noise

printer?
Checked by [Main Motor No
Operation Check] of [Machine
Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool
Box].
Checking the noise

Yes Does the noise arise from the
printer? No
Checked by [Fuser Motor
Operation Check] of [Machine
Checking the PHD ASSY sealing
Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool
tape
Box].
After turning the printer off, open
the front cover and remove the END
PHD ASSY from the printer.
Yes
Remove any of the 8 pieces of
sealing tape that may be left on
the PHD ASSY. No
Then, install the PHD ASSY into Replace the FUSER ASSY
the printer. (Refer to Removal 5/
If the tape is found, it takes a long Replacement 49.) and initialize
time until the density is the Fuser Life counter. (Refer to
recovered. To use the printer the Tech Sheet).
immediately, change the PHD
ASSY to another one.
Does the error still occur after
turning the power off and on?
Yes
END
Replace the PHD ASSY.
1 - 159
Flows 101 Noise During standby
Does the noise arise after the power is No

turned OFF and ON?
Yes
END
Checking the FAN

Does the noise arise from the Fan? No
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1E] in
Yes
Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to
Replace the FAN. (Refer to Removal

1 - 160
Flows 102 Noise During printing

Check the sealing tape on the PHD ASSY. if there is the sealing tape, remove it.
Checking the Duplex

Does the noise arise when No
feeding the paper from the
Duplex?
Yes Checking the paper feeding

Does the noise arise from the printer No
when the paper is fed from the Tray 1 or
Tray 2?
Yes
Check that the position of the
SSF side guides and the paper
insertion is correct and reset as
necessary.
Check that new dry
recommended paper is being
used and replace as necessary.
Checking paper
as necessary.
Does noise occur during printing when
paper is transferred from Tray 1?
Yes
END
Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER

ASSEMBLY.
(Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.)
Checking the DUPLEX ASSY for

installation
No
Reseat the DUPLEX ASSY.
printer?
Yes
END
Replace the FEEDER ASSY

DUP.
Replacement 57)
1 - 161
Flows 103 Electrical Noise
Checking the external noise

Are there any other electrical
appliances within 3 meters form the
printer, such as generators, radio and
appliances with motors? No
Either turn off the other electrical
appliances, or relocate the printer at
least 6 meters away from other
appliances.
Does the electrical noise error still
occur?
Yes
END
Checking the AC ground No

Is AC power supply outlet wired and
grounded appropriately?
Yes
Request the client to fix AC
power supply outlet.

ASSY No
occur?
Yes END
Checking after reseating the

TRANSFER ASSY No
Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY.
occur?
Yes END
Reseat the PWBA HVPS. (Refer to

1 - 162
Flows 104 AC

Does the motor noise arise
when turning off and on the No
power?
During this test, close the
COVER ASSY FRONT.
Yes
Checking the outlet and
power cord
Plug the power cord into
another outlet. Do not plug
Go to FIP-DC it into an open socket on
the same outlet. No
Reconnect after
unplugging the power cord
from the printer.
Does monitor noise occur
when the power is turned
on?
Yes
Checking the connector of
MAIN SWITCH for
connection
Disconnect the power cord No
END and wait for one minute.
Reconnect the connector
of MAIN SWITCH.
Does the printer operate
normally?
Yes
Replace the
PWBA LVPS.
(Refer to
END Removal 11/
Replacement 43.)
1 - 163
Flows 105 DC

Does the motor noise arise when No
turning off and on the power?
During this test, close the COVER
ASSY FRONT.
Yes
Go to FIP-AC.
Checking the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL No

Are characters displayed on the LCD of
the CONSOL ASSY PANEL?
Yes Checking after replacing the CONSOLE

PANEL No
Reseat the CONSOLE PANEL
Does the printer operate normally?
END
Yes
Replace thePWBA ESS
and the PWBA MCU.
END
1 - 164
Flows 106 Multiple Feed

No
as necessary.
Does multi feed occur when printing?
Yes
END
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED and

SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY for
rotation No
Does the ROLL ASSY FEED and
rotate smoothly and operate correctly?
Yes Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED (Refer

to Removal 50/ Replacement 4) and/or
HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Refer to
END
1 - 165
Flows 107 Control Panel Freezes
Checking the operating environment. No

Is the printer connected to the Network?
Yes
Checking the IP address. No

Yes
Checking the internet connectivity. No
Is there any internet connection
available for your PC?
Yes
Replace the PWBA
ESS. (Removal 42/
Replacement 12)
Updating the firmware to the latest
version.
firmware from the DELL Support
Website, and execute the update.
NOTE: Before updating the firmware to
the latest version, reset the error
following the steps of procedure No
described below. In addition,
update the firmware by way of a
USB storage.
1) Remove the network cable.
2) Connect the USB cable.
3) Turn the power off and on.
Yes
END
Replace the PWBA

ESS. (Removal 42/
Replacement 12)

Contact your system administrator for
obtaining a new IP address. No
Refer to Reference_1 for details of how
to change the IP address.
Yes
END

Replacement 12)
1 - 166
1 - 167
3.2 Troubleshooting for the repair center
FIP-1. 1 001-360 Restart Printer
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Possible causative parts:
FAN (PL8.1.1)
PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
PWBA FAN (PL8.2.20)
HARN ASSY LVPS2 (PL9.1.3)
HARN ASSY MCU HAN (PL9.1.13)
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and
1 Go to step 2. End of work.
ON?
Checking the FAN for rotation Replace the
Does the FAN function normally? PWBA MCU.
2 Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1E or DO-1F] in [IOT (Refer to Removal Go to step 3.
Diag] of diagnosis. 43 / Replacement
During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. 11.)
Check the connection between the FAN and PWBA .
Is P/J510 on PWBA FAN connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector P/J510
3 Go to step 5.
correctly, then go
to step 4.
ON?
Reconnect the
Check the connection between the PWBA FAN and the
connector P/J 520
PWBA LVPS
5 Go to step 7. and P/J 503
Is P/J 520 on the PWBA FAN and P/J503 on the PWBA
correctly, then go
LVPS connected correctly?
to step 6.
ON?
Reconnect the
Check the connection between the PWBA FAN and the
connector P/J 530
PWBA MCU
7 Go to step 9. and P/J 30
Is P/J 530 on the PWBA FAN and P/J30 on the PWBA MCU
correctly, then go
connected correctly?
to step 8.
ON?
1 - 168
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS and
PWBA MCU.
Are P/J501 and P/J14 connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
9 Go to step 11. J501 and P/J14
correctly, then go
to step 10.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY LVPS2 for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect J501 from the PWBA LVPS.
11 Go to step 12. HARN ASSY
Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU.
LVPS2.
Is each cable of J501 <=> J14 continuous?
Checking the HARN ASSY MCU HAN for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect the P/J 530 from the PWBA FAN.
Disconnect the P/J 30 from the PWBA MCU.
MCU HAR.
Is each cable of P/J 530 <=> P/J 30 continuous?
Checking the power to the FAN
Is the voltage across P503-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA
LVPS, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN
ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?
Replace the FAN.
(Refer to Removal
13 Go to step 14.
40/ Replacement
14.)
Checking after replacing the PWBA FAN

Replace the PWBA FAN. (Refer to Removal 12/
14 Replacement 42.) Go to step 15. End of work.
ON?
Checking after replacing the PWBA LVPS Replace the
Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ PWBA MCU.
15 Replacement 43.) (Refer to Removal End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and 43/ Replacement
ON? 11.)
1 - 169
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Does the error still occur after several ON/OFF procedures
1 Go to step 2. End of work. *1
of the power?
Upgrade the
Checking the firmware version
2 Go to step 3. firmware, then go
to step 3.
Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU
Reseat the PWBA MCU.
ON?
Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/
Go to Electrical
4 Replacement 11.) End of work.
Noise.
ON?
*1: Though some kind of foreign noise would be possible cause, go to FIP Electrical Noise in Other FIP
and check, to make sure.
1 - 170

If the error occurred after replacing the PWBA MCU, transfer the internal data of the old
PWBA MCU to a new one.
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21)
TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22)
TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23)
TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24)
HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
PWBA EEPROM (XPRO) (PL8.2.16)
HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (PL9.1.11)
Does the error still occur after several ON/OFF procedures
of the power?
Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY and TONER
CARTRIDGEs
2 Reseat the PHD ASSY and four TONER CARTRIDGEs. Go to step 3. End of work. *1
ON?
ON?
Checking the connectors for connection
Are the following connectors connected correctly?
- P/J311 on the Toner CRUM (Y)
- P/J312 on the Toner CRUM (M)
- P/J313 on the Toner CRUM (C)
- P/J314 on the Toner CRUM (K)
- P/J31 on the PWBA MCU
- P/J42 on the PWBA MCU
- P/J144 on the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO)
- P/J422 on the PHD ASSY Reconnect the
connector(s) P/J
P/J422 311 to P/J314, P/
4 Go to step 6. J31, P/J42, P/
P/J144 J144 and/or P/
J422 correctly,
P/J314
P/J42 then go to step 5.
P/J313
P/J31
P/J312
P/J311
Wsb01004KA
ON?
1 - 171
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity
Disconnect J311 from the Toner CRUM (Y).
Disconnect J312 from the Toner CRUM (M).
Disconnect J313 from the Toner CRUM (C).
Disconnect J314 from the Toner CRUM (K).
Is each cable of J311 to J314 <=> J31 continuous?
Replace the
TONER CRUM.
Checking the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO for continuity

Disconnect J144 from the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO).
Disconnect P422 from the PHD ASSY.
Is each cable of J42 <=> J144 and P422 continuous?
Replace the
7 Go to step 8. HARN ASSY PHD
XPRO.
Checking the power to the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO)

Replace the
8 PWBA EEPROM Go to step 9.
(XPRO).
MCU, about +3.3 VDC?
Go to Electrical
Noise.
ON?
*1: Though some kind of foreign noise would be possible cause, go to FIP Electrical Noise in Other FIP
and check, to make sure.
1 - 172
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
250 OPTION FEEDER (PL12.1.1)
PWBA FEED H (PL12.2.1)
HARN ASSY TRAY (PL12.3.23)
Reseat the
Checking the Optional Feeder for installation
1 Go to step 3. Optional Feeder,
Is the Optional Feeder installed correctly?
then go to step 2.
2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Go to step 3. End of work.
Reconnect the
Checking the connectors for connection connector(s)
Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and P/J27, P/J273
3 Go to step 5.
PWBA MCU. and/or P/J419
Are P/J27, P/J273, and P/J419 connected surely? surely,
then go to step 4.
Checking the HARN ASSY TRAY for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect P/J419 from the PWBA FEED H.
Disconnect P/J273 from the HARN ASSY OPTION.
TRAY.
Is each cable of P/J419 <=> P/J273 continuous?
Checking the HARN ASSY OPTION for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect P/J27 from the PWBA MCU.
Disconnect P/J273 from the HARN ASSY TRAY.
OPTION.
Checking after replacing the PWBA FEED H
Replace the PWBA FEED H. (Refer to Removal 43/
Replacement 11.)
Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON?
Replace the
Checking after replacing the 250 OPTION FEEDER
PWBA MCU.
Replace the 250 OPTION FEEDER. (Refer to Removal 58/
8 (Refer to Removal End of work.
Replacement 58.)
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 173
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
HARN ASSY DUP (PL11.1.14)
PWBA DUP (PL11.1.16)
Reseat the Option
Checking the Option Duplex for installation
1 Go to step 3. Duplex, then go to
Is the Option Duplex installed correctly?
step 2.
Reconnect the
Checking the connectors for connection connector(s)
Check the connections between the PWBA DUP and PWBA P/J27, P/J271,
3 Go to step 5.
MCU. P/J272 and/or
Are P/J27, P/J271, P/J272 and P/J 601 connected surely? P/J 601 surely,
then go to step 4.
4 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Go to step 5. End of work
Checking the HARNESS ASSY DUP for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect P/J601 from the PWBA DUP.
5 Go to step 6. HARNESS ASSY
Disconnect P/J272 from the HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY.
DUP.
Checking the HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect P/J271 from the HARN ASSY OPTION.
6 Go to step 7. HARNESS ASSY
Disconnect P/J 272 from the HARNESS ASSY DUP.
FRONT COVER.
Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE AIO for continuity
Disconnect P/J272 from the HARNESS ASSY FRONT Replace the
7 COVER. Go to step 8. HARN ASSY
Disconnect P/J27 from the PWBA MCU. OPTION.
Replace the
Checking after replacing the PWBA DUP PWBA MCU.
8 Replace the PWBA DUP. (Refer to Removal End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? 43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 174
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)
HARN ASSY ROS RE (PL4.1.22)
HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO (PL4.1.23)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
ON?
Checking after reseating the ROS ASSY
Reseat the ROS ASSY.
ON?
Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA
MCU.
Are P/J40, P/J41, P/J411 and P/J412 connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
4 Go to step 6.
and/or P/J412
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY ROS RE for continuity
Replace the
6 Go to step 7. HARN ASSY ROS
Disconnect P/J411 from the ROS ASSY.
RE.
Checking the HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO for continuity
Replace the
7 Go to step 8. HARN ASSY ROS
Disconnect J412 from the ROS ASSY.
VIDEO.
Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the
Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ PWBA MCU.
ON? 11.)
1 - 175
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
HARN ASSY MAIN MOT (PL9.1.7)
Does the error occur when the power is turned OFF and
ON?
Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY
ON?
Checking the Main Motor for rotation Replace the
Does the Main Motor function normally? PWBA MCU.
3 Checked by the [Main Motor Operation Check] of the (Refer to Removal Go to step 4.
[Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. 43/ Replacement
Checking the connectors of the MAIN MOTOR for
connection
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and
DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
4 Go to step 6. J21 and/or P/J211
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
MAIN MOT.
Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
ON?
Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Replace the Replace the
Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. DRIVE ASSY PWBA MCU.
8 Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on MAIN. (Refer to (Refer to Removal
the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch Removal 32/ 43/ Replacement
(HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Replacement 22.) 11.)
1 - 176
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
HARN ASSY SUB MOT (PL9.1.8)
ON?
Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY and PHD ASSY
Reseat the FUSER ASSY and PHD ASSY.
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has
cooled down.
ON?
Checking the Sub Motor for rotation Replace the
Does the Sub Motor function normally? PWBA MCU.
3 Checked by the [Fuser Motor Operation Check] of the (Refer to Removal Go to step 4.
[Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. 43/ Replacement
Checking the connectors of the SUB MOTOR for
connection
DRIVE ASSY SUB.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY SUB MOT for continuity
Replace the
6 Go to step 7. HARN ASSY SUB
Disconnect J221 from the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
MOT.
Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY SUB
Reseat the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
ON?
Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY SUB Replace the Replace the
8 Are the voltages across J22-2pin/J22-4pin <=> ground on SUB. (Refer to (Refer to Removal
1 - 177
FIP-1. 9 007-371/007-372 Restart Printer
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9)
ON?
Checking the K Mode Solenoid (Color Mode Switching
Solenoid) for operation
Does the K Mode Solenoid function normally?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-13] in [IOT Diag] of
2 diagnosis. Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Does the K Mode Solenoid click sound arise from the
DRIVE ASSY PH, when the K Mode Solenoid check is
performed?
Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY PH
Reseat the DRIVE ASSY PH.
ON?
Checking the connector of the K Mode Solenoid in the
DRIVE ASSY PH for connection
Check the connection between the PWBA MCU and K
Mode Solenoid.
Is P/J24 connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector P/J24
4 Go to step 6.
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Checking the power to the K Mode Solenoid Replace the
Disconnect J24 from the PWBA MCU. PWBA MCU.
6 Is the voltage across P24-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA Go to step 7. (Refer to Removal
MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN 43/ Replacement
ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? 11.)
Replace the Replace the
Checking the K Mode Solenoid for resistance
PWBA MCU. DRIVE ASSY PH.
7 (Refer to Removal (Refer to Removal
Is the resistance across J24-1 and J24-2 about 80 to 110-
43/ Replacement 31/ Replacement
ohm?
11.) 23.)
1 - 178
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connectors of the K Mode Sensor in the
DRIVE ASSY PH for connection
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and K
Mode Sensor.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
8 Go to step 10. J26 and/or P/
J261correctly,
then go to step 9.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect J261 from the K Mode Sensor.
KSNR REGCL.
Replace the
Checking the power to the K Mode Sensor
PWBA MCU.
11 Go to step 12. (Refer to Removal
43/ Replacement
11.)
Checking the K Mode Sensor for operation
Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from the printer once, but P/
J261 and P/J24 should be connected.
PWBA MCU. DRIVE ASSY PH.
Enter the [Digital Input] - [K Mode SNR] in [CE Diag] tab of
[CE Diag].
11.) 23.)
Does the voltage change, when a piece of paper is inserted
into the gap of the K Mode Sensor?
1 - 179
FIP-1. 10 009-340 Restart Printer (Yellow Toner)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)
FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2)
MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3)
HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25)
TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking the protection sheet staying
Is there the protection sheet on the PHD ASSY?
Remove the
1 Go to step 2.
protection sheet.
Checking the CTD (ADC) Sensor Window

ADC Sensor window
2 Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Rio01012KA
Turn off the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) Sensor
window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab.
3 After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Go to step 4. End of work.
ON?
Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the
4 lock key is in the lock position. Go to step 5. End of work.
ON?
1 - 180
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for
rotation
Does the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function
normally?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1F] in [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY
INTERLOCK).
Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape
and operation
Are the shape and operation of the gears of the
DISPENSER ASSY normal?
Replace the
defective gear(s)
or DISPENSER
6 Go to step 11.
ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 44/
Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01014KA
Checking the connector for connection

Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR
(Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 8.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity
Replace the
9 Go to step 10. HARN ASSY TNR
Disconnect J181 from the TNR (Y) MOT.
MOT.
Replace the
Checking the power to TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) MOTOR ASSY Replace the
Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. DISP or FRAME PWBA MCU.
10 Is the voltage across P18-3pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal
about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement
INTERLOCK) is pushed. 44/ Replacement 11.)
10.)
ON?
1 - 181
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the
lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/
Replacement 48.)
ON?
Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement
13 50.) Go to step 14. End of work.
ON?
Replace the CTD
Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY (ADC) Sensor or
Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. TRANSFER
14 End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ASSY. (Refer to
ON? Removal 21/
Replacement 33.)
1 - 182
FIP-1. 11 009-340 Restart Printer (Magenta Toner)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Is there the protection sheet on the PHD UNIT?
Remove the
1 Go to step 2.
protection sheet.

ADC Sensor window
Rio01012KA
ON?
Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (M)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the
ON?
1 - 183
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for
rotation
Does the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function
normally?
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
and operation
Replace the
defective gear(s)
or DISPENSER
6 Go to step 11.
ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 44/
Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01016KA

(M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 8.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J182 from the TNR (M) MOT.
MOT.
Replace the
Checking the power to TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY
MOTOR ASSY Replace the
DISP)
DISP or FRAME PWBA MCU.
10 ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal
Is the voltage across P18-8pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU,
about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY
INTERLOCK) is pushed.
10.)
ON?
1 - 184
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (M)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the
Replacement 48.)
ON?
ON?
Replace the CTD
14 End of work.
ON? Removal 21/
Replacement 33.)
1 - 185
FIP-1. 12 009-340 Restart Printer (Cyan Toner)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Remove the
1 Go to step 2.
protection sheet.

ADC Sensor window
Rio01012KA
ON?
Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (C)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the
ON?
1 - 186
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for
rotation
Does the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function
normally?
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
and operation
Replace the
defective gear(s)
or DISPENSER
6 Go to step 11.
ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 44/
Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01018KA

(C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 8.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J191 from the TNR (C) MOT.
MOT.
Replace the
Checking the power to TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) MOTOR ASSY Replace the
10.)
ON?
1 - 187
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (C)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the
Replacement 48.)
ON?
ON?
Replace the CTD
14 End of work.
ON? Removal 21/
Replacement 33.)
1 - 188
FIP-1. 13 009-340 Restart Printer (Black Toner)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Remove the
1 Go to step 2.
protection sheet.

ADC Sensor window
Rio01012KA
ON?
Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (K)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the
ON?
1 - 189
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for
rotation
Does the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function
normally?
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
and operation
Replace the
defective gear(s)
or DISPENSER
6 Go to step 11.
ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 44/
Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01020KA

(K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 8.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J192 from the TNR (K) MOT.
MOT.
Replace the
Checking the power to TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) MOTOR ASSY Replace the
10.)
Reseat the PHD UNIT.
ON?
1 - 190
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (K)
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the
Replacement 48.)
ON?
ON?
Replace the CTD
14 End of work.
ON? Removal 21/
Replacement 33.)
1 - 191
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)
HARN ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY
cooled down.
ON?
Remove the FUSER ASSY.
cooled down.
FUSER ASSY.
Are P/J17 and P/J171 connected correctly? Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 3.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY FUSER2 for continuity
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has Replace the
4 cooled down. Go to step 5. HARN ASSY
Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. FUSER2.
Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous?
NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame.
1 - 192
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the resistances of Temp. Sensor in the FUSER
ASSY
cooled down.
Check the resistances across the following pins of the
removed FUSER ASSY.
J171-5pin <=> J171-4pin Replace the
J171-6pin <=> J171-8pin FUSER ASSY.
J171-6pin <=> J171-7pin Replace the
(Refer to Removal
Can the resistances be measured? (The resistances are 7 PWBA MCU.
5/ Replacement
5 k-ohm at 180 degrees C). (Refer to Removal
49.) After
43/ Replacement
replacement , be
11.)
sure to clear the
life counter value.
1 - 193
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(Refer to Removal
Checking the life counter value of the FUSER ASSY 5/ Replacement
1 Go to step 2.
Does the life counter value show the near of the end? 49.) After
replacement , be
sure to clear the
life counter value.
cooled down.
ON?
Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY
Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/
Replacement 49.) Replace the
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has PWBA MCU.
3 cooled down. (Refer to Removal End of work.
ON? 11.)
NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life
counter value.
1 - 194
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
HARN ASSY HUM (PL9.1.6)
ON?
Checking after reseating the SENSOR HUM
Reseat the SENSOR HUM.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY HUM for continuity
Disconnect J201 from the SENSOR HUM.
Replace the
HUM.

Checking the power to SENSOR HUM
SENSOR HUM. PWBA MCU.
Disconnect the connector of J20 from the PWBA MCU.
MCU, about +5 VDC?
35.) 11.)
1 - 195
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
cooled down.
ON?
cooled down.
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU (P/J17)
and FUSER ASSY (P/J171).
Check the connections between the FUSER ASSY (P/J171)
and PWBA LVPS (P/J47). "Reconnect the
Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS (P/J501 connector(s) P/
and P/J502) and PWBA MCU (P/J14 and P/J15). J17, P/J47, P/
3 Are these connectors connected correctly? Go to step 5. J171, P/J501, P/
J502, P/J14 and/
or P/J15 correctly,
then go to step 4."
ON?
Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Replace the
5 Disconnect J47 from the PWBA LVPS. Go to step 6. HARN ASSY
Is each cable of J17 and J47 <=> P171 continuous? FUSER2.
Replace the
LVPS2.
1 - 196
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replacement 49.) Replace the
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has PWBA MCU
ON? 11.)
NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life
counter value.
1 - 197
FIP-1. 18 Ready to Print 010-421
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking the FUSER ASSY for installation
Reseat the
Is the FUSER ASSY installed correctly?
1 Go to step 3. FUSER ASSY,
then go step 2.
cooled down.
Replace the
Replacement 49.)
PWBA MCU.
3 (Refer to Removal End of work
cooled down.
43/ Replacement
11.)
NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter
value.
1 - 198
FIP-1. 19 016-300/016-301/016-302/016-313/016-315/016-317/016-323/016-327/016-340/
016-344/016-345/016-346/016-347 Restart Printer
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Checking the error code.
Error code is 016-317 or 016-340?
Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell Replace the
support website, and update the firmware with "F/W PWBA ESS.
2 Download DL Mode" .(Refer to Refernce_1.) (Refer to Removal End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and 42/ Replacement
on? 12.)
Check whether the version of the firmware is the latest,
referring to the Printer Information via the Tool Box. Replace the Download the
Checked by [Printer Information] of the [Printer Settings PWBA ESS. latest version of
3 Report] tab in Tool Box. (Refer to Removal the firmware from
For the latest version information, refer to the Dell Support 42/ Replacement the Dell Support
Web Site. 12.) Web Site.
Reference_1:
1 - 199
FIP-1. 20 016-316/016-318 Restart Printer
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Memory Card (Option)
Replace to the
1 Is the customer using the recommended memory card? Go to step 2. recommended
memory card.
Checking the Memory Card installation.
2 Reseat the Memory Card. Go to step 3. End of work.
Does the error still occur when turning on the power?
Replace the
Checking after reseating the Memory Card.
PWBA ESS.
42/ Replacement
12.)
1 - 200
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (PL8.1.16)
ON?
Checking the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER installation
Reseat the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER.
ON?
Checking after replacing the WIRELESS PRINTER
ADAPTER
3 Replace the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER. Go to step 4. End of work.
ON?
Replace the
Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS
PWBA ESS.
42/ Replacement
ON?
12.)
1 - 201
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (PL8.1.18)
ON?
Checking the Network Protocol Adapter Install the Network
2 Go to step 3.
Is the Network Protocol Adapter installed? Protocol Adapter.
Checking after reseating the Network Protocol Adapter
Reseat the Network Protocol Adapter.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and
on?
Checking after replacing the Network Protocol Adapter Replace the
Replace the Network Protocol Adapter. PWBA ESS.
4 (Refer to Removal 56/Replacement 56.) (Refer to Removal End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and 42/ Replacement
on? 12.)
1 - 202
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
HARN ASSY ESS (PL9.1.1)
Checking the error.
1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and Go to step 2. End of work.
on?
Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell
support website, and update the firmware with "F/W
2 Download DL Mode". (Refer to Refernce_1.) Go to step 3. End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and
on?
Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU
Reseat the PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU.
ON?
PWBA ESS.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY ESS for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect J101 from the PWBA ESS.
ESS.
Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ PWBA ESS.
ON? 12.)
Reference_1:
1 - 203
1 - 204
FIP-1. 24 Invalid ID 016-383 / Range Chk Error 016-384 / Header Error 016-385 / Check
Sum Error 016-386 / Protection Error 016-391 / Erase Flash Err. 016-392 /
Write Flash Err. 016-393 / Verify Error 016-394
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Checking the download file Re-download the
1 Go to step 2.
Was the file for 2130cn downloaded? correct file.
Checking the connection between PC and printer
Are your PC and the printer correctly connected by USB or
LAN?
Disconnect and reconnect the USB or network cable.
ON?
ON?
Replace the
Checking re-downloading the correct file for 2130cn
PWBA ESS.
Re-download the correct file from Dell web site.
42/ Replacement
ON?
12.)
1 - 205
FIP-1. 25 Out of Memory 016-700
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Divide the printing
1 Print the small size file (like a Windows test print). Go to step 2.
job.
Replace the
Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS PWBA ESS.
2 Reseat the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal End of work.
Does the error still occur when printing? 42/ Replacement
12.)
1 - 206
FIP-1. 26 PDL Request 016-720
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Checking the printing job
1 Print the small size file (like a Windows test print). Go to step 2. End of work.
Replace the
12.)
1 - 207
FIP-1. 27 Invalid User 016-757
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Request the
registration to your
Checking your account registration
1 Go to step 3. system
Is your account registered in your network?
administrator, then
go to step 2.
2 Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. End of work.
Consult your Connect your PC
Checking connection
3 system with printer surely,
Is your PC surely connected with the printer via network?
administrator. then go to step 4.
Consult your
4 Does the error still occur when printing? system End of work.
administrator.
1 - 208
FIP-1. 28 Disabled Func 016-758
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Turn ON the
Checking the power of the printer power of the
1 Go to step 3.
Is the power of the printer turned ON? printer, and go to
step 2.
Inquire to your
system
Checking your operation
administrator, or
3 Is the operation that you did an available function for Go to step 4.
check this
2130cn?
operation by the
User Guide.
Connect your PC
Checking connection
4 Go to step 6. with printer surely,
Is your PC surely connected with the printer?
then go to step 5.
Replace the
12.)
1 - 209
FIP-1. 29 Reached Limit 016-759
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Check the [Dell ColorTrack] setting
Reset to 50 or less
1 Does the value of [User Registration] exceed the limitation? Go to step 3.
and go to step 2.
Maximum user is 50.
Reseat the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replace the
3 End of work.
Replacement 12) PWBA ESS.
1 - 210
FIP-1. 30 Invalid Job 016-799
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Use the paper that
Checking the paper size meets the
1 Go to step 3.
Does the paper size in use meet the specifications? specifications,
then go to step 2.
Checking the paper size setup
Does the using paper size match the printer setup value?
Replace the
PWBA ESS.
Setup the paper size through your PC.
42/ Replacement
12.)
Replace the
Checking the printing job PWBA ESS. Check that the
5 Does the error still occur when printing the Windows test (Refer to Removal printing data is
print? 42/ Replacement correct.
12.)
1 - 211
FIP-1. 31 Disk Full 016-980
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA CONT AIO (PL10.6.6)
Checking the file data in the printer
1 Print or clear the stored files and data at the printer memory. Go to step 2. End of work.
Checking the memory capacity for print Add the MEMORY
2 Print the small size file (like a Windows test page). Go to step 3. CARD or divide
Does the error still occur when printing? the printing job.
Checking after reseating the MEMORY CARD
3 Reseat the MEMORY CARD. Go to step 4. End of work.
Replace the
Checking the memory capacity.
PWBA ESS.
Is the memory capacity recognized normally?
Checked by [Config Page] of [Print information] in
42/ Replacement
diagnosis.
12.)
Replace the
Checking after replacing the MEMORY CARD PWBA ESS.
5 Replace the MEMORY CARD. (Refer to Removal End of work.
12.)
1 - 212
FIP-1. 32 Collate Full 016-981
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Checking the error
1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and Go to step 2. End of work.
on?
Checking the printer memory size
2 Does the error occur when printing with the Memory Card Go to step 3. End of work.
(Option) installed?
Replace the
RAM Disk size settings
PWBA ESS.
Does the error occur when printing after reducing the size
setting of the RAM Disk?
42/ Replacement
(See RAM Disk size settings in chapter 2)
12.)
1 - 213
FIP-1. 33 MCU Flash Error 024-360
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking the error
Does the error still occur when turning off the power?
Checking the MCU firmware Re-download the
2 Go to step 3.
Is the download firmware the 2130cn? correct firmware.
Replace the
PWBA ESS.
Replacement 11)
42/Replacement
Does the error still occur?
12)
1 - 214
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
End of work., if the
Checking the error
error occurs
1 Does the error still occur when turning off and on the Go to step 2.
again, go to step
power?
2.
Reseat the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/
Replace the
2 Replacement 12) End of work.
PWBA ESS.
Does the error still occur when turning off and on the
power?
1 - 215
FIP-1. 35 Check Paper Size 024-910
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Use the paper that
1 Go to step 3.
Does the using paper size meet the specification? specifications,
then go to step 2.
Checking the print data, paper (print media) and paper
settings
- Are the print data and the paper suitable?
Checking after reloading a paper and the CASSETTE ASSY
250
4 Reload a correct paper into the CASSETTE ASSY 250. Go to step 5. End of work.
Reseat the CASSETTE ASSY 250 correctly.
Replace the
PWBA ESS.
Replacement 11.)
42/ Replacement
12.)
1 - 216
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Use the paper that
1 Go to step 3.
then go to step 2.
settings
Checking after reloading a paper and the CASSETTE ASSY
250 (Option)
Reload a correct paper into the CASSETTE ASSY 250
(Option).
Reseat the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Option) correctly.
Replace the
PWBA ESS.
Replacement 11.)
42/ Replacement
12.)
1 - 217
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Use the paper that
1 Go to step 3.
then go to step 2.
settings
Replace the
PWBA MCU (refer
to Removal 43/
Reloading a correct paper to SSF
Replacement 11),
4 Reload a correct paper to fill the paper setup. End of work.
if not, replace the
PWBA ESS (refer
to Removal 42/
Replacement 12).
1 - 218
FIP-1. 38 Load Tray 1 024-965
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18)
SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13)
ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL3.2.19)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Check that the paper setting to require the print job meets
the specification.
Does the error still occur after reloading the paper and
chaging the paper settings that requires the print job?
Reseat the
Checking the ACTUATOR NO PAPER for shape and ACTUATOR NO
operation PAPER. If broken
2 Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 out. Go to step 3. or deformed,
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER replace the
normal? ACTUATOR NO
PAPER.
Checking the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR
PHOTO) for operation Replace the
Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 out. PWBA MCU.
3 Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the (Refer to Removal Go to step 4.
actuator (ACTUATOR NO PAPER) of the Cassette No 43/ Replacement
Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? 11.)
Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-1] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO
(Cassette No Paper Sensor) for connection
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
4 Go to step 5.
J23 and/or P/J234
correctly.
Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity

Replace the
5 Go to step 6. HARN ASSY L
Disconnect J234 from the SENSOR PHOTO.
SIDE.
Replace the
Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 219
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Replace the
Check the voltage across J23-11pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Replace the
7 PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal SENSOR
Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR NO 43/ Replacement PHOTO.
PAPER is operated? 11.)
1 - 220
FIP-1. 39 Load Tray 2 024-966
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FEED H (PL12.1.1)
HARN ASSY TRAY COMP (PL12.2.20)
ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL12.4.19)
the specification.
Reseat the
Checking the ACTUATOR NO PAPER for shape and ACTUATOR NO
operation PAPER. If broken
2 Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Option) out. Go to step 3. or deformed,
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER replace the
normal? ACTUATOR NO
PAPER.
Checking the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR
PHOTO) for operation Replace the
Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Option) out. PWBA MCU.
actuator (ACTUATOR NO PAPER) of the Cassette No 43/ Replacement
Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? 11.)
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO
(Cassette No Paper Sensor) for connection
Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
4 Go to step 5.
J421 and/or P/
J4212 correctly.
Checking the HARN ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity

Replace the
TRAY COMP.
1 - 221
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
PWBA FEED H.
Disconnect J421 from the PWBA FEED H.
43/ Replacement
11.)
Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Replace the
Check the voltage across J421-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H. Replace the
7 PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal SENSOR
Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR NO 43/ Replacement PHOTO.
PAPER is operated? 11.)
1 - 222
FIP-1. 40 Load SSF 024-969 / Pause Feed SSF 024-985 / Check SSF 075-923
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
the specification.
Checking after setting the guide sides of the SSF
2 Reset the guide sides. Go to step 3. End of work.
Checking after reloading a paper to SSF
3 Reload a correct paper to fill the paper setup. Go to step 4. End of work.
Reseat the
Checking the ACTUATOR SSI for shape and operation
ACTUATOR SSI.
Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the
If broken or
4 shape and operation. Go to step 5.
deformed, replace
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR SSI
the ACTUATOR
normal?
SSI.
Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for
operation
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
operation.
5 (Refer to Removal Go to step 6.
Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the
43/ Replacement
actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) of the SSF No Paper Sensor
11.)
(SENSOR PHOTO) is operated?
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No
Paper Sensor) for connection
SENSOR PHOTO.
Are P/J23 and P/J233 connected correcly?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 7.
Replace the
SIDE.
1 - 223
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation
Check the voltage across J23-8pin <=> ground on the Replace the
PWBA MCU. PWBA MCU. Replace the
10 Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the (Refer to Removal SENSOR
operation. 43/ Replacement PHOTO.
Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR SSI is 11.)
operated?
1 - 224
FIP-1. 41 Over Heat 042-700
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking the printer after cool down
1 Does the error occur when printing after the printer has Go to step 2. End of work.
cooled down for five minutes?
Replace the
Checking the PWBA MCU for installation PWBA MCU.
2 Reseat the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal End of work.
11.)
1 - 225
FIP-1. 42 Paper Jam 071-100
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1)
HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5)
CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1)
SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11)
ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4)
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8)
ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the paper
Checking the paper condition with a new and dry
1 Go to step 3.
Is the paper in the Tray 1 wrinkled or damaged? one, then go to
step 2.
Checking after reloading a new paper
3 Reload a new paper in the Tray 1. Go to step 4. End of work.
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch
correctly.
operation
5 properly? Go to step 6. Go to step 19.
diagnosis.
Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation
Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL Reseat or replace
REGI METAL rotate properly? the DRIVE ASSY
6 Checke by [Digital Output] - [DO-16] in [IOT Diag] of Go to step 7. PH. (Refer to
diagnosis. Removal 31/
During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY Replacement 23.)
INTERLOCK).
Checking the paper feeding position
Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1?
Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on
the Tray 1
8 Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray Go to step 9. End of work.
1 to the printer correctly.
1 - 226
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 1
HOLDER ASSY
for shape and rotation
SEPARATOR.
9 Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Go to step 10.
(Refer to Removal
Is the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY not contaminated
2/ Replacement
and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly?
52.)
Replace the ROLL
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation
ASSY FEED.
Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer.
Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or
9/ Replacement
damaged, and rotated smoothly?
45.)
Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED
MSI) for operation
Replace the
Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI)
CASSETTE ASSY
operate properly?
11 250. (Refer to Go to step 22.
Checke by [Digital Output] - [DO-13] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE
Removal 58/
Diag].
Replacement 58.)
INTERLOCK).
The paper lead
edge stay after the
Checking the paper lead edge staying position
ROLL ASSY REGI
12 Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY Go to step 13.
and ROLL REGI
REGI and ROLL REGI METAL?
METAL, then go to
step 16.
Remove the
Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY
obstacles or stains
13 FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI. Go to step 14.
from the paper
Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path?
transfer path.
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Reseat the
Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the ACTUATOR REGI
14 shape and operation. Go to step 15. IN. If broken or
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN deformed, replace
normal? it.
Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for
operation
actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated?
operation.
Checked by [Digital Input] - [DO-16] in [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for
operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL
for rotation
Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab, and then
enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE
16 Diag]. Go to step 17. Go to step 30.
Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate
properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI
METAL rotate?
INTERLOCK).
1 - 227
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL for shape and
Reseat the
operation
ACTUATOR REGI
17 Go to step 18. ROLL. If broken or
shape and operation.
deformed, replace
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI
it with a new one.
ROLL normal?
operation
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
operation.
11.)
diagnosis.
DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
19 Go to step 20.
J21 and/or P/J211
correctly.

Replace the
MAIN MOT.
Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED MSI
(Cassette Feed Solenoid) for connection
SOLENOID FEED MSI.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
22 Go to step 23.
J23 and/or P/J231
correctly.
1 - 228
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
SIDE.
Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED MSI Replace the
Checking the SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance PWBA MCU. SOLENOID FEED
25 Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI. (Refer to Removal MSI. (Refer to
Is the resistance across J231-1 and J231-2 about 96 ohm? 43/ Replacement Removal 35/
11.) Replacement 19.)
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi
Sensor) for connection
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
26 Go to step 27.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.

Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR 11.)
REGI IN) is operated?
1 - 229
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi
Clutch) for connection
CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
30 Go to step 31.
J26 and/or P/J262
correctly.

Replace the
Disconnect P262 from the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
KSNR REGCL.
Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV Replace the
Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for resistance
PWBA MCU. CLUTCH ASSY
Disconnect P/J262 of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
33 (Refer to Removal DRV. (Refer to
Is the resistance across J262-1 and J262-2 approximately
43/ Replacement Removal 30/
280-ohm?
1 - 230
FIP-1. 43 Paper Jam 072-100 / Paper Jam 072-908
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
HARN ASSY TEAY MOT (PL12.2.2)
MOTOR ASSY SUB (PL12.2.16)
ROLL ASSY FFED (PL12.4.4)
SENSOR PHOTO (12.4.13)
CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT (PL12.5.1)
HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (12.5.5)
Replace the paper
1 Go to step 3.
step 2.
correctly.
Checking the Paper Path Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for
operation
5 Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the Go to step 6. Go to step 15.
Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-A] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Checking the MOTOR ASSY SUB for operation
Does the MOTOR ASSY SUB operate properly?
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-17] on [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
Checking the paper feeding
Is the paper fed from the Tray 2?
the Tray 2
8 Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray2 Go to step 9. End of work.
to the printer correctly.
Replace the
HOLDER ASSY
for shape and rotation
SEPARATOR.
9 Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Go to step 10.
(Refer to Removal
Is the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR not contaminated and/
39/ Replacement
or damaged, and rotated smoothly?
15.)
Replace the ROLL
ASSY FEED.
9/ Replacement
45.)
1 - 231
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED)
for operation
Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED)
Replace the
operate properly?
11 CASSETTE ASSY Go to step 22.
250 OPT.
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
Checking the Feed Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for
operation
Does the Cassette Feed Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV)
operate properly?
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
Checking the paper lead edge staying position Replace the
13 Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY Go to step 14. FEEDER ASSY
REGI and ROLL REGI METAL? OPT.
Checking the paper path Remove the
Replace the
Remove the Tray 1 and Tray 2 paper cassettes. obstacles or stains
14 FEEDER ASSY
Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path between from the paper
OPT.
the Tray 2 and the Regi Assy? transfer path.
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Paper
Reconnect the
Path Sensor) for connection
connector(s) P/
15 Check the connections between the PWBA FFE D and Go to step 16.
J420 and/or P/
SENSOR PHOTO.
J4200 correctly.
Checking the HARN ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity
Replace the
TRAY COMP
Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Replace the
17 Go to step 18.
Is the voltage across P420-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA PWBA FEED H.
FEED H, about +3.3 VDC?
Replace the
Check the voltage across J420-5pin <=> ground on the
Replace the SENSOR PHOTO
18 PWBA FEED H.
PWBA FEED H. (Paper Path
Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR
Sensor).
Checking the connectors for connection Reconnect the
Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and connector(s) P/
19 Go to step 20.
MOTOR ASSY SUB. J422 and/or P/
Are P/J422 and P/J211 connected correctly? J211 correctly.
Checking the HARN ASSY TEAY MOT for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect J211 from the MOTOR ASSY SUB.
TRAY MOT.
Checking the power to the MOTOR
Disconnect J422 from the PWBA FEED H. Replace the
Replace the
21 Are the voltages across J422-6pin <=> ground on the MOTOR ASSY
PWBA FEED H.
PWBA FEED H, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch SUB.
(HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?
1 - 232
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED for
Reconnect the
connection
connector(s) P/
22 Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and Go to step 23.
J421 and/or P/
SOLENOID FEED.
J4213 correctly.
Checking the HARN TRAY COMP for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect P4213 from the SOLENOID FEED.
TRAY COMP.
Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED
Replace the
24 Is the voltage across P421-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA Go to step 25.
PWBA FEED H.
FEED H, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN
Replace the
Checking the SOLENOID FEED for resistance
SOLENOID
Disconnect P/J4213 of the SOLENOID FEED. Replace the
25 FEED. (Refer to
Is the resistance across J4213-1 and J4213-2 PWBA FEED H.
Removal 35/
approximately 96 ohm?
Replacement 19.)
Checking the connectors of the Feed Clutch (CLUTCH
Reconnect the
ASSY DRV) for connection
connector(s) P/
26 Check the connections between the PWBA FEDD H and Go to step 27.
J420 and/or P/
Feed Clutch.
J4201 correctly.
Checking the HARN TRAY COMP for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect P4201 from the Feed Clutch.
TRAY COMP.
Checking the power to the Feed Clutch
Replace the
28 Is the voltage across P420-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA Go to step 29.
PWBA FEED H.
FEED H, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN
Replace the Feed
Checking the Feed Clutch for resistance Clutch (CLUTCH
Disconnect P/J4201 of the Feed Clutch. Replace the ASSY DRV).
29
Is the resistance across J4201-1 and J4201-2 PWBA FEED H. (Refer to Removal
approximately 280-ohm? 30/ Replacement
24.)
1 - 233
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the paper
1 Go to step 3.
Is the paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2 wrinkled or damaged? one, then go to
step 2.
3 Reload a new paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2. Go to step 4. End of work.
correctly.
operation
properly?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [MAIN MOTOR ON] in [CE
Diag] tab of [CE Diag].
INTERLOCK).
Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL
Reseat or replace
REGI METAL rotate properly?
the DRIVE ASSY
Checke by [Digital Output] - [CASSETTE1 FEED
6 Go to step 7. PH. (Refer to
SOLENOID ON(Half Rotation)] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE
Removal 31/
Diag].
Replacement 23.)
INTERLOCK).
Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1 or Tray 2?
the Tray 1 or Tray 2.
1 or Tray 2 to the printer correctly.
1 - 234
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
HOLDER ASSY
or Tray 2 for shape and rotation
SEPARATOR.
9 Pull the Tray 1 or Tray 2 out from the printer. Go to step 10.
(Refer to Removal
Is the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY not contaminated
2/ Replacement
and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly?
52.)
Replace the ROLL
ASSY FEED.
Pull the Tray 1 or Tray 2 out from the printer.
9/ Replacement
45.)
Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED
MSI) for operation
Replace the
Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI)
CASSETTE ASSY
operate properly?
Checke by [Digital Output] - [CASSETTE1 FEED
Removal 58/
SOLENOID ON(Auto OFF)] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag].
Replacement 58.)
INTERLOCK).
The paper lead
edge stay after the
ROLL ASSY REGI
and ROLL REGI
METAL, then go to
step 16.
Remove the
obstacles or stains
from the paper
transfer path.
normal? it.
operation
operation.
Checked by [Digital Input] - [REG SNR] in [CE Diag] tab of
[CE Diag].
for rotation
Enter the [Digital Output] - [MAIN MOTOR ON] in [CE Diag]
tab, and then enter the [Digital Output] - [REGI CLUTCH
16 ON] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Go to step 17. Go to step 30.
METAL rotate?
INTERLOCK).
1 - 235
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Reseat the
operation
ACTUATOR REGI
deformed, replace
it with a new one.
ROLL normal?
operation
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
operation.
11.)
[CE Diag].
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
19 Go to step 20.
J21 and/or P/J211
correctly.

Replace the
MAIN MOT.
Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED MSI
SOLENOID FEED MSI.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
22 Go to step 23.
J23 and/or P/J231
correctly.
1 - 236
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
SIDE.
Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED MSI Replace the
Checking the SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance PWBA MCU. SOLENOID FEED
25 Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI. (Refer to Removal MSI. (Refer to
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
26 Go to step 27.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.

Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 237
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
30 Go to step 31.
J26 and/or P/J262
correctly.

Replace the
KSNR REGCL.
280-ohm?
1 - 238
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
HARNESS ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
After print
Checking the customer operation completion, insert
1 Go to step 2.
Did the customer insert the paper to the SSF during print? the paper to the
SSF.
Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor for operation
2 actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) is operated by paper. Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
diagnosis.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Checking the error
Does the error still occure when printing?
43/Replacement
11)
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO Paper
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 5.
Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/Replacement
11)
operated?
1 - 239
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)
ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10)
SPRING REGI R M (PL3.2.24)
SPRING REGI L M (PL3.2.29)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
1 Was a paper pulled out from SSF forcibly of a print start? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 Reload a paper to SSF. Go to step 3. End of work.
Checking after opening and closing the COVER ASSY
FRONT
correctly.
ON?
Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL
for shape and operation
Remove the PHD ASSY once to check the followings.
Clean or replace
Are ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL seated
4 Go to step 5. the defective
correctly?
ROLL(s).
Are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated
smoothly?
Check these items by turning with your finger.
for contacting Replace the
Is the ROLL REGI METAL surely contacted with the ROLL SPRING REGI R
5 Go to step 6.
ASSY REGI by the spring force on both sides of the ROLL M and/or SPRING
REGI METAL? REGI L M.
Check this item with your finger.
Reseat the
ACTUATOR SSI.
If broken or
6 operation. Go to step 7.
damaged, replace
the ACTUATOR
normal?
SSI.
operation
Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the Replace the
operation. PWBA MCU.
actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) of the SSF No Paper Sensor 43/ Replacement
(SENSOR PHOTO) is operatred? 11.)
diagnosis.
1 - 240
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 9.
Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the 11.)
SENSOR PHOTO is operated?
1 - 241
FIP-1. 47 Check SSF 075-922
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Use the paper that
1 Go to step 3.
then go to step 2.
Replace the paper
3 Go to step 5.
Is the paper in the SSF wrinkled or damaged? one, then go to
step 4.
5 Reload a new paper in the SSF. Go to step 6. End of work.
correctly.
Does the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate Reseat or replace
properly? the DRIVE ASSY
7 Checke by [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [IOT Diag] of Go to step 8. PH. (Refer to
INTERLOCK).
The paper lead
edge stay after the
ROLL ASSY REGI
and ROLL REGI
METAL, then go to
step 14.
Checking after resetting the guide sides of the SSF
9 Reset the side guides. Go to step 10. End of work.
Remove the
Checking the paper transfer path between the SSF paper obstacles or stain
10 loading window and Regi.Sensor from the paper Go to step 12.
Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path? transfer path, then
go to step 11.
1 - 242
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Reseat the
ACTUATOR SSI.
If broken or
12 operation. Go to step 13.
damaged, replace
the ACTUATOR
normal?
SSI.
operation
operation.
13 Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the Go to step 14. Go to step 17.
actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) of the SSF No Paper Sensor
(SENSOR PHOTO) is operatred?
Checked by [Digital Input] - [SSI SNR] in [CE Diag] tab of
[CE Diag].
for rotation
Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag], and then
enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [IOT Diag] of
14 diagnosis. Go to step 15. Go to step 26.
METAL rotate?
INTERLOCK).
Reseat the
operation
ACTUATOR REGI
deformed, replace
it with a new one.
ROLL normal?
operation
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL is operated?
43/ Replacement
operation.
11.)
[CE Diag].
SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 18.
1 - 243
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
operated?
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
22 Go to step 23.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.

Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 244
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR REGI 11.)
ROLL is operated?
CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
26 Go to step 27.
J26 and/or P/J262
correctly.

Replace the
KSNR REGCL.
280-ohm?
1 - 245
FIP-1. 48 Paper Jam 077-100/077-101
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU(PL8.2.13)
Checking the error
1 Replace to known good paper. Go to step 2. End of work.
Checking the Regi Rolls installation
Open the Front Cover and check the Regi Rolls installation. Replace the
2 Go to step 3.
Is the ROLL REGI METAL pressed against the ROLL ASSY printer.
REGI by the spring pressure?
Checking the Regi Clutch
Does the clutch noise occur? Replace the
3 Go to step 4.
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-27] in [IOT Diag] of printer.
diagnosis.
Replace the
Checking the Regi Sensor for operation
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-2] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
11.)
normal? it.
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
6 Go to step 7.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.
1 - 246
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 247
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY (PL2.1.5)
SOLENOID FEED (PL3.1.11)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the paper
1 Go to step 3.
step 2.
correctly.
operation
properly?
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL Reseat or replace
REGI METAL rotate properly? the DRIVE ASSY
6 Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-B] on [IOT Diag] of Go to step 7. PH. (Refer to
INTERLOCK).
Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1?
the Tray 1
1 to the printer correctly.
1 - 248
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
Checking the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY on the SEPARATOR
Tray 1 for shape and rotation ROLLER
9 Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Go to step 10. ASSEMBLY.
Is the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY not contaminated (Refer to Removal
and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? 2/ Replacement
52.)
Replace the ROLL
ASSY FEED.
9/ Replacement
45.)
Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED)
for operation
Replace the
Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED)
CASSETTE ASSY
operate properly?
Removal 58/
diagnosis.
Replacement 58.)
INTERLOCK).
The paper lead
edge stay after the
ROLL ASSY REGI
and ROLL REGI
METAL, then go to
step 16.
Remove the
obstacles or stains
from the paper
transfer path.
normal? it.
operation
15 actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Go to step 16. Go to step 25.
operation.
for rotation
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0 and 29] on [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
METAL rotate?
INTERLOCK).
1 - 249
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the Reseat the
operation
PWBA MCU. ACTUATOR REGI
17 (Refer to Removal ROLL. If broken or
43/ Replacement deformed, replace
11.) it with a new one.
ROLL normal?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
18 Go to step 19.
J21 and/or P/J211
correctly.

Replace the
MAIN MOT.
Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED
SOLENOID FEED.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
21 Go to step 22.
J23 and/or P/J231
correctly.

Replace the
Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED.
SIDE.
Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED Replace the
1 - 250
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the SOLENOID FEED for resistance PWBA MCU. SOLENOID
24 Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED. (Refer to Removal FEED. (Refer to
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
25 Go to step 26.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.

Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 251
FIP-1. 50 Paper Jam 077-103/077-104/077-105

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking the error
1 Replace to known good paper. Go to step 2. End of work.
actuator of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY is
2 operated? Go to step 7. Go to step 3.
cooled down.
Checking the connectors of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER
ASSY for connection
FUSER ASSY.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
3 Go to step 4.
J17 and/or P/J171
correctly.

Remove the FUSER ASSY. Replace the
4 Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Go to step 5. HARN ASSY
Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous? FUSER2.
Replace the
Checking the power to the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY
PWBA MCU.
Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU.
Is the voltage across J17-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA
43/ Replacement
11.)
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation Replace the
Check the voltage across J17-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU.
Replace the
6 PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal
FUSER ASSY.
Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the Exit 43/ Replacement
Sensor is operated? 11.)
Checking the Regi Rolls installation
Open the Front Cover and check the Regi Rolls installation. Replace the
7 Go to step 8.
Is the ROLL REGI METAL pressed against the ROLL ASSY printer.
REGI by the spring pressure?
Replace the
Checking the Regi Clutch
PWBA MCU.
Does the clutch noise occur? Replace the
8 (Refer to Removal
Checked by [REGI CLUTCH Operation Check] of the printer.
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 252
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
ROLLREGI METAL (PL3.2.10/Regi Sensor (PL3.2.13)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, then check the
latching.
2 Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has Go to step 3. End of work.
cooled down.
Checking after reseating the Duplex
3 Reseat the Duplex. Go to step 4. End of work.
Checking the DRIVE ASSY EXIT for operation
Does the DRIVE ASSY EXIT operate properly?
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-D] on [IOT Diag] of Replace FEEDER
4 Go to step 5.
diagnosis. ASSY DUP.
INTERLOCK).
Checking the DRIVE ASSY DUP for operation
Does the DRIVE ASSY DUP operate properly?
Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-12] on [IOT Diag] of Replace FEEDER
5 Go to step 6.
INTERLOCK).
Checking the Duplex Clutch for operation
Does the Duplex Clutch operate properly?
6 Go to step 7.
INTERLOCK).
Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for
operation
Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time
7 the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is Go to step 8. Go to step 11.
operated?
Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of
diagnosis.
1 - 253
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Remove the PHD UNIT once to check the followings.
Clean or replace
correctly?
ROLL(s).
Also, are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and
rotated smoothly?
Disconnect J127 from PWBA MCU. Replace HARN
9 Go to step 10.
Disconnect P271 from HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. ASSY OPTION.
Checking the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY for continuity
Replace HARN
Remove Duplex.
10 Go to step 16. ASSY DUP
Disconnect J271 from HARN ASSY OPTION.
RELAY.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
11 Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and Go to step 12.
J23 and/or P/J232
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J23 and/or P/J232
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
Check the voltage across 23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA Replace the
MCU. PWBA MCU.
Replace the Regi
15 Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the (Refer to Removal
Sensor.
operation. 43/ Replacement
Checking after replacing FEEDER ASSY DUP
16 Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP. Go to step 17. End of work.
Checking after replacing FUSER ASSY
Replace FUSER ASSY. Replace the
NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear life counter 11.)
value.
1 - 254
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
latching.
cooled down.
4 Go to step 5.
INTERLOCK).
5 Go to step 6.
INTERLOCK).
6 Go to step 7.
INTERLOCK).
operation
operated?
diagnosis.
1 - 255
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Clean or replace
correctly?
ROLL(s).
rotated smoothly?
9 Go to step 10.
Replace HARN
Remove Duplex.
RELAY.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J23 and/or P/J232
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J23 and/or P/J232
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
MCU. PWBA MCU.
Replace the Regi
Sensor.
Replace FUSER ASSY. Replace the
NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear life counter 11.)
value.
1 - 256
FIP-1. 53 Close FrontCover 077-300
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)
PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT (Front Cover) for COVER ASSY
1 shape FRONT. (Refer to Go to step 2.
Are there any damages on the COVER ASSY FRONT? Removal 25/
Replacement 29.)
Reseat or replace
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching the COVER ASSY
2 Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Go to step 3. FRONT. (Refer to
Is the COVER ASSY FRONT latched correctly? Removal 25/
Replacement 29.)
Replace the
Checking the interlock switch for operation
PWBA MCU.
COVER ASSY FRONT is closed and opened?
43/ Replacement
11.)
Check the connections between PWBA MCU and PWBA
LVPS.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Replace the
LVPS2.
1 - 257
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the power to the Interlock Switch
Disconnect the connector of J44 on the PWBA LVPS.
Is the voltage across P44-1 <=> ground on the PWBA
LVPS, about +24 VDC?
Replace the
PWBA LVPS.
11/ Replacement
43.)
Replace the
Checking the Interlock Switch for operation Replace the
HARN ASSY
Check the voltage across P44-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA LVPS.
INTERLOCK.
8 PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal
(Refer to Removal
Does the voltage change, when the Interlock Switch is 11/ Replacement
18/ Replacement
turned ON/OFF? 43.)
36.)
1 - 258
FIP-1. 54 Close Side Cover 077-301
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.7)
SWITCH (PL5.1.9)
HARN ASSY SIDE SW (PL5.1.27)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the
Checking the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Side Cover) COVER ASSY
for shape WINDOW TNR.
1 Go to step 2.
Are there any damages on the COVER ASSY WINDOW (Refer to Removal
TNR? 8/ Replacement
46.)
Reseat or replace
the COVER ASSY
Checking the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR for latching
WINDOW TNR.
2 Open and close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN. Go to step 3.
(Refer to Removal
Is the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR latched correctly?
8/ Replacement
46.)
Replace the
Checking the Side R Switch (SWITCH) for operation
PWBA MCU.
COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN is closed and opened?
43/ Replacement
11.)
Checking the HARN ASSY SIDE SW for continuity
Disconnect J291 from the SIDE R SWITCH.
Replace the
SIDE SW.
Checking after replacing the Side R Switch (SWITCH) Replace the

Replace the Side R Switch (SWITCH). (Refer to Removal PWBA MCU.
5 14/ Replacement 40.) (Refer to Removal End of work.
ON? 11.)
1 - 259
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Was a paper fed from SSF?
Set the paper to
Checking the paper setting
2 Go to step 4. SSF correctly, and
Was the paper correctly set to SSF without slant?
go to step 3.
Replace the paper
4 Go to step 6.
Is the paper wrinkled or damaged? one, then go to
step 5.
6 Reload a new paper. Go to step 7. End of work.
correctly.
Checking the FUSER ASSY
Are there any remaining paper and/or foreign substance in Remove the paper
8 the FUSER ASSY? and/or substance, Go to step 9.
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has then go to step 9.
cooled down.
cooled down.
Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the Replace the
actuator of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY is PWBA MCU.
10 operated? (Refer to Removal Go to step 11.
Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-3] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. 43/ Replacement
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has 11.)
cooled down.
1 - 260
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connectors of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER
ASSY for connection
FUSER ASSY.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
11 Go to step 12.
J17 and/or P/J171
correctly.

Remove the FUSER ASSY. Replace the
12 Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Go to step 13. HARN ASSY
Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous? FUSER2.
Replace the
Checking the power to the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY
PWBA MCU.
Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU.
Is the voltage across J17-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA
43/ Replacement
11.)
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation Replace the Replace the
Check the voltage across J17-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. FUSER ASSY.
14 PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal (Refer to Removal
Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the Exit 43/ Replacement 5/ Replacement
Sensor is operated? 11.) 49.)
1 - 261
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Use the paper that
1 Go to step 3.
then go to step 2.
Replace the paper
3 Go to step 5.
Is the paper wrinkled or damaged? one, then go to
step 4.
5 Reload a new paper. Go to step 6. End of work.
correctly.
Checking around the Regi Sensor Remove the paper
7 Are there any remaining paper and/or foreign substance and/or substance, Go to step 9.
around the Regi Sensor? then go to step 8.
Remove the
remainig paper. If
the belt is
Checking the TRANSFER ASSY
damaged, replace
9 Are there any remaining paper and/or damage on the belt of Go to step 10.
the TRANSFER
the TRANSFER ASSY?
ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 21/
Replacement 33.)
Remove the PHD ASSY once to check the followings.
Clean or replace
correctly?
ROLL(s).
rotated smoothly?
1 - 262
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Reseat the
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN and ACTUATOR REGI
ACTUATOR REGI
ROLL for shape and operation
IN and/or
11 Go to step 12. ACTUATOR REGI
following.
ROLL. If broken or
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN
deformed, replace
and ACTUATOR REGI ROLL normal?
it or they.
operation
actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) of the Regi. Sensor
(SENSOR PHOTO) is operated?
operation.
Checked by [Digital Input] - [D-2] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
for rotation
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] and [DO-27] on [IOT
Diag] of diagnosis.
METAL rotate?
INTERLOCK).
operation
properly?
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY
Replace the
TRANSFER
15 ASSY. (Refer to End of work.
Removal 21/
Replacement 33.)
1 - 263
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J23 and/or P/J232
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
MCU. PWBA MCU. Replace the
CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
20 Go to step 21.
J26 and/or P/J262
correctly.

Replace the
KSNR REGCL.
280-ohm?
1 - 264
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
24 Go to step 25.
J21 and/or P/J211
correctly.

Replace the
MAIN MOT.
1 - 265
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
latching.
cooled down.
4 Go to step 5.
INTERLOCK).
5 Go to step 6.
INTERLOCK).
6 Go to step 7.
INTERLOCK).
operation
operated?
diagnosis.
1 - 266
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Clean or replace
correctly?
ROLL(s).
rotated smoothly?
9 Go to step 10.
Replace HARN
Remove Duplex.
RELAY.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J23 and/or P/J232
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J23 and/or P/J232
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
Replace the
SIDE.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
43/ Replacement
11.)
MCU. PWBA MCU.
Replace the Regi
Sensor.
Replace FUSER ASSY.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
cooled down.
43/ Replacement
NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear life counter
11.)
value.
1 - 267
FIP-1. 58 Ready to Print 091-402 / Replace PHD 091-935
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the PHD
Checking the life counter value of the PHD ASSY ASSY. (Refer to
1 Go to step 2.
Does the life count value show the near of the end? Removal 4/
Replacement 50.)
ON?
Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement Replace the
50.) PWBA MCU.
3 CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a (Refer to Removal End of work.
new PHD ASSY before installation. 43/ Replacement
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and 11.)
ON?
1 - 268
FIP-1. 59 PHD 091-912
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking the sealing tapes of the PHD ASSY staying
Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Pull the sealing
Remove the PHD ASSY.
1 Go to step 3. tapes out, then go
Has the sealing tapes (total eight sealing tapes) been pulled
to step 2.
out?
After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY correctly.
ON?
50.) PWBA MCU.
ON?
1 - 269
FIP-1. 60 Insert PHD 091-972
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and PHD
ASSY.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 3.
ON?
Replace the
XPRO.
Is each cable of P422 <=> J42 continuous?
50.) PWBA MCU.
ON?
1 - 270
FIP-1. 61 CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310 / Ready to Print 092-410
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Turn OFF the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC)
Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab.
After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
ON?
ADC Sensor window
Rio01012KA

Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CTD
(ADC) Sensor.
Are P/J28 and P/J281connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 3.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J281 from the TRANSFER ASSY.
SIDE.
Clean the belt with
Checking the surface of the belt on the TRANSFER ASSY
5 a clean dry cloth, Go to step 7.
Is the belt dirty?
then go to step 6.
ON?
Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY or CTD (ADC) Sensor. PWBA MCU.
7 (Refer to Removal 21/Replacement 33.) (Refer to Removal End of work.
ON? 11.)
1 - 271
FIP-1. 62 Ready to Print 093-423 / Replace Cart. 093-930
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the
Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). (Refer to PWBA MCU.
1 Removal 6/Replacement 48.) (Refer to Removal End of work.
ON? 11.)
1 - 272
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the
Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M). (Refer to PWBA MCU.
ON? 11.)
1 - 273
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the
Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C). (Refer to PWBA MCU.
ON? 11.)
1 - 274
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the
Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K). (Refer to PWBA MCU.
ON? 11.)
1 - 275
FIP-1. 66 Shake Cartridge 093-919
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
GEAR IDLER (PL5.1.6)
GEAR IDLER AUG (PL5.1.7)
GEAR IDLER AGI (PL5.1.8)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking the Toner Type
Checking the sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT staying
Are there sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT?
2 Pull the tape out. Go to step 3.
Replace the
Checking the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE
TONER
(Y)
CARTRIDGE (Y),
Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)
3 then go to step 4. Go to step 7.
in [Parameters] on the [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag].
(Refer to Removal
Does the remainder value shows the near of the end?
6/ Replacement
(Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.)
48.)
ON?
Checking the toner remainder in the Non-Dell Toner Replace the Non-
Cartridge (Y) Dell Toner
5 Go to step 7.
Is the toner that remains in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (Y) Cartridge (Y), then
a little? go to step 6.
ON?
Checking the sealing tapes for yellow toner of the PHD
ASSY staying
Pull the sealing
to step 8.
Has the sealing tapes for yellow toner been pulled out?
After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY.
ON?
1 - 276
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and shake it from
side to side.
9 Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the Go to step 10. End of work.
lock key is in the lock position.
ON?
Checking the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for
rotation
Does the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function
normally?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1F] in [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
and operation
Replace the
defective gear(s)
or DISPENSER
11 Go to step 16.
ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 44/
Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01014KA

(Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 13.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J181 from the TNR (Y) MOT.
MOT.
Replace the
Checking the power to TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) MOTOR ASSY Replace the
10.)
1 - 277
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replacement 48.)
ON?
ON?
Replace the
TRANSFER
Removal 21/
ON?
Replacement 33.)
1 - 278
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the
TONER
(M)
CARTRIDGE (M),
Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (M)
(Refer to Removal
6/ Replacement
48.)
ON?
Cartridge (M) Dell Toner
5 Go to step 7.
Is the toner that remains in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (M) Cartridge (M),
a little? then go to step 6.
ON?
Checking the sealing tapes for magenta toner of the PHD
ASSY staying
Pull the sealing
to step 8.
Has the sealing tapes for magenta toner been pulled out?
ON?
1 - 279
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and shake it from
side to side.
9 Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the Go to step 10. End of work.
ON?
Checking the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for
rotation
Does the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function
normally?
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
and operation
Replace the
defective gear(s)
or DISPENSER
11 Go to step 16.
ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 44/
Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01016KA

(M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 13.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J182 from the TNR (M) MOT.
MOT.
Replace the
Checking the power to TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY
MOTOR ASSY Replace the
DISP)
DISP or FRAME PWBA MCU.
15 ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal
Is the voltage across P18-8pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU,
about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY
INTERLOCK) is pushed.
10.)
1 - 280
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replacement 48.)
ON?
ON?
Replace the
TRANSFER
Removal 21/
ON?
Replacement 33.)
1 - 281
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the
TONER
(C)
CARTRIDGE (C),
Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (C)
(Refer to Removal
6/ Replacement
48.)
ON?
Cartridge (C) Dell Toner
5 Go to step 7.
Is the toner that remains in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (C) Cartridge (C), then
ON?
Checking the sealing tapes for cyan toner of the PHD ASSY
staying
Pull the sealing
to step 8.
Has the sealing tapes for cyan toner been pulled out?
ON?
1 - 282
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and shake it from
side to side.
9 Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the Go to step 10. End of work.
ON?
Checking the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for
rotation
Does the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function
normally?
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
and operation
Replace the
defective gear(s)
or DISPENSER
11 Go to step 16.
ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 44/
Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01018KA

(C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 13.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J191 from the TNR (C) MOT.
MOT.
Replace the
Checking the power to TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) MOTOR ASSY Replace the
10.)
1 - 283
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replacement 48.)
ON?
ON?
Replace the
TRANSFER
Removal 21/
ON?
Replacement 33.)
1 - 284
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Replace the
TONER
(K)
CARTRIDGE (K),
Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (K)
(Refer to Removal
6/ Replacement
48.)
ON?
Cartridge (K) Dell Toner
5 Go to step 7.
Is the toner that remains in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (K) Cartridge (K), then
ON?
Checking the sealing tapes for black toner of the PHD
ASSY staying
Pull the sealing
to step 8.
Has the sealing tapes for black toner been pulled out?
ON?
1 - 285
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and shake it from
side to side.
9 Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the Go to step 10. End of work.
ON?
Checking the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for
rotation
Does the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function
normally?
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK).
and operation
Replace the
defective gear(s)
or DISPENSER
11 Go to step 16.
ASSY. (Refer to
Removal 44/
Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01020KA

(K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 13.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J192 from the TNR (K) MOT.
MOT.
Replace the
Checking the power to TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) MOTOR ASSY Replace the
10.)
1 - 286
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replacement 48.)
ON?
ON?
Replace the
TRANSFER
Removal 21/
ON?
Replacement 33.)
1 - 287
FIP-1. 70 Replace Cart. 093-934
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the
Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). (Refer to PWBA MCU.
ON? 11.)
1 - 288
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the
Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M). (Refer to PWBA MCU.
ON? 11.)
1 - 289
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the
Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C). (Refer to PWBA MCU.
ON? 11.)
1 - 290
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the
Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K). (Refer to PWBA MCU.
ON? 11.)
1 - 291
FIP-1. 74 CRUM ID 093-960
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR correctly.
1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and Go to step 2. End of work.
ON?
Change the Toner
2 Go to step 3. Type setting to
Non-Dell Toner.
ON?
Replacement 48.)
ON?
Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and
CONNECTOR CRUM.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 6.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J311 from the CONNECTOR CRUM.
TONER CRUM.
Checking the power to CONNECTOR CRUM
CONNECTOR PWBA MCU.
8 CRUM. (Refer to (Refer to Removal
Removal 44/ 43/ Replacement
Replacement 10.) 11.)
1 - 292
FIP-1. 75 CRUM ID 093-961
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Change the Toner
Non-Dell Toner.
ON?
Replacement 48.)
ON?
CONNECTOR CRUM.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 6.
ON?
Replace the
TONER CRUM.
CONNECTOR PWBA MCU.
1 - 293
FIP-1. 76 CRUM ID 093-962
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Change the Toner
Non-Dell Toner.
ON?
Replacement 48.)
ON?
CONNECTOR CRUM.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 6.
ON?
Replace the
TONER CRUM.
CONNECTOR PWBA MCU.
1 - 294
FIP-1. 77 CRUM ID 093-963
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Change the Toner
Non-Dell Toner.
ON?
Replacement 48.)
ON?
CONNECTOR CRUM.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 6.
ON?
Replace the
TONER CRUM.
CONNECTOR PWBA MCU.
1 - 295
FIP-1. 78 CRUM ID 093-965
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Replace the PHD
Checking the PHD ASSY type
2 Go to step 4. ASY for 1320c,
Is the seated PHD ASSY for 1320c?
then go to step 3.
ON?
ON?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and PHD
ASSY.
surly, then go to
step 6.
ON?
Is each cable of P422 <=> J42 continuous?
Replace the
XPRO.
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the

Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement PWBA MCU.
8 50.) (Refer to Removal End of work.
ON? 11.)
1 - 296
FIP-1. 79 Insert PrintCart 093-970
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Change the Toner
Non-Dell Toner.
ON?
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). (Refer to Removal 6/
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J311 (Y) from the connector CRUM.
TONER CRUM
Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Replace the
Reseat the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ PWBA MCU.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and 43/Replacement
ON? 11.)
1 - 297
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Change the Toner
Non-Dell Toner.
ON?
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M). (Refer to Removal
4 6/Replacement 48.) Go to step 5. End of work.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J312 (M) from the connector CRUM.
TONER CRUM
ON? 11.)
1 - 298
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Change the Toner
Non-Dell Toner.
ON?
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C). (Refer to Removal
4 6/Replacement 48.) Go to step 5. End of work.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J313 (C) from the connector CRUM.
TONER CRUM
ON? 11.)
1 - 299
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Change the Toner
Non-Dell Toner.
ON?
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K). (Refer to Removal 6/
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect J324 (K) from the connector CRUM.
TONER CRUM
ON? 11.)
1 - 300
FIP-1. 83 Ready to Print 094-422 / 094-911 Contact Support
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
ON?
Initialize the life
counter value at
Replace the
the CE Diag., after
Checking the life counter value of the TRANSFER ASSY PWBA MCU.
replacing the
2 Does the life counter value show the near of the end? (Refer to Removal
TRANSFER
(Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.) 43/ Replacement
ASSY. (Refer to
11.)
Removal 21/
replacement 33.)
1 - 301
FIP-1. 84 Ready to Print 193-700
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Checking the Toner Cartridge.
Is the installed toner cartridge to the printer the DELL toner?
Checking the printer setting
2 Is the [Non-Dell Toner] of the [Maintenance] on the [Admin Set to the [Off]. Go to step 3.
Menu] of the [SET UP] the [On]?
Replace the
Checking the Toner Cartridge
PWBA ESS.
3 Replace to the known good toner cartridges. End of work.
(Removal 34/
Replacement 17)
1 - 302
4. Image Quality Trouble

4.1 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting
Start
Test Printing
No
Is there a corresponding FIP?
Yes
Replace TONER CARTRIDGE, PHD ASSY
Carry out the corresponding troubleshooting.
TRANSFER ASSY and FUSER ASSY.
No No
The trouble is restored? The trouble is restored?
Yes Yes
End End
Leg_Sec001_001FA
. It is stated as the ESS is normal. By operating test print with the Printer Engine
only, if the trouble is on ESS side or the Printer Engine side can simply be
diagnosed, except those phenomena that are not able to be diagnosed by test
print.
- Test print result with the Printer Engine only is normal. --- >Malfunction on ESS
side
- Test print result with the Printer Engine only is also abnormal. ---> Malfunction on
the Printer Engine side
When it is the case of [Malfunction on ESS side], replace with normal ESS and
normal Interface Cable, and check.
When the trouble still occurs after replacement, check the host side, and operate
Troubleshooting efficiently, using the following image quality FIP according to
each phenomenon.
1 - 303
When the image quality trouble of print occurs, get a print to judge, understand and treat the trouble
substance precisely and appropriately, and then troubleshoot efficiently, using the image quality FIP
table according to each phenomenon.
When trouble restorations with image quality FIP is not possible, check again with the image quality
FIP, and then replace [Possible causative parts] in order and check, and operate Troubleshooting,
using [Chapter 2 Diagnostic].
Image quality FIP states regarding the typical image quality trouble, as follows.
- FIP-1.P1 Faint print (Low contrast)
- FIP-1.P2 Blank print (No print)
- FIP-1.P3 Solid black
- FIP-1.P4 Vertical blank lines (White stripes in paper transport direction)
- FIP-1.P5 Horizontal band cross out (White stripes in the horizontal direction)
- FIP-1.P6 Vertical stripes
- FIP-1.P7 Horizontal stripes
- FIP-1.P8 Partial lack
- FIP-1.P9 Spots
- FIP-1.P10 Afterimage
- FIP-1.P11 Background (Fog)
- FIP-1.P12 Skew
- FIP-1.P13 Paper damage
- FIP-1.P14 No fix
- FIP-1.P15 Color registration (Color Shift)
1 - 304
When horizontal lines and/or spot occur periodically, it is possibly caused by the
trouble of a particular roll. In this case, compare the trouble intervals on the test
print with the Pitch Chart. The interval does not necessarily match circumference
of the roll. The trouble may be solved easily by the check.
Exit Pinch Roll (FUSER)
Exit Roll (FUSER)
Heat Roll (FUSER)
Fuser Belt (FUSER)
PHD
FUSER
BTR (PRINTER)
BTR (PRINTER)
BTR (PRINTER)
BTR (PRINTER)
Drive Roll (PRINTER)
BCR (PHD) Drum (PHD)
BCR Cleaner Roll (PHD) Magnet Roll (PHD) Rio01046KA
1 - 305
-Pitch Chart
The chart is printed [Contamination Check] in the [Diagnosis] tab of the [Tool Box].
Page 1 Page 2
13 13
Wsb02028KA Wsb02027KA
Page 3 Page 4
13
13
Page 5
Wsb02025KA
1 - 306
4.2 Diagnosis Test Chart

The test charts to improve a defective image quality or to specify the cause of generation when a
defective image was generated are in [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box].
Use the following test charts properly by the state of a defective image quality.
-PHD Refresh
When the result of [Contamination Check] corresponds to b-12 (PHD) of the pitch chart, performing
this test print may improve image quality.
This chart is printed the [PHD Refresh Configuration Chart] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box].
Wsb02021KA
1 - 307
-MQ Chart
This chart allows you to check for a banding if any occurs.
This chart is printed the [MQ Chart] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box].
When the image quality is normal, the waves of Y, M, and C are confined within the frame. When the
image quality is abnormal, the wave runs out the frame. Compare the pitch of the wave with the pitch
chart of second page.
No Roll Parts Period (mm) Replaceable parts

1 Heat Roll 66.7 Fuser
2 Drum 75.4 PHD ASSY
3 Mag Roll 37.7 PHD ASSY
4 Drive Roll 44.0 Printer
5 Regi Roll 37.6 Printer
Wsb02024KA
1 - 308
Wsb02025KA
1 - 309
-Alignment Chart
This chart allows you to check for the skewed paper if any occurs.
This chart is printed the [Alignment Chart] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box].
When the sheet is fed normally, the vertical and horizontal lines are aligned parallel to the edges of the
sheet. When there is a problem, this alignment is skewed.
Wsb02022KA
1 - 310
-Ghost Chart
This chart allows you to check for a ghost if any occurs.
This chart is printed the [Ghost Configuratio Chart] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box].
When a ghost occurs, the patches with open cross and character K/B/G/R/M/C appear on the light-
colored patches K/C/M in the lower half of the chart, and the patches with open cross only appears on
the dark-colored patches K/C/M below the light-colored patches.
Wsb02020KA
1 - 311
4.3 Items to Be Confirmed Before Image Quality Troubleshooting

Print Quality Problems
Customers may need your help determining the cause of print quality issues such as streaking, fading,
or dropouts. Here are some questions that may help you determine why your customer's printer is not
printing optionally. First, confirm the following items to understand customer's operating condition.
1) Does your customer's print media fall within the Printer Media Guidelines? (Refer to "Printer Media
Guidelines").
2) Is there enough toner?
3) Has the printer been cleaned recently?
Checking printer condition

Toner
Low toner can cause print quality problems such as fading, streaking, white lines, or dropouts. Have
your customer print a small document from a different application to replicate the problem and verify
the amount of toner available for printing. When your customers print a document, the Laser Printer
Status Monitor should display a dialog box that estimates the amount of toner left in the cartridge.
If the toner is low, your customers can sometimes extend the cartridge life by removing the cartridge
from the printer, gently shaking it from side-to-side, and replacing it (Rocking the toner cartridge from
side-to-side loosens toner that may get stuck).
Cleaning
Paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the printer and cause print quality problems,
such as smearing or toner specks. Clean inside the printer to prevent these problems.
Prior checks before troubleshooting

Check the following items if any print quality problems occur before going to each troubleshooting.
Those actions may solve problems easily and simply.
If the any problems below have occurred, check and take actions described in each item.
1) Color is out of alignment:

a)Clean inside of the printer.
b)If you install a new black cartridge and a PHD ASSY cleaning has not been done, this problem
will happen. Clean inside of the printer.
2) Print is too light
a) The toner may be low. Confirm the amount of the toner and change the toner cartridges if nec-
essary.
b) Set the Toner Saving Mode check box to off in the [Advanced] tab on the printer driver.
c)If you are printing on an uneven print surface, change the Paper Type settings in the Tray Set-
tings menu.
d)Verify that the correct print media is being used.
e) The PHD ASSY needs to be replaced. Change the PHD ASSY.
3) Toner smears or print comes off page:
a)If you are printing on an uneven print surface, change the Paper Type settings in the Tray Set-
tings menu.
b)Verify that the print media is within the printer specifications. (Refer to "Printer Media Guide-
lines").
1 - 312
4) Toner spots appear on the page/printing is blurred:
a)Check the toner cartridge to make sure it is installed correctly.
b)Change the toner cartridge.
5) Entire page is white:
a)Make sure the packaging material is removed from the toner cartridge.
b)Check the toner cartridge to make sure it is installed correctly.
c)The toner may be low. Change the toner cartridge.
6) Streaks appear on the page:
a)The toner may be low. Change the toner cartridge.
b)If you are using preprinted forms, make sure the toner can withstand temperatures of 0°C to
35°C.
7) Characters have jagged or uneven edges:
a) If you are using downloaded fonts, verify that the fonts are supported by the printer, the host
computer, and the software program.
8) Part or all of the page prints in black:
a) Check the toner cartridge to make sure it is installed correctly.
9) The job prints, but the top and side margins are incorrect:
a) Make sure the Paper Size setting in the Tray Settings is correct.
b) Make sure the margins are set correctly in your software program.
1 - 313
4.4 Print Image Quality Specifications

Image Quality Guarantee Conditions
The image quality is specified and guaranteed under the following conditions.
1) Environmental Condition
Temperature: 5°C - 32°C
Humidity:15% RH - 85% RH (85% RH at 28°C)
Note that defect may occur due to condensation after around 30 minutes if the printer is turned on
in a critical environment.
2) Guaranteed Paper
The print image quality specified in this chapter should be guaranteed when the standard paper is
fed from the cassette tray. The print image quality is evaluated on the maximum size of each stan-
dard paper.
Color print quality: X-Pression 24 lb paper
Black and White quality: 4200 paper
3) Paper condition
The paper used is flesh paper immediately after unpacked, which has been left in the operating
environment for 12 hours before unpacking.
4) Printer condition
The print image quality specified in this chapter is guaranteed with the printer in normal condition.
5) Criterion for judgment
The print image quality is guaranteed with Spec. In rate = 90% ( λ =90%).
6) For Color chart, Parallelism, Perpendicularity, Skew, Linearity, Magnification Error, Registration and
Printed Guaranteed Area, refer to each chart below.
1 - 314
Chart
Parallelism
Perpendicularity
1 - 315
Skew
Linearity
Magnification Error
Registration
1 - 316
Guaranteed Printing Area
4.1mm 4.1mm
4.1mm
355.6mm
(14inch)
Guaranteed printing area
351.5mm
4.1mm 211.8mm
215.9mm
(8.5inch)
Rio01001KA
1 - 317
4.5 Image Quality FIP
FIP-1.P1 Faint print (Low contrast)
Trouble substance
The density of the image is entirely too
faint.
ESS and possible causative parts

- ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)
- PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
- FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2)
- MOTOR ASSY DISP (Y/M/C/K) (PL5.1.3)
Faint - TONER CARTRIDGE K (PL5.1.21)
- TONER CARTRIDGE C (PL5.1.22)
- TONER CARTRIDGE M (PL5.1.23)
- TONER CARTRIDGE Y (PL5.1.24)
- TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7)
- PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
- PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign
materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Check the printing
Checking the Faint print.
data which the
1 Print the Windows test page. Go to step 2.
problem
generated.
Checking the Toner Type Replace the toner
2 Go to step 3.
Is the Dell Toner seated? with the Dell toner.
Remove the PHD UNIT.
Pull the sealing

3 Go to step 4.
tapes out.
1 - 318
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
Checking the paper condition
4 Go to step 6. recommended
Is the paper dry and recommended paper?
one, then go to
step 5.
5 Is the image printed correctly? End of work. Go to step 6.
Checking the menu settings
Cancel the [Toner
Check the [Advanced] tab of the [Printing Preferences] on
6 Saving Mode], Go to step 8.
the [Properties] of the Printer Driver.
then go to step 7.
Is the [Toner Saving Mode] selected?
Checking the faint color
Is there the faint toner? Check the original
8 Go to step 9.
Checked by [4 Colors Configuration Chart] of [Chart Print] in printing data.
Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGEs
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGEs, and check that their lock
9 End of work. Go to step 10.
keys are in the lock positions.
Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection
Are four HV terminals on the right side of the TRANSFER
ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and
14) dirty and/or deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
10 ASSY or Go to step 11.
SPRING(s), then
go to step 11.
1 - 319
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the PHD ASSY for connection
Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on
the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
11 ASSY or Go to step 12.
SPRING(s), then
go to step 12.

12 Reseat the PHD ASSY. End of work. Go to step 13.
Checking the laser beam windows of the ROS ASSY
Are the laser beam windows on the ROS ASSY clean?
Clean the
window(s) with
13 Go to step 14.
soft cloth or cotton
swab gently.
Checking the laser beam path

Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY
and PHD ASSY?
Remove the
14 foreign Go to step 15.
substances.
1 - 320
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
MOTOR ASSY
Does the Toner Dispenser Motor function normally? DISP (Y, M, C or
15 Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1F(Y), DO-21(M), DO- Go to step 17. K) (refer to
23(C), DO-25(K)] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Removal 44/
Replacement 10),
then go to step 16.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
16 Is the image printed correctly? End of work. (Refer to Removal
43/ Replacement
11.)
17 Reseat the PWBA MCU. End of work. Go to step 18.
18 Reseat the PWBA ESS. End of work. Go to step 19.
19 Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. End of work. Go to step 20.
Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/
Replacement 33.)
50.)
Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS
22 Reseat the PWBA HVPS. End of work. Go to step 23.
Checking after replacing the FRAME ASSY MOT
Replace the FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/
Replacement 10.)
Replace the
Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY
PWBA ESS.
Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/
24 End of work. (Refer to Removal
Replacement 9.)
42/ Replacement
12.)
1 - 321
FIP-1.P2 Blank print (No print)
Trouble substance
The entire paper is printed pure white.

- MOTOR ASSY DISP (Y/M/C/K) (PL5.1.3)
or FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2)
- TONER CARTRIDGE K (PL5.1.21)
- DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)
- DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2)
- DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4)
- PWBA HYUI (PL13.4.1)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Printing data form
is not suitable for
Checking the blank print. the printer, then
1 Print the contamination check page. check the printing Go to step 2.
Is the image printed correctly? data which the
problem
generated.
Replace the toner
2 with the Dell toner, Go to step 4.
Is the Non-Dell Toner seated?
then go to step 3.
Replace the
PWBA ESS.
3 Is the image printed correctly? End of work. (Refer to Removal
42/ Replacement
12.)
Checking after reseating all TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/
K)
4 Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGEs, and check that their lock End of work. Go to step 5.
keys are in the lock positions.
1 - 322
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Clean or replace
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. the TRANSFER
5 Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four ASSY or Go to step 7.
springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or SPRING(s), then
deformed? go to step 6.
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
one, then go to
step 8.
Checking the life counter value of the TONER Replace the
CARTRIDGEs TONER
Check the life counter value of the TONER CARTRIDGEs in CARTRIDGE(s).
9 Go to step 10.
[Parameters] on the [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. (Refer to Removal
Does the remainder value show the near of the end? (Refer 6/ Replacement
to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.) 48.)
Checking the laser beam windows of the ROS ASSY
Are the laser beam windows on the ROS ASSY clean?
Clean the
window(s) with
10 Go to step 11.
soft cloth or cotton
swab gently.

and PHD ASSY?
Remove the
substances.

Checking the Toner Dispenser Motors for function
Does the Toner Dispenser Motors function normally?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1F(Y), DO-21(M), DO-
23(C), DO-25(K)] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
1 - 323
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
(Y/M/C/K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP).
Are P/J18, P/J19, P/J181, P/J182, P/J191 and P/J192 Reconnect the
connected correctly? connector(s) P/
J18, P/J19, P/
14 Go to step 16. J181, P/J182, P/
J191 and/or P/
J192 surly, then
go to step 15.

Disconnect J18 and J19 from the PWBA MCU.
Replace the
Disconnect J181, J182, J191 and J192 from the TNR (Y/M/
C/K) MOT.
MOT.
Is each cable of J18 <=> J181 and J182 continuous?
Is each cable of J19 <=> J191 and J192 continuous?
Checking the power to TNR (Y/M/C/K) MOT (MOTOR Replace the
ASSY DISP) MOTOR ASSY Replace the
Disconnect J18 and J19 from the PWBA MCU. DISP or FRAME PWBA MCU.
17 Is the voltage across P18-3pin, P18-8pin, P19-4pin and ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal
P19-9pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement
when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is 44/ Replacement 11.)
pushed. 10.)
Checking the ROS ASSY for connection
MCU.
Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
18 Go to step 20.
and/or P/J412
surely, then go to
step 19.

1 - 324
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
50.)
Replacement 33.)
Replace the
PWBA ESS.
Replacement 9.)
42/ Replacement
12.)
1 - 325
FIP-1.P3 Solid black
Trouble substance
The entire paper is printed jet-black.

- PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Printing data is
incorrect, then
Checking the solid black.
check the printing
1 Print the contamination check page. Go to step 2.
data which the
problem
generated.
Change the Toner
Non-Dell Toner.
3 Is the image printed correctly? Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Checked by [Test Print] - [Test Pattern 600] in diagnosis.
Replace the
Checking the test printing
PWBA ESS.
Checked by printing the [TestPat (IOT)] in [Test Print] in [IOT
42/ Replacement
Diag] of diagnosis.
12.)
Checking the Grid2. Replace the toner
Print the Grid2 page. cartridge of the
5 Go to step 6.
Is the solid color printed? color by which
Checked by [Test Print] - [Grid2] in diagnosis. Solid was printed.
1 - 326
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
50.)
Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS
Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/
Replacement 12.)
Replace the
Checking after replacing the PWBA HVPS
PWBA MCU.
Replace the PWBA HVPS. (Refer to Removal 47/
Replacement 7.)
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 327
FIP-1.P4 Vertical blank lines (White stripes in paper transport direction)
13 13 13 13
Random
13 13 13 13
Periodic
Trouble substance
There are some extremely faint or completely non-printed parts. Those nonprinted parts cover a wide
area vertically, along the paper feeding direction.

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Printing data is
incorrect, then
Checking the Vertical blank lines.
check the printing
data which the
problem
generated.
1 - 328
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the defective parts
Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in
[Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. Replace the
2 When the vertical blank lines of periodicity are observed, corresponding Go to step 3.
check the defective parts by comparing the printed vertical parts.
blank lines with the Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.)
Are there any vertical blank lines matching the chart?
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
one, then go to
step 4.
Remove the
Checking the foreign substances on the paper transfer path
foreign
5 Are there any foreign substances on the paper transfer path Go to step 7.
substances, then
between the TRANSFER ASSY and FUSER ASSY?
go to step 6.
Replace the
Checking the belt surfaces of the TRANSFER ASSY TRANSFER
7 Are there any damages on the belt surface of the ASSY. (Refer to Go to step 8.
TRANSFER ASSY? Removal 21/
Replacement 33.)
Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four
springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
8 Go to step 9.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

and PHD ASSY?
Remove the
substances.
1 - 329
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
10 Go to step 11.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

12 Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has End of work. Go to step 13.
cooled down.
50.)
Replacement 12.)
1 - 330
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
MCU.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
19 Go to step 21.
and/or P/J412
surely, then go to
step 20.

Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Replacement 9.)
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 331
FIP-1.P5 Horizontal band cross out (White stripes in horizontal direction)
13 13 13 13
Random
13 13 13 13
Periodic
Trouble substance
There are some extremely faint or completely non-printed parts. Those nonprinted parts cover a wide
area horizontally, perpendicular to the paper feeding direction.

- PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)
1 - 332
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Printing data is
incorrect, then
Checking the Horizontal band cross out.
check the printing
data which the
problem
generated.
2 Check the defective parts by comparing the printed corresponding Go to step 3.
horizontal band cross out with Pitch Chart. (Refer to parts
Chapter 4.1.)
Are there any horizontal band cross out matching the chart?
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
one, then go to
step 4.
Replace the
Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY TRANSFER
Replacement 33.)
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
6 Go to step 7.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
Checking the laser beam path Remove the

7 Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY foreign Go to step 8.
and PHD ASSY? substances.
1 - 333
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
8 Go to step 9.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

10 Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has End of work. Go to step 11.
cooled down.
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGEs
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE(s). (Refer to Removal 6/
Replacement 48.)
50.)
1 - 334
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replacement 12.)
MCU.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
18 Go to step 20.
and/or P/J412
surely, then go to
step 19.

Checking after replacing the PWBA HVPS
Replace the PWBA HVPS. (Refer to Removal 47/
Replacement 7.)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Replacement 9.)
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 335
FIP-1.P6 Vertical stripes
13 13
13 13
Random
13 13
13 13
Periodic
Trouble substance
There are vertical black stripes along the paper.

- FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Printing data is
incorrect, then
Checking the Vertical stripes.
check the printing
data which the
problem
generated.
1 - 336
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
corresponding
parts.
When the result
corresponds to the
[b-12 PHD] of the
pitch chart,
performing the
2 When the vertical stripes of periodicity are observed, check Go to step 3.
[PHD Refresh
the defective parts by comparing the printed vertical stripes
Configuration
with the Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.)
Check] of [Chart
Are there any vertical stripes matching the chart?
Print] in
[Diagnosis] tab of
[Tool Box] may
improve image
quality.
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
3 Go to step 4.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
4 Go to step 5.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
1 - 337
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
6 cooled down. End of work. Go to step 7.
MCU.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
11 Go to step 13.
and/or P/J412
surely, then go to
step 12.

50.)
Replacement 49.)
Replacement 12.)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Replacement 9.)
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 338
FIP-1.P7 Horizontal stripes
13 13
13 13
Random
13 13
13 13
Periodic
Trouble substance
There are horizontal black stripes (perpendicular to the paper path direction) along the paper.

1 - 339
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Printing data is
incorrect, then
Checking the Horizontal stripes. check the printing
1 Print the contamination check page. check the printing Go to step 2.
Is the image printed correctly? data which the
problem
generated.
Replace the
corresponding
parts
When the result
corresponds to the
Checking the defective parts [b-12 PHD] of the
Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in pitch chart,
[Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. performing the
2 Go to step 3.
Check the defective parts by comparing the printed [PHD Refresh
horizontal stripes with Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Configuration
Are there any horizontal stripes matching the chart? Check] of [Chart
Print] in
[Diagnosis] tab of
[Tool Box] may
improve image
quality.
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
3 Go to step 4.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
Checking the paper path

Clean the paper
4 Are there any contaminations of the toner on the paper Go to step 5.
path.
path?
1 - 340
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
5 Go to step 6.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

Replace a new
TONER
CARTRIDGE (Y/
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
M/C/K) meets the
8 Are the TONER CARTRIDGEs that meet the specification Go to step 9.
specification.
installed to the correct position?
(Refer to Removal
6/ Replacement
48.)
1 - 341
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
MCU.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
13 Go to step 15.
and/or P/J412
surely, then go to
step 14.

50.)
Replacement 49.)
Replacement 12.)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Replacement 9.)
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 342
FIP-1.P8 Partial Deletion
13 13 13 13
Random
13 13 13 13
Periodic
Trouble substance
There are some extremely faint or completely missing parts in a limited area on the paper.

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Turn on the power
of the air
conditioner and
Checking dew condensation
replace a new
1 Was the printer installed in the room where the air Go to step 3.
dray and
conditioner well works?
recommended
paper, then go to
step 2.
Check the printing
Checking the Partial Deletion.
data which the
problem
generated.
1 - 343
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
4 When the partial lacks of periodicity are observed, check the corresponding Go to step 5.
defective parts by comparing the printed partial lacks with parts.
the Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.)
Are there any partial lackes matching the chart?
Checking after replacing a new paper
5 Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one. End of work. Go to step 6.
Replace the
Replacement 33.)
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
7 Go to step 8.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
8 Go to step 9.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
1 - 344
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after reseating TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/K)
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/K), and check
that their lock keys are in the lock positions.
MCU.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
15 Go to step 17.
and/or P/J412
surely, then go to
step 16.

50.)
Replacement 12.)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Replacement 9.)
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 345
FIP-1.P9 Spots
13 13
13 13
Random
13
13 13
13
Periodic
Trouble substance
There are toner spots all over the paper disorderedly.

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Clean the
contaminations
Checking the contaminations on the paper transfer path
1 with soft cloth or Go to step 3.
Are there any contaminations on the paper transfer path?
cotton swab, then
go to step 2.
1 - 346
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
corresponding
parts
When the result
corresponds to the
Checking the defective parts [b-12 PHD] of the
Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in pitch chart,
[Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. performing the
3 Go to step 4.
Check the defective parts by comparing the printed spots [PHD Refresh
with Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Configuration
Are there any spots matching the chart? Check] of [Chart
Print] in
[Diagnosis] tab of
[Tool Box] may
improve image
quality.
Use the paper that
Checking the using paper meets the
4 Go to step 6.
Does the using paper meet the specifications? specifications,
then go to step 5.
Replace the
Replacement 33.)
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
7 Go to step 8.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
1 - 347
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
8 Go to step 9.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

1 - 348
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
MCU.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
16 Go to step 18.
and/or P/J412
surely, then go to
step 17.

50.)
Replacement 12.)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Replacement 9.)
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 349
FIP-1.P10 Afterimage (Ghost)
Trouble substance
The ghost appears on the paper. The
ghost may be the image of the
previous page, or a part of the page
currently printing.
Afterimage
- LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)
Mnt01114KA
Wsb02020KA - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
- HARN ASSY LVPS (PL9.1.3)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Did the client print the same image of large volume?
Check the printing
data which the
problem
generated.
Print the [Ghost Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in
[Diagnosis] tab of [CE Diag].
Checking the erase lamps
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PHD
4 ASSY. Go to step 8. Go to step 5.
Cheat the safty interlock switch.
Does the four erase LEDs light correctly?
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and LED
ASSY ERASE.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surely, then go to
step 6.
1 - 350
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the HARN ASSY LVPS for continuity
Replace the
Disconnect J141 from the LED ASSY ERASE.
LVPS.
Checking the power to LED ASSY ERASE Replace the LED Replace the
Disconnect the connector of J14 from the LED ASSY ASSY ERASE. PWBA MCU.
7 ERASE. (Refer to Removal (Refer to Removal
Is the voltage across P14-15pin <=> ground on the PWBA 15/ Replacement 43/ Replacement
MCU, about +3.3 VDC? 39.) 11.)
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
8 Go to step 9.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
10 Go to step 11.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

1 - 351
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
50.)
cooled down.
Replacement 49.)
Replace the
PWBA ESS.
Replacement 11.)
42/ Replacement
12.)
1 - 352
FIP-1.P11 Grey Background
Trouble substance
There is toner stain all over or a part of the page. The stain appears as very
bright gray stain.

- LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)
- HARN ASSY LVPS2 (PL9.1.3)
Mnt01115KA
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Printing data is
incorrect, then
Checking the Grey background.
check the printing
1 Print the Gradation page. Go to step 2.
data which the
problem
generated.
Clean the
contaminations
Checking the contaminations on the paper transfer path
2 with soft cloth or Go to step 4.
Are there any contaminations on the paper transfer path?
cotton swab, then
go to step 3.
Print the Windows test page after printing the color
photograph or picture. (If the color photograph or picture
printing is impossible, print the [4 Colors Configuration
Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box].)
Checking the erase lamps
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PHD
5 ASSY. Go to step 9. Go to step 6.
Cheat the safty interlock switch.
Does the four erase LEDs light correctly?
1 - 353
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and LED
ASSY ERASE.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surely, then go to
step 7.

Replace the
Disconnect J141 from the LED ASSY ERASE.
LVPS2.
Checking the power to LED ASSY ERASE Replace the LED Replace the
Disconnect the connector of J14 from the LED ASSY ASSY ERASE. PWBA MCU.
8 ERASE. (Refer to Removal (Refer to Removal
Is the voltage across P14-15pin <=> ground on the PWBA 15/ Replacement 43/ Replacement
MCU, about +3.3 VDC? 39.) 11.)
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
9 Go to step 10.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
1 - 354
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
10 Go to step 11.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

MCU.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
13 Go to step 15.
and/or P/J412
surely, then go to
step 14.

1 - 355
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
50.)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Replacement 12.)
43/ Replacement
11.)
1 - 356
FIP-1.P12 Skew
Trouble substance
The printed image is not paralleled with both sides of the paper.

- HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5)
- ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4)
- ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)
- ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10)
- FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)
Mnt01116KA
. Tray is recommended for paper feeding because sheets fed via SSF is prone to
skew depending on how the sheet is placed on SSF.
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Use the paper that
1 Go to step 3.
then go to step 2.
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
one, then go to
step 4.
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Replace the
5 Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT. End of work. defective parts,
Is the image printed correctly? then go to step 6.
Checking the paper feeding tray
Is the skewed paper fed from the SSF?
Checking the side guides setting of SSF
10 Reset the side guides. End of work. Go to step 11.
1 - 357
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Remove the
Checking the paper path foreign
11 Go to step 13.
Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? substances, then
go to step 12.
Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL ASSY METAL
for rotation
Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab, and then Replace the ROLL
enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE ASSY REGI and/
13 End of work.
Diag]. or ROLL REGI
Does the Roll Assy Regi and Roll Regi Metal rotate? METAL.
INTERLOCK).
Checking the skewed mode
Is the skewed paper fed from the Duplex?
Checking the FEEDER ASSY DUP for installation
15 Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP. Go to step 16. End of work
Replace the
Remove the FEEDER ASSY
16 foreign DUP. (Refer to
Are there any foreign substances on the paper path?
substances. Removal 57/
Replacement 57.)
Checking after reseating the Paper Cassette
17 Reseat the Paper Cassette. End of work. Go to step 18.
Checking after reseating the paper
18 Reseat the paper in the Paper Cassette. End of work. Go to step 19.
Checking the side guides of the Paper Cassette
Remove the
20 Go to step 22.
go to step 21.
Checking after reseating the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR
22 Reseat the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. End of work. Go to step 23.
Checking after replacing the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR
Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to
Checking after replacing the ROLL ASSY FEED
Replace the ROLLER ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/
Replacement 45.)
1 - 358
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
for rotation
Replace the ROLL
ASSY REGI and/
25 Diag]. End of work.
or ROLL REGI
Does the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL
METAL.
rotate?
INTERLOCK).
1 - 359
FIP-1.P13 Paper damage
Trouble substance
The paper comes out from the printer wrinkled, folded or worn-out.

- HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5)
- ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4)
- ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)
- ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10)
- FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)
Mnt01117KA
.Tray is recommended for paper feeding because sheets fed via SSF is prone to
skew depending on how the sheet is placed on SSF.
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Turn on the power
of the air
conditioner, and
Checking dew condensation
replace a new
1 Was the printer installed in the room where the air Go to step 3.
dray and
conditioner well works?
recommended
paper, then go to
step 2.
Use the paper that
3 Go to step 5.
then go to step 4.
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
one, then go to
step 6.
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Replace the
7 Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT. End of work. defective parts,
Is the image printed correctly? then go to step 8.
1 - 360
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the paper feeding tray
Is the damaged paper fed from the SSF?
Checking the side guides setting of SSF
Remove the
14 Go to step 16.
go to step 15.
for rotation
Replace the ROLL
ASSY REGI and/
or ROLL REGI
METAL.
rotate?
INTERLOCK).
Checking the damaged mode
Is the damaged paper fed from the Duplex?
Checking the FEEDER ASSY DUP installtion
18 Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP. Go to step 19. End of work.
Replace the
Remove the FEEDER ASSY
19 foreign DUP. (Refer to
Are there any foreign substances on the paper path?
substances. Removal 57/
Replacement 57.)
Checking after reseating the Paper Cassette
20 Reseat the Paper Cassette. End of work. Go to step 21.
Checking the side guides of the Paper Cassette
Checking after reseating a new paper
22 Reseat a new paper in the Paper Cassette. End of work. Go to step 23.
Remove the
23 Go to step 25.
go to step 24.
1 - 361
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after reseating the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR
25 Reseat the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. End of work. Go to step 26.
Checking after replacing the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR
Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to
Checking after replacing the ROLL ASSY FEED
Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/
Replacement 45.)
for rotation
Replace the ROLL
ASSY REGI and/
or ROLL REGI
METAL.
rotate?
INTERLOCK).
1 - 362
FIP-1.P14 Unfusing
Trouble substance
The printed image is not fixed on the paper properly. The image easily
comes off when rubbed.

Mnt01118KA
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Use the paper that
1 Go to step 3.
then go to step 2.
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
one, then go to
step 4.
Replace the toner
5 Go to step 7. with Dell Toner,
then go to step 6.
Checking the power cord for connection
Connect the power cord with other wall outlet. (Never
7 connect the power cord into other connector of the same End of work. Go to step 8.
wall outlet.)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
cooled down.
Replace the FUSER ASSY and initialize the Fuser Life
43/ Replacement
Counter. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.)
11.)
Does the error still occure when printing?
1 - 363
FIP-1.P15 Color registration (Color shift)

- Troubleshooting of a control system
ABCDEabcde12345
Mnt01119KA
Trouble substance
A yellow or black image printed is not overlapped on a cyan or magenta image correctly.

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Turn OFF/ON the power.
1 Does the color registration (color shift) appear on the printed Go to step 2. End of work.
Printing data is
incorrect, then
Checking the Color registration.
check the printing
data which the
problem
generated.
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
one, then go to
step 4.
Does the color registration appear on the printed material
when printing?
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
when printing?
Checking the printing (Banding Error Check)
Print the [MQ Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [CE
Diag].
Does the banding error appear on the printed material?
1 - 364
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Does the banding error appear on the printed material when
printing?
Does the banding error appear on the printed material when
printing?
Checking the printing (Color Registration Check)
Print the [Alignment Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab
9 of [Tool Box]. Go to step 10. End of work.
when printing?
Adjusting the color registration automatically
Check that the Auto Registration Adjustments checkbox of
the [Registration Adjustment] in [Printer Maintenance] tab of
[Tool Box] is checked .
10 Press the [Auto Correct] button to stat the auto color Go to step 11. End of work.
registration adjustment.
After adjustment is completed, press the [Color Regi Chart]
when printing?
Adjusting the color registration manually
Uncheck the checkbox of the Auto Registration Adjustments
of the [Registration Adjustment] in [Printer Maintenance] tab
of [Tool Box].
Adjust the color registration by [Color Registration
Replace the
11 Adjustment (Lateral)] and/or [Color Registration Adjustment End of work.
printer.
(Process)] several times.
After the adjustments are completed, press [Restart printer
to apply new settings] button.
when printing?
1 - 365
- Troubleshooting of a paper feeding system
paper feeding is late. paper feeding is early.
Trouble substance
A yellow or black image printed is not overlapped on a cyan or magenta image correctly.

- PHD UNIT (PL4.1.21)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Does the error appear on the printed material when
printing?
printing?
Replace the
printer.
printing?
1 - 366
5. Abnormal Noise Trouble

5.1 Entry Chart for Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting
Check the Operation Mode Table of Power ON.
Does abnormal noise arise during
Check the components are normal without any
adjustment after Power ON?
Y stains and/or damages. (Refer to FIP1 N1.)
Check the Operation Mode Table of Standby.
Standby?
Y stains and/or damages. (Refer to FIP1 N2.)
N
Check the Operation Mode Table of Printing.
printing? Y stains and/or damages. (Refer to FIP1 N3.)
1 - 367
5.2 Operation Mode Table
FIP-1.N1 When Power is Turned On
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
Checking the Main Motor
Does the noise arise from the printer?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE
Diag].
2 Does the noise arise from the printer? Go to step 3. End of work.
Diag].
Diag].
Try replacing the
PHD ASSY (refer
to Removal 4/
Replacement 50),
Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY MAIN TRANSFER
Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. ASSY (refer to
4 Does the noise arise from the printer? Removal 21/ End of work.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Replacement 33)
Diag]. and DRIVE ASSY
MAIN (refer to
Removal 32/
Replacement 22)
one after another.
Checking the Sub Motor
Check the
5 Go to step 6. installation
situation of printer.
Diag].
Diag].
7 cooled down. Go to step 8. End of work.
Diag].
1 - 368
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Try replacing the
PHD UNIT (refer
to Removal 4/
Replacement 50),
Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY SUB
FUSER ASSY
(refer to Removal
8 Does the noise arise from the printer? End of work.
5/ Replacement
49) and DRIVE
Diag].
ASSY SUB (refer
to Removal 33/
Replacement 21)
one after another.
1 - 369
FIP-1.N2 During Standby
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
FAN (PL8.1.1)
PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)
Replace the
Checking the FAN Replace the FAN.
PWBA LVPS.
Does the noise arise from the Fan? (Refer to Removal
1 (Refer to Removal
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1E] in [IOT Diag] of 40/ Replacement
11/ Replacement
diagnosis. 14.)
43.)
1 - 370
FIP-1.N3 During Printing
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
FAN (PL8.1.1)
1 Does the noise arise from the printer when the paper is fed Go to step 2. Go to step 6.
from the Tray 1?
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
Checking the paper condition in the Paper Cassette
one, then go to
step 3.
Checking noise when the paper is fed from the Tray 1
Replace the
Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR in the Paper
HOLDER ASSY
Cassette for rotation
SEPARATOR.
4 Remove the Paper Cassette from the printer. Go to step 5.
(Refer to Removal
Does the SEPARATOR ROLLER rotate smoothly?
2/ Replacement
Turning it with your finger.
52.)
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for rotation
Remove the Paper Cassette from the printer.
Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE
Replace the ROLL
Diag], and then enter the [Digital Output] - [CASSETTE1
ASSY FEED.
FEED SOLENOID ON(Auto OFF)] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE
Diag].
9/ Replacement
Does the noise arise from this Roller?
45.)
NOTE: After checking is completed, turn off
[CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID ON(Auto OFF)] check
first, and then turn off [MAIN MOTOR ON] check.
Reset the paper
Checking the paper guide sides setting and paper setting of
guide sides, and
SSF
6 Go to step 7. correctly insert the
Were the paper guide sides of SSF correctly set, and was
paper to SSF, then
the paper correctly inserted into SSF?
go to step 7.
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
one, then go to
step 8.
Checking noise when the paper is fed from the SSF
1 - 371
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the Duplex
9 Does the noise arise when feeding the paper from the Go to step 10. Go to step 12.
Duplex?
Checking the DUPLEX ASSY for installation Try replacing the
10 Reseat the DUPLEX ASSY. FEEDER ASSY Go to step 11.
Does the noise arise from the printer? DUP.
Checking the Duplex Motor (MOTOR ASSY DUP)
Try replacing the
11 FEEDER ASSY End of work.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] and [DO-12] in [IOT
DUP.
Diagnosis].
Checking the Main Motor
Diag].
Reseat the PHD UNIT.
Diag].
Checked by [Digital Output] - [MAIN MOTOR ON] in [CE
Diag] tab of [CE Diag].
Checking the foreign substances on the surfaces of the Remove the
ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL foreign
15 Go to step 17.
Are there any foreign substances on the surfaces of these substances, then
parts? go to step 16.
Checking noise when printing
for rotation Replace the ROLL
Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE ASSY REGI and/
17 Go to step 18.
Diag], and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [CE or ROLL REGI
Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. METAL.
Does the noise arise from the Roller(s)?
Try replacing the
PHD UNIT (refer
to Removal 4/
Replacement 50),
Checking the DRIVE ASSY MAIN for installation TRANSFER
Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. ASSY (refer to
18 Does the noise arise from the printer? Removal 21/ End of work.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Replacement 33)
Diag].. and DRIVE ASSY
MAIN (refer to
Removal 32/
Replacement 22)
one after another.
Checking the Sub Motor Check the
Does the noise arise from the printer? installation
19 Go to step 20.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-7] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE situation of the
Diag]. printer.
1 - 372
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the PHD ASSY for installation
Diag].
Checking the FUSER ASSY for installation
Diag].
Try replacing the
PHD UNIT (refer
to Removal 4/
Replacement 50),
Checking the DRIVE ASSY SUB for installation
FUSER ASSY
(refer to Removal
22 Does the noise arise from the printer? End of work.
5/ Replacement
49) and DRIVE
Diag].
ASSY SUB (refer
to Removal 33/
Replacement 21)
one after another.
1 - 373
6. Other FIP
Other FIP covers the Electrical Noise FIP, Power Supply FIP and Multiple Feed FIP, except Eerror
Code FIP, Abnormal Noise FIP and Image Quality FIP.
FIP-Electrical Noise
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the external noise
Are there any other electrical appliances within 3 meters
form the printer, such as generators, radio and appliances
1 with motors? Go to step 2. End of work.
Either turn off the other electrical appliances, or relocate the
printer at least 6 meters away from other appliances.
Does the electrical noise error still occur?
Checking the AC ground Request the client
2 Is AC power supply outlet wired and grounded Go to step 3. to fix AC power
appropriately? supply outlet.
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
3 Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four Go to step 4.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
4 Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on Go to step 5.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
deformed?
5 Reseat the PHD ASSY. Go to step 6. End of work.
Reseat the PWBA
6 Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. End of work.
HVPS.
1 - 374
FIP-AC
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 Does the motor noise arise when turning on the power? Go to FIP-DC. Go to step 2.
During this test, close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Checking the power supply on wall outlet
2 Connect the power cord with other wall outlet. End of work. Go to step 3.
Checking the power code for connection
3 Reconnect the power cord. End of work. Go to step 4.
Checking the BREAKER GFI for operation
Does the BREAKER GFI operate normally?
Checking the connector of PWBA LVPS for connection
Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute.
Reconnect the all connectors of PWBA LVPS.
Replace the
Checking the connector of MAIN SWITCH for connection
PWBA LVPS.
Reconnect the connector of MAIN SWITCH.
11/ Replacement
43.)
1 - 375
FIP-DC
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connector of the PWBA LVPS for connection
Reconnect the all connectors of the PWBA LVPS.
Checking the connector of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL for
connection
2 Reconnect the connector (P/J220) of the CONSOLE ASSY End of work. Go to step 3.
PANEL.
Does the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL operate normally?
Replace the
Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU PWBA LVPS.
3 Reseat the PWBA MCU. End of work. (Refer to Removal
Does the printer operate normally? 11/ Replacement
43.)
1 - 376
FIP-Multiple Feed
.This multiple feed trouble occurs only when the paper is fed from the Paper
Cassette.
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Possible causative parts
Use the paper that
1 Go to step 3.
then go to step 2.
2 Does the multi feed still occur when printing? Go to step 3. End of work.
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
Checking paper condition
one, then go to
step 4.
4 Does the multi feed still occur when printing? Go to step 5. End of work.
Replace the ROLL
ASSY FEED (refer
to Removal 9/
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY Replacement 45)
SEPARATOR for rotation and/or
5 End of work.
Does the ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR
SEPARATOR rotate smoothly and operate correctly? ROLLER
ASSEMBLY (refer
to Removal 2/
Replacement 52).
1 - 377
FIP-Control Panel Freezes
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Possible causative parts
PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7)
Checking the operating environment. Replace the
1 Go to step 2.
Is the printer connected to the Network? Printer.
Checking the IP address.
Replace the
Checking the internet connectivity. PWBA ESS.
3 Go to step 4.
Is there any internet connection available for your PC? (Removal 42/
Replacement 12)
Updating the firmware to the latest version.
Download the latest version of the firmware from the DELL
Support Website, and execute the update.
NOTE: Before updating the firmware to the latest
Replace the
version, reset the error following the steps of procedure
PWBA ESS.
4 described below. In addition, update the firmware by End of work.
(Removal 42/
way of a USB storage.
Replacement 12)
1) Remove the network cable.
2) Connect the USB cable.
3) Turn the power off and on.
Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on?
Contact your system administrator for obtaining a new IP Replace the
address. PWBA ESS.
5 End of work.
Refer to Reference_1 for details of how to change the IP (Removal 42/
address. Replacement 12)
Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on?

1 - 378
Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.
Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. CONTENTS
1. Overview......................................................................................................................2 - 1
1.1 Position of the Diag. in the Whole System........................................................................................ 2 - 1
2. Configuration ...............................................................................................................2 - 2
3. How to use Diag. Customer Mode...............................................................................2 - 4
3.1 Roles of the control panel in Diag. .................................................................................................... 2 - 4
3.2 Entering diag. Customer mode ......................................................................................................... 2 - 5
3.3 Selecting Diag. item .......................................................................................................................... 2 - 5
3.4 Change method parameters value.................................................................................................... 2 - 5
3.5 Executing/Exiting Diag. mode ........................................................................................................... 2 - 5
3.6 Diag. mode menu tree ...................................................................................................................... 2 - 6
4. The Kind of Diag. and Contents of a Test ...................................................................2 - 8
4.1 IOT Diag............................................................................................................................................ 2 - 8
4.1.1 Digital Input (DI) Test ................................................................................................................ 2 - 8
4.1.2 Executing digital input (DI) test ................................................................................................. 2 - 8
4.1.3 Digital Output (DO) Test ......................................................................................................... 2 - 16
4.1.4 Executing digital output (DO) test ........................................................................................... 2 - 16
4.2 Print Info.......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 33
4.2.1 Executing Print Info................................................................................................................. 2 - 33
4.2.2 Config Page ............................................................................................................................ 2 - 33
4.2.3 Print Settings........................................................................................................................... 2 - 33
4.3 Complete......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 33
4.3.1 Executing Complete................................................................................................................ 2 - 33
4.3.2 Complete................................................................................................................................. 2 - 33
4.4 Installation Set ................................................................................................................................ 2 - 34
4.4.1 Executing Installation Set........................................................................................................ 2 - 34
4.5 Test Print......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 35
4.5.1 Executing test print ................................................................................................................. 2 - 35
4.5.2 No Image IOT ......................................................................................................................... 2 - 35
4.5.3 Pattern 600 IOT ...................................................................................................................... 2 - 35
4.5.4 Grid 2 ...................................................................................................................................... 2 - 36
4.5.5 Cyan 20% ............................................................................................................................... 2 - 37
4.5.6 Magenta 20%.......................................................................................................................... 2 - 37
4.5.7 Yellow 20% ............................................................................................................................. 2 - 38
4.5.8 Black 20% ............................................................................................................................... 2 - 38
4.5.9 CMY 20%................................................................................................................................ 2 - 39
4.5.10 Gradation .............................................................................................................................. 2 - 40
4.5.11 Toner Pallet........................................................................................................................... 2 - 41
4.5.12 Contamination Check............................................................................................................ 2 - 42
4.5.13 Parameter Setting ................................................................................................................. 2 - 43
4.5.14 Printing the parameter list ..................................................................................................... 2 - 45
Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. CONTENTS

1. Overview
1.1 Position of the Diag. in the Whole System
Major functions of this diag. are as follows:
•IOT Diag
•Setting of parameters for registration in paper feeding direction and so on.
2-1
2. Configuration
The diagnosis provides three modes that have their respective uses (purposes), target operators,
and functions.
This manual describes the Control Panel Operation of "Customer Mode".
Shippper Mode:
This mode intends to be used in the production line with the purpose to locate a chip that
causes a problem.
Diagnosis time in the mode shall be as short as possible with consideration of production cost.
The mode shifts to the Developer mode (described later) after the ESS Diag.
This mode is protected password.
Customer Mode:
This mode intends to be used by customer who handle problems in field with the purpose to
locate a replaceable unit that causes a problem.
Sorting problems on the basis of parts that can be replaced by the customer support center.
This is the base of this mode design, and that is why so many features.
The mode allows the user to execute the ESS diagnosis, test prints, parameter settings FAX,
Scanner and so on through the control panel.
Developer/CE (Customer Engineer) Mode:

This mode is for debugging by developers or CEs. It intends to be partially used in the produc-
tion line.
The mode allows the user to execute the ESS diagnosis, test prints, parameter settings and so
on through the debug terminal.
The functions are activated by commands sent from the serial terminal.Special tool (FX inter-
nal debugging terminal) is required to operate Developer mode.
This mode is protected password.
2-2
Blank Page
2-3
3. How to use Diag. Customer Mode

3.1 Roles of the control panel in Diag.
LCD
Rio02001KA
CANCEL
[LCD]: Displaying a diagnosis item and its result

[ ], [ ]: Selecting a diagnosis item/Selecting data at parameter setting
[ ], [ ]: Key moves the cursor to the left/right
[3 ]: Determining a diagnosis item/Executing a diagnosis/Determining a parameter at
parameter setting
[CANCEL]: Resetting a diagnosis item (Returning to the menu one level higher)
Terminating each digital input/output
2-4
3.2 Entering diag. Customer mode

1) Turn off the power.
2) Turn on the power while holding down “ ” and “ ” keys.
3) Release the fingers from these keys when “Diagnosing...” is displayed.
4) The "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.)
3.3 Selecting Diag. item

The diagnosis setting items are configured as menus, which can be operated with the control panel
keys. Arrow keys select menu items and “ 3 ” key activates functions.
3.4 Change method parameters value

For parameter setting, pressing “ 3 ” key after selecting an item from the menu displays the cur-
rent setting value of the item. Then a numeric value selected by “ ” and “ ” keys are written
into the NVM by “ 3 ” key.
3.5 Executing/Exiting Diag. mode

The diagnosis can be executed by as follows.
1) A test item is displayed. “ 3 ” key fixed the test item.
2) The display prompts the user to start the test. Press “ 3 ” key and start the test.
The diagnosis can be stopped by as follows.

1) During the diagnosis test, press “ CANCEL ” key.
2) The diagnosis is stopped, and the display indicates the one step higher menu.
When error occurred during Diag. operations, the display returns to the menu selective
state after displaying the error for about three seconds.
2-5
3.6 Diag. mode menu tree

Menu Tree of the Customer Mode is as follows
Customer Mode Press the 2 key
Press the CANCEL key
IOT Diag Digital Input
Digital Output
Press the Press the
key key
Print Info Config Page
Print Settings
Complete Complete
Installation Set Toner Low Alert
Test Print No Image IOT
Pattern 600 IOT
Grid 2
Cyan 20%
Magenta 20%
Yellow 20%
Black 20%
CMY 20%
Gradation
Toner Pallet
ContaminationChk
2-6
Parameter SlowScanReg KtoP
SlowScanReg 600M
SlowScanReg 600Y
SlowScanReg 600C
FastScanReg KtoM
FastScanReg KtoY
FastScanReg KtoC
FastScanReg SSF
FastScanRegTray1
FastScanRegTray2
FastScanReg Dup
FastScanReg2KtoM
FastScanReg2KtoY
FastScanReg2KtoC
Life Y Toner
Life M Toner
Life C Toner
Life K Toner
Life Fuser Sheet
Life Print Sheet
Life DTB Waste
Life YwasteToner
Life MwasteToner
Life CwasteToner
Life KwasteToner
Life Drum Y Time
Life Drum M Time
Life Drum C Time
Life Drum K Time
Life Drum Xero
Life Drum Deve K
Life SSF Sheet
Life Tray1 Sheet
Life Tray2 Sheet
Life DuplexSheet
Life Custom In
Life Custom Out
Print
2-7
4. The Kind of Diag. and Contents of a Test

4.1 IOT Diag
4.1.1 Digital Input (DI) Test
This function checks whether the DI components operate normally or not.
The DI test is performed for all the DI components.
Exit operation of the DI test makes the control panel display the Customer diag. function menu.
During the DI test, other Customer diag. functions can not be performed simultaneously.
Therefore, the printer does not accept any operation except operations for the DI compo-
nents and exit operation of the DI test.
At the start of the DI test, number “ 0 ” is displayed on the control panel. This number is counted
up when a DI component is turned on from off, therefore it allows the user to know the component
is active.
When a paper jam is occurred, or an error message or code is displayed, execute this test to locate
the damaged parts.
The test will execute the DI Test codes of the components that are supposed to be faulty from the
error details. (Refer to each FIP on Chapter 1.)
Test result: NG (Go to each FIP or replace the parts.)
OK (Turn off/on the main power.)
4.1.2 Executing digital input (DI) test

4) The “Customer Mode” and “IOT Diag” are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.)
5) Press “ 3 ” key.
6) Press “ ” key to select “Digital Input”, and then press “ 3 ” key.
7) Press “ ” or “ ” key to select the test item.
8) Press “ 3 ” key twice to execute the test.
- To exit the test or to return to one step higher menu, press the "CANCEL" key.
- From the menu which performed DI test, to return to one step higher menu, press the
"MENU" key.
Parameters for the Digital Input Test are as follows.
Code Components
DI-0 MPF No Paper Sensor
DI-1 CASSETTE 1 No Paper Sensor
DI-2 Regi Sensor
DI-3 Exit Sensor
DI-4 K Mode Sensor
DI-6 Side Switch
DI-7 Interlock Switch
DI-9 CASSETTE 2 No Paper Sensor
DI-a CASSETTE 2 Paper Path Sensor
2-8
Exit Sensor
Interlock Switch
[DI-3]
[DI-7]
Side Switch
[DI-6]
K Mode Sensor
[DI-4]
Regi Sensor
[DI-2]
MPF No Paper Sensor

[DI-0]
CASSETTE1 No Paper Sensor

[DI-1]
CASSETTE2 Paper Path Sensor CASSETTE2 No Paper Sensor

[DI-a] [DI-9] Rio02002KA
2-9
- About Sensor
A transmissive type sensor is composed of the light-emitting side and the light-receiving side that
are placed opposite to each other allowing the light to pass from the former to the latter. On the
basis of whether or not the light path is blocked due to the actuator, etc., the sensor detects the
paper absence/presence or the moving part position such as at the home position or elsewhere.
Actuator
Leg_Sec02_016FA
- About Switch
A micro-switch closes the internal contacts via the button which is pushed down under the pro-
vided leaf spring which is held down by the actuator of the cover or door that is being closed.
When the door or cover has being opened, the leaf spring returns to its original position and the
button is pushed up by the spring in the switch, allowing the internal contacts to open.
Actuator
Button
Blade
Contact
Leg_Sec02_018FA
2 - 10
-Checking the Sensor and Switch
Sensor name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedures

NOTE: Remove the paper of the MPF before executing the test.
1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode.
2) Execute the DI-0.
3) Check the sensor.
Operator Panel
MPF No Paper Sensor (DI-0)
Normal
Rio02003KA
4) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test.

3) Remove the paper cassette.
Operator Panel
Normal
CASSETTE 1 No Paper Sen-

sor (DI-1)
Rio02004KA

6) Replace the paper cassette.
2 - 11

3) Open the Front Cover.
4) Remove the PHD ASSY.
5) Check the sensor by an actuator operation.
Operator Panel
Actuator
Normal
Regi Sensor (DI-2)
Rio02005KA

7) Replace the PHD ASSY.
8) Close the Front Cover.
NOTE: Fuser is very hot, so pay sufficient attention at work to above
burns, etc.
Operator Panel
Normal
Exit Sensor (DI-3)
Rio02006KA

2 - 12

NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff.
When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front
cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid
exposure to light.
1) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH.
2) Cheat the safety Interlock System.
Actuator
K Mode sensor (DI-4) K Mode Solenoid

(Color Mode Switching Sen-
sor)
Operator Panel
Paper
Normal
K Mode Sensor
Mnt02007KA

7) Turn off the printer power.
8) Attach the DRIVE ASSY PH.
3) Check the Switch.
Operator Panel
Side Switch (DI-6) Normal
Rio02008KA

5) Close the Toner Cover.
2 - 13

3) Open and close the Front Cover to check the switch.
Operator Panel
Normal
Interlock Switch (DI-7)
Rio02009KA

NOTE: The No paper sensor is in the option feeder.
3) Remove the paper cassette.
Operator Panel
Normal
CASSETTE 2 No Paper Sen-
sor(DI-9)
Rio02050KA

2 - 14

1) Remove the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5).
3) Execute the DI-a.
4) Remove the CASSETTE 1 paper cassette and CASSETTE 2
paper cassette.
Operator Panel Actuator
Normal
CASSETTE 2 Paper Path

Sensor(DI-a)
Rio02051KA

7) Replace the CASSETTE 1 paper cassette and CASSETTE 2
paper cassette.
9) Replace the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5).
2 - 15
4.1.3 Digital Output (DO) Test
This function checks whether the DO components operate.
When the interlock is opened while the DO test is performed, each component ends to operate.
In this Test Mode, each DO component can be turned individually. Therefore it allows
the customer to check a component's operation from outside, and judge whether the
component is normal or not.
When all the diag. functions are stopped, all the DO components can be turned off.
DO test can make each of the DO component's operate simultaneously.
When a paper jam or PQ problem is occurred, or an error message or code is displayed, this test
enables to look for the broken or damaged parts.
Test result: NG (Go to each FIP or replace the parts.)
OK (Turn off/on the main power.)
4.1.4 Executing digital output (DO) test

5) Press “ 3 ” key.
6) Press “ ” key to select “Digital Output”, and then press “ 3 ” key.
7) Press “ ” or “ ” key to select test item.
8) Press “ 3 ” key to execute the test.
- From the menu which performed DO test, to return to one step higher menu, press the
"MENU" key.
Parameters for the Digital Output Test are as follows.
Code Components
DO-0,1,2 Main Motor
DO-5,6,7 Sub Motor
DO-a K Mode SOLENOID
DO-b ,c CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (Half / Full Rotation)
DO-d,e,f,10 DUPLEX EXIT MOTOR
DO-12,13,14,15 DUPLEX MOTOR
DO-17,18,19,1a CASSETTE 2 FEED MOTOR
DO-1e,1f Fan (HIGH/LOW)
DO-21 Yellow Toner Motor
DO-23 Magenta Toner Motor
DO-25 Cyan Toner Motor
DO-27 Black Toner Motor
DO-29 Regi Clutch
DO-2f CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (Auto OFF)
DO-31 CASSETTE 2 FEED SOLENOID (Auto OFF)
DO-33 CASSETTE 2 TURN CLUTCH
2 - 16
Code Components
DO-35 DUPLEX CLUTCH
DO-3d Black Drum Erase Lamp
DO-3f Yellow, Magenta and Cyan Drum Erase Lamp
1
23/53 + 64

+( -

'

"
$%

)*
+,+-

!
"#

++ $%&
'

#

!
"(
# ) ./

' 7
8
0)) 1
-+:+8+

0)) 9 . 9 3
"" 0)) 1 ) ./ 23
( + 1
4
* +
0)) 1 ) ./ 20 114 0)) 1 ) ./ 20 114
" (

2 - 17
Duplex Clutch
[DO-35]
DUPLEX EXIT MOTOR

[DO-d/e/f/10]
DUPLEX MOTOR
[DO-12/13/14/15]
Rio02052KA
2 - 18
- About Clutch
The electromagnetic clutch in the printer controls the rotation of the roller by transferring or cut-
ting the torque from the motor to the roller.
The electromagnetic clutch becomes an electromagnet by the passage of electric current through
the coil inside the case and attracts the armature and gear to the rotating rotor, thereby rotating
the gear.
Upon the loss of power to the coil, electromagnetic force is lost and the armature comes off the
rotor, and the gear comes to rest.
The clutch makes so soft noises that you must be close the component to audibly confirm the oper-
ation of the component.
OFF
Shaft
Case
Coil
Gear Rotor
Armature
ON
Leg_Sec02_050FA
2 - 19
- About Solenoid
The solenoid in the printer opens/closes the shutter or controls the position of the gear for transfer-
ring the torque of the motor to the roller.
A solenoid becomes an electromagnet by the passage of electric current through the coil inside the
case and attracts the plunger.
Upon the loss of power to the coil, electromagnetic force is lost and the plunger is returned to its
original position by spring action, thereby allowing the shutter to operate or the gear to move to
the predefined position.
Unlike a clutch, a solenoid generates a loud operation noise.
Plunger
Magnetic coil
Leg_Sec02_051FA
2 - 20
- Checking Motor, Clutch and Solenoid
Before executing the DO test, close all covers and doors.
Clutch and Solenoid name

Confirmation procedure
(Diag. Code)
NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. The customer
check is the procedure 1, 4 and 5.
exposure to light.
The rotational speed of the motor is as follows.
DO-2<DO-0<DO-1
2) Open the Front Cover
4) Execute the DO-0. (The customer can confirm the motor noise
only.)
Main Motor (DO-0/DO-1/DO-

2)
Drum
Belt
Rio02011KA
5) Check the drum rotation.

7) Remove the cheater and replace the black toner cartridge.
2 - 21

(Diag. Code)
DO-7<DO-5<DO-6
2) Execute the DO-5.
Exit Roll
Sub Motor (DO-5/DO-6/DO-7)
Rio02012KA
3) Check the Exit Roll rotation.

exposure to light.
1) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH.
4) Execute the DO-a.
K Mode SOLENOID (DO-a)

(Color Mode Switching Sen- K Mode Solenoid
sor)
Mnt02013KA
5) Check the K Mode SOLENOID movement.

8) Attach the DRIVE ASSY PH.
9) Remove the cheater and turn on the printer power.
2 - 22

(Diag. Code)
2) Remove the CASSETTE1 paper cassette.
3) Execute the DO-b.
Feed Roll
CASSETTE1 FEED SOLE-

NOID (Half / Full Rotation)
(DO-b ,c)
Rio02014KA
4) Check the Feed Roll rotation.

DO-10<DO-f<DO-e<DO-d
1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnosis Mode.
2) Execute the DO-d.
Exit Roll
DUPLEX EXIT MOTOR (DO-

d,e,f,10)
Rio02053KA
3) Check the Exit Roll rotation.

2 - 23

(Diag. Code)
NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. The customer
check is the procedure 1, 4 and 5.
exposure to light.
DO-15<DO-14<DO-13<DO-12
2) Open the Front Cover and CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.2).
4) Execute the DO-12. (The customer can confirm the motor
noise only.)
CHUTE DUP IN
DUPLEX MOTOR (DO-

12,13,14,15)
Duplex Roll Rio02054KA
5) Check the Duplex Roller rotation.

7) Remove the cheater.
8) Close the CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.2) and Front Cover.
2 - 24

(Diag. Code)
NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. The customer check is
the procedure 1, 4 and 5.
DO-1a<DO-19<DO-18<DO-17
2) Remove the CASSETTE 2 paper cassette.
3) Remove the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE
L OPT (PL12.1.4).
4) Execute the DO-17. (The customer can confirm the motor
noise only.)
CASSETTE 2 FEED MOTOR

(DO-17,18,19,1a)
CASSETTE2 Feed Motor

Rio02055KA

6) Replace the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE
L OPT (PL12.1.4).
7) Replace the CASSETTE 2 paper cassette.
2) Execute the DO-1e.
Fan (HIGH)/ FAN (LOW)

(DO-1e ,1f)
Rio02015KA
3) Check the FAN rotation.

2 - 25

(Diag. Code)
NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. Described below
is the check procedure common among the four toner motor. Note the
operation for the toner in the PHD ASSY spills if the motor is rotated
for a long time.
2) Open the Cover and remove the toner cartridge.
3) Open the toner cartridge holder.
4) Execute the DO-21, DO-23, DO-25 or DO-27.
Yellow Toner Motor(DO-21)

Magenta Toner Motor (DO-
23)
Cyan Toner Motor (DO-25)
Black Toner Motor (DO-27)
Gear
Rio02016KA
5) Check the TONER MOTER rotation.

7) Replace the toner cartridge and close the toner cartridge
holder.
8) Close the Cover.
2 - 26

(Diag. Code)
NOTE: When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the
front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY , and cover the drum to
avoid exposure to light.
2) Execute the DO-29. Upon hitting the " 3 " key, the operating
noise of the clutch will be heard.
3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch.
Combination test is as follows.

NOTE: The Regi Roll rotates when the DO-0 and the DO-29 are exe-
cuted. These procedures are for the technical staff.
exposure to light.
1) Turn on the power and enter the Printer Diag.
4) Execute the DO-0 and the DO-29.
Regi Roll
Regi Clutch (DO-29)
Rio02017KA
5) Check the Regi Roll rotation.

7) Press the " " key to display the DO-0.
8) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor.
9) Remove the cheter and close the Front Cover.
2 - 27

(Diag. Code)
NOTE: This test should be carried out in the case where the Feed Roll
fails to rotate under the CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (DO-b or DO-
c) (Feed Roll Rotation) status.
These procedures are for the technical staff. When performing opera-
tion for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the
PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light.
1) Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L.
4) Execute the DO-2f.
CASSETTE1 FEED SOLE-

NOID (Auto OFF)
(DO-2f)
Cassette1 Feed Solenoid
Rio02018KA
5) Check the FEED SOLENOID movement.

8) Attach the COVER ASSY SIDE L.
10) Turn on the printer power.
2 - 28

(Diag. Code)
NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. The customer check is
the procedure 1, 3 and 4.
2) Remove the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE
L OPT (PL12.1.4).
3) Execute the DO-31. (The customer can confirm the Solenoid
click sound only.)
CASSETTE 2 FEED SOLE-

NOID(Auto OFF) (DO-31)
CASSETTE2 Feed Solenoid
Rio02056KA
4) Check the FEED SOLENOID movement.

6) Replace the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE
L OPT (PL12.1.4).
2 - 29

(Diag. Code)
2) Execute the DO-33. Upon hitting the "return" key, the operat-
ing noise of the clutch will be heard.

NOTE: CASSETTE 2 turn roll rotates when the DO-17 and the DO-33
are executed. This procedure is for the technical staff.
1) Remove the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5).
3) Remove the CASSETTE 1 paper cassette and CASSETTE 2
paper cassette.
4) Execute the DO-17 and the DO-33.
CASSETTE2 Turn Roll
CASSETTE 2 TURN
CLUTCH (DO-33)
Rio02057KA
5) Confirm the CASSETTE 2 Turn Roll rotation.

7) Press the " " key to display the DO-17.
9) Replace the CASSETTE 1 paper cassette and CASSETTE 2
paper cassette.
11) Replace the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5).
2 - 30

(Diag. Code)
2) Execute the DO-35. Upon hitting the "return" key, the operat-
ing noise of the clutch will be heard.

NOTE: The duplex gear rotates when the DO-d and the DO-35 are
executed. This procedure is for the technical staff.
exposure to light.
4) Execute the DO-d and the DO-35.
Duplex CLUTCH (DO-35)
Rio02058KA
5) Confirm the gear rotation.

7) Press the " " key to display the DO-d.
9) Remove the cheater and close the Front Cover.
2 - 31

(Diag. Code)
3) Remove the PHD ASSY and cover the drum to avoid exposure
to light.
5) Execute the DO-3d.
Black Drum Erase Lamp

Black Drum Erase Lamp
(DO-3d)
Rio02019KA
6) Check the lamp lighting.

3) Remove the PHD ASSY and cover the drum to avoid exposure
to light.
5) Execute the DO-3f.
Yellow, Magenta and Cyan

Cyan Drum Erase Lamp
Drum Erase Lamp
(DO-3f) Magenta Drum Erase Lamp
Yellow Drum Erase Lamp
Rio02020KA
6) Check the lamps lighting.

2 - 32
4.2 Print Info

Prints out the detailed printer settings and configuration information.
4.2.1 Executing Print Info

5) Press “ ” to select “Print Info”, and then press “ 3 ” key.
6) Press “ ” and “ ” key to select the item.
7) Press “ 3 ” key twice to execute the setting.
- A test is not performed when an obstacle is in IOT.
4.2.2 Config Page

The version of software of IOT and the printer configuration can be confirmed by executing this
test.
4.2.3 Print Settings

The service tag, printing count value and error count value can be confirmed by executing this test.
4.3 Complete
Completes the diagnosis operation and reboot the data.
4.3.1 Executing Complete

5) Press “ ” to select “Complete”, and then press “ 3 ” key.
6) Press “ 3 ” key twice to execute the setting.
To exit the test or to return to one step higher menu, press the "CANCEL" key.
4.3.2 Complete
Completes the diagnosis operation and reboot the data.
2 - 33
4.4 Installation Set

Specifies whether or not Alarm display of Toner residual quantity is performed.
4.4.1 Executing Installation Set

5) Press “ ” to select “Installation Set”, and then press “ 3 ” key.
6) Press “ ” key to select the ON or OFF.
7) Press “ 3 ” key to execute the setting.
To exit the test or to return to one step higher menu, press the "CANCEL" key.
2 - 34
4.5 Test Print

Print an internal test pattern of the printer. If paper jam or paper empty occurs during the print,
the test waits until they are resolved.
4.5.1 Executing test print

5) Press “ ” key to select “Test Print”, and then press “ 3 ” key.
6) Press “ ” or “ ” key to select the test item.
7) Press “ 3 ” key twice to execute the test.
- A test is not performed when an obstacle is in IOT.
4.5.2 No Image IOT

Prints the blanked paper.
4.5.3 Pattern 600 IOT

Prints the IOT built-in 600dpi pattern.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or
the PWBA ESS related.
Compare the sample chart with the print.
Check result: NG (Check the printing process.) OK (Check the PWBA ESS related.)
Kmy02001KA
2 - 35
4.5.4 Grid 2
Prints the ESS built-in grid pattern.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as printer-related or oth-
erwise.
Check result: NG (Check the printing process and PWBA ESS-related.) OK (Check the network,
cable, PC and so on.)
Leg_Sec02_004FA
2 - 36
4.5.5 Cyan 20%
Outputs cyan 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the cyan toner or
another color.
Check result: NG (Check the cyan toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)
Leg_Sec02_005FA
4.5.6 Magenta 20%

Outputs magenta 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the magenta toner or
another color.
Check result: NG (Check the magenta toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)
Leg_Sec02_006FA
2 - 37
4.5.7 Yellow 20%
Outputs yellow 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the yellow toner or
another color.
Check result: NG (Check the yellow toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)
Leg_Sec02_007FA
4.5.8 Black 20%

Outputs black 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the black toner or
another color.
Check result: NG (Check the black toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)
Leg_Sec02_008FA
2 - 38
4.5.9 CMY 20%
Outputs C/M/Y 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the balance of three
color toners or otherwise.
Check result: NG (Check the yellow, magenta or cyan toner-related.) OK (Check black toner.)
Leg_Sec02_009FA
2 - 39
4.5.10 Gradation
Outputs the tone pattern from 2% to 100% on a A4 paper for each of 4 colors.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or
PWBA ESS-related.
Check result: NG (Check the printing process.) OK (Check the PWBA ESS-related.)
Leg_Sec02_010FA
2 - 40
4.5.11 Toner Pallet
Outputs each 100% density color pattern of Y/M/C/K.
When the PQ problem occurred in the picture or photo printing, this test enables to identify the
problem as the toner or another.
Check result: NG (Check the problem toner-related.) OK (Check the print job or print data.)
Leg_Sec02_011FA
2 - 41
4.5.12 Contamination Check
Allows you to check the print for any regular lines or toner spots when encountering PQ problems.
From the difference in the interval of regular lines or spots, you can determine the parts that have
caused the trouble.
Page 1 to 4: Prints the scale patterns in vertical and horizontal directions for evaluating regularity
and intervals.
Page 5: Prints the list of intervals by component fault.
Page 1 Page 2
13 13
Page 3 Page 4
13
13
Page 5
Wsb02025KA
2 - 42
4.5.13 Parameter Setting
This function reads/writes the following parameters stored in the printer.
Item Range Description

Slow Scan K to P Sets the registration in the paper feeding
-128 to 127
Slow Scan 600 M,Y,C direction
First Scan K to M,Y or C -128 to 127
Sets the registration in the scanning direc-
First Scan SSF, Tray 1, Tray 2, Dup -30 to 30
tion.
First Scan 2 K to M,Y or C -1 to 2
Life Counter - Reads the life counter and the printer.
Print the parameter list using the Print function of Parameter Menu in diagnosis before
changing the value of the registration.
Adjustable
Parameter Function Default
range
Slow Scan K to P
Black registration adjustment -- -128 to 127
(Shifts 0.17mm/1count)
Slow Scan 600 M,Y,C Color registration adjustment (600
-- -128 to 127
(Shifts 0.042mm/1count) dpi)
Fast Scan K to M, Y or C Color registration adjustment Calcu-
-- -128 to 127
(Shifts 0.042mm/1count) lation of adjustment is shown below.
(exp. Yellow)
Fast Scan 2 K to M, Y or C (Value of Fast Scan K to Y + Value of -- -1 to 2
(Shifts 0.01mm/1count) Fast Scan 2 K to Y )/4
First Scan SSF, Tray 1, Tray 2, Dup Black registration adjustment at side
-- -30 to 30
(Shifts 0.17mm/1count) 1 print
2 - 43
The default values are different in each printer.
Shifts the print area in this direction Shifts the print area in this direction
by reducing the value. by increasing the value.
Fast Scan K to M, Y, C
Fast Scan 2 K to M, Y, C
Fast Scan SSF, Tray1, Tray2, Dup
Slow Scan K to P Default

Slow Scan 600 M, Y, C Value
Shifts the print area in this direction

by reducing the value.
Image Side
Shifts the print area in this direction

by increasing the value.
Default
Value Rio02021KA
2 - 44
Reference Counter Values
These counter values are reference only. Do not use as the official value.
Counter Name Value of life warning

Life Y Toner (Dispense time) -
Life M Toner (Dispense time) -
Life C Toner (Dispense time) -
Life K Toner (Dispense time) -
Life Fuser (Paper feeding count) 100000
Life Printer (Paper feeding count) -
Life DTB (Transfer Belt) 2 (Waste Toner cleaning count) 200000
Life Y Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) 18000
Life M Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) 18000
Life C Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) 18000
Life K Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) 18000
Life Y Drum (Cycle count) 3000000
Life M Drum (Cycle count) 3000000
Life C Drum (Cycle count) 3000000
Life K Drum (Cycle count) 3000000
Life Drum Xero -
Life Drum Deve K -
Life SSF (MPF) Sheet -
Life Tray 1 Sheet -
Life Tray 2 Sheet -
Life Duplex Sheet -
Life Custom In -
Life Custom Out -
Print -
4.5.14 Printing the parameter list

This function prints the parameter values and life counter values stored in the IOT.
2 - 45
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)
1. Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

1.1 Before starting service procedure
- Start the procedure after turning off the power and removing the power cord from the outlet.
- When performing the service operation around the FUSER ASSY, ensure that FUSER ASSY
and its surrounding area have cooled down sufficiently.
- Pay sufficient attention to the parts during the procedure because they may be broken or may
not perform their functions properly if unreasonable force is applied.
- Since various types of screws are used, ensure that the right screws are used in their right posi-
tions. Use special caution not to confuse the screws for plastic and the ones for sheet metal,
because using the wrong type of screw may result in damage to the screw threads or other trou-
bles.
Major
No. Type Application Shape How to distinguish Points to be noted application
locations
Plastic
•Silver-colored Oblique screw-
•Thread is ing damages the
Screw for coarser than thread because
1 plastic that of the sheet this screw cuts -
Silver, tap Coarse metal type. female threads in
•Screw tip is the base material
Parts etc Plastic
thin. as it goes in.
Sheet metal
•Silver-colored
Screw for
•Diameter of the
2 metal sheet -
thread section
Silver
is uniform.
Parts etc Sheet metal
Sheet metal •Silver-colored

Screw for •Provided with •Mounting
metal sheet an external positions
3 Silver, with tooth washer. of the
an external •Diameter of the ground
tooth washer Parts etc Sheet metal thread section wires.
is uniform.

- Wear a wristband or the like as far as possible to remove static electricity of the human body.
- Keep the front cover closed. Buzzer goes off when the machine is left powered on with the front
cover open for five minutes or longer to prevent the drum deterioration due to exposure to light.
- When opening the front door in a removal/replacement operation, cover the drum to keep it
from being exposed to light.
- Remove PAPER TRAY, PHD unit, TONER CARTRIDGE, and FUSER, and put them in a place
where they do not affect the procedure. (Note that the service procedures can be performed with
those parts in place depending on the target section of removal/replacement.)
Fuser
PHD Unit
Black Cartridge
Tray 1 Cyan Cartridge
Magenta Cartridge
Yellow Cartridge
Rio03001KA

1.2 General notes

- The string “(PL X.Y.Z)” suffixed to the part name in the procedure denotes that the part corre-
sponds to the plate (PL) “X.Y”, item “Z” of [Engineering Parts list], and its shape and fitting
position can be checked in [Engineering Parts list].
- Directional descriptions used in the procedures are defined as follows:
-Front : Direction toward you when facing the front of the printer.
-Rear : Direction opposite to the front when facing the front of the printer.
-Left : Left-hand direction when facing the front of the printer.
-Right : Right-hand direction when facing the front of the printer.
Rio03002KA
Figure: Definitions of Printer Orientation

- The string “(RRP X.Y)” that appears in or at the end of the procedure denotes that the related
service procedure is described in [RRP X.Y].
- Screws shown in the illustrations are to be unscrewed and removed using a Phillips head
(cross-slot) screwdriver, unless otherwise specified.
- Black arrows shown in the illustrations denote moving directions. When numbers are
assigned to these arrows, they refer to the order in the procedure.
- Refer to [Chapter 4 Plug/Jack (P/J) Connector Locations] for the positions of connectors (P/J).

Removal Flows
The components not connected with arrows in the flow below can be removed independently.
Removal FLOW (Removal 1~45)
Tray 1 (Removal 1) Opening COVER ASSY FRONT Opening COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR
Separator Roller (Removal 2) HANDLE ASSY CST (Removal 3) KIT FUSER ASSY (Removal 5) Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Removal 6)
Opening COVER ASSY FRONT TRAY EXT (Removal 7)
PHD Unit (Removal 4) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Removal 8)
KIT FUSER ASSY (Removal 5) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Removal 9)
COVER ASSY TOP (Removal 10)
KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Removal 8) PWBA LVPSY (Removal 11) PWB ASSY FAN (Removal 12)
COVER SIDE L (Removal 17) COVER SIDE R (Removal 13)
SWITCH (Removal 14) COVER SIDE L (Removal 17)
LED ASSY ERASE (Removal 15) KIT PIVOT (Removal 20)
KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (Removal 16) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Removal 21)
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (Removal 18) SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (Removal 22)
SENSOR HUM (Removal 19) ACTUATOR SSI (Removal 23)
KIT SHAFT PIVOT (Removal 24) COVER REAR (Removal 29)
COVER ASSY FRONT (Removal 25) CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Removal 30 )
CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (Removal 26) KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Removal 31) BREAKER GFI (Removal 36)
LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5), KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Removal 32) COVER CST (Removal 37)
BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11) (Removal 27)
DRIVE ASSY SUB (Removal 33) STOPPER CST (Removal 38)
HARNESS ASSY PNL A (Removal 28)
KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (Removal 34) HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Removal 39)
KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (Removal 35) FAN (Removal

Tray 40)
1 (Removal 1)
DUCT FAN (Removal 41)
KIT PWBA ESS (Removal 42)
KIT PWBA MCU (Removal 43)
DISPENSER ASSY (Removal 44)
KIT ROS (Removal 45)

Removal FLOW (Removal 46~58)
Tray 1 (Removal 1)
Opening COVER ASSY FRONT
PHD Unit (Removal 4)
KIT FUSER ASSY (Removal 5)
Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Removal 6)
COVER ASSY TOP (Removal 10)
KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Removal 8)
COVER SIDE R (Removal 13)
COVER SIDE L (Removal 17)
COVER REAR (Removal 29)
BREAKER GFI (Removal 36)
FAN (Removal 40)
KIT PWBA ESS (Removal 42)
KIT PWBA MCU (Removal 43)
CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Removal 30 )
KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Removal 21)
UPPER UNIT (Removal 46)
PWBA HVPS (Removal 47) SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (Removal 49) ROLL ASSY REGI (Removal 50) SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (Removal 52)
COVER ASSY FRONT (Removal 25) ACTUATOR REGI IN (Removal 51) ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (Removal 53)
FEEDER ASSY (Removal 48)
WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (Removal 54) MEMORY CARD (Removal 55) NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (Removal 56) FEEDER ASSY DUP (Removal 57)
250 OPTION FEEDER (Removal 58)

Replacement Flows
The components not connected with arrows in the flow below can be replaced independently.
However, the rear cover is an exception when it was removed together with other parts.
Replacement FLOW (Replacement 1~8)
FEEDER ASSY (Replacement 6)
ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (Replacement 1) ACTUATOR REGI IN (Replacement 3) COVER ASSY FRONT (Replacement 29)
SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (Replacement 2) ROLL ASSY REGI (Replacement 4) SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (Replacement 5) PWBA HVPS (Replacement 7)
UPPER UNIT (Replacement 8)
KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Replacement 32)
CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Replacement 24)
KIT PWBA MCU (Replacement 11)
KIT PWBA ESS (Replacement 12)
FAN (Replacement 14)
BREAKER GFI (Replacement 18)
COVER REAR (Replacement 25)
COVER SIDE L (Replacement 37)
COVER SIDE R (Replacement 41)
KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Replacement 46)
COVER ASSY TOP (Replacement 44)
Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Replacement 48)
KIT FUSER ASSY (Replacement 49)
PHD Unit (Replacement 50)
Closing COVER ASSY FRONT
Tray 1 (Replacement 53)

Replacement FLOW (Replacement 9~58)
KIT ROS (Replacement 9) WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (Replacement 54)
DISPENSER ASSY (Replacement 10) MEMORY CARD (Replacement 55)
KIT PWBA MCU (Replacement 11) NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (Replacement 56)
KIT PWBA ESS (Replacement 12) FEEDER ASSY DUP (Replacement 57)
DUCT FAN (Replacement 13) 250 OPTION FEEDER (Replacement 58)
FAN (Replacement 14) KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (Replacement 19)
HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Replacement 15) KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (Replacement 20)
HARNESS ASSY PNL A (Replacement 26)
STOPPER CST (Replacement 16) DRIVE ASSY SUB (Replacement 21)
LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5),
COVER CST (Replacement 17) KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Replacement 22) BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11) (Replacement 27)
BREAKER GFI (Replacement 18) KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Replacement 23) CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (Replacement 28)
CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Replacement 24) COVER ASSY FRONT (Replacement 29)
COVER REAR (Replacement 25) KIT SHAFT PIVOT (Replacement 30)
ACTUATOR SSI (Replacement 31) SENSOR HUM (Replacement 35)
SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (Replacement 32) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (Replacement 36)
KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Replacement 33) KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (Replacement 38)
KIT PIVOT (Replacement 34) LED ASSY ERASE (Replacement 39)
COVER SIDE L (Replacement 37) SWITCH (Replacement 40)
COVER SIDE R (Replacement 41) COVER SIDE L (Replacement 37)
PWB ASSY FAN (Replacement 42) PWBA LVPSY (Replacement 43) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Replacement 46)
COVER ASSY TOP (Replacement 44)
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Replacement 45) KIT FUSER ASSY (Replacement 49)
KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Replacement 46) PHD Unit (Replacement 50)
TRAY EXT (Replacement 47) Closing COVER ASSY FRONT
Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Replacement 48) KIT FUSER ASSY (Replacement 49) HANDLE ASSY CST (Replacement 51) Separator Roller (Replacement 52)
Closing COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR Closing COVER ASSY FRONT Tray 1 (Replacement 53)

Removal 1 Tray 1 (PL2.1.1)
1) Pull out the Tray 1 (PL2.1.1) from the

printer.
3-8
Removal 2 Separator Roller (PL2.1.99)

1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1)
2) Release the two hooks of the Separator
Roller (PL2.1.5).
3) Pull up the Separator Roller to remove

the Separator Roller from the Tray 1
(PL2.1.1).
3-9
Removal 3 HANDLE ASSY CST (PL2.1.19)

2) Release the left side holes of the
HANDLE ASSY CST (PL2.1.19) from the
bosses of the Tray 1 (PL2.1.1), using a
miniature screwdriver.
3) Release the right side holes of the

HANDLE ASSY CST from the bosses of
the Tray 1, remove the HANDLE ASSY
CST.
3 - 10
Removal 4 PHD Unit (PL4.1.21)

Note: Remove the Tray 1 before working.
Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light.
2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1).
3) Open the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7).
4) Put the paper on the TRANSFER ASSY

to protect the belt.
Note: When carrying out the work this
procedure, take care not to cover the
left and right of the belt guards with the
paper.
3 - 11
5) Rotate the four stoppers of the PHD

UNIT (PL4.1.21) to the counter clock wise
direction, to release the lock.
6) Remove the PHD UNIT toward you by

pulling it by the left and right handles.
7) Lift up the PHD Unit from the printer.
3 - 12
Removal 5 KIT FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.97)

Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the
service operation.
2) Open the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7).
3) Pull the LEVER to release the lock.
4) Disengage the connector of the FUSER

ASSY by pulling the right side of the
FUSER ASSY toward you with the LEVER
released.
3 - 13
5) Lift up the FUSER ASSY, move the

FUSER ASSY to the right side.
3 - 14
Removal 6 Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow Cartridge (PL5.1.21~24)

Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the four Toner Cartridges.
1) Open the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.7).
2) Move the handle of the toner cartridge
to backward, to release the lock.
3) Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU K

(PL5.1.17).
4) Remove the toner cartridge from the

HOLDER ASSY TCRU.
3 - 15
Removal 7 TRAY EXT (PL1.1.2)
1) Open the TRAY EXT (PL1.1.2).
2) Release the boss of the TRAY EXT from

the hole of the COVER ASSY TOP
(PL1.1.1), using a miniature screwdriver.
3) Remove the TRAY EXT.
3 - 16
Removal 8 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.99)
1) Open the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR

(PL1.1.7).
2) Press the upper hinge of the COVER

ASSY WINDOW TNR to release the boss
on the hinge from the hole of the printer,
move the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR to
arrow direction.
3) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW

TNR.
3 - 17
Removal 9 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.99)

3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4)
4) Release the hook of the ROLL CORE
MSI (PL3.2.3) on the left of the ROLL
ASSY FEED (PL 3.2.4), and move the
ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops.
5) Release the groove on the ROLL ASSY

FEED from the vertical pin mounted on the
SHAFT ASSY FEED (PL3.2.2) by sliding
the ROLL ASSY FEED to the left.
6) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
3 - 18
7) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED from

the SHAFT ASSY FEED by rotating the
ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees.
3 - 19
Removal 10 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)

service operation.
4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5)
5) Remove the two screws (silver, tap,
8mm) that fix the COVER ASSY TOP
(PL1.1.1) to the printer.
6) Lift up the front side of the COVER

ASSY TOP to release the COVER ASSY
TOP from the two pegs on the printer.
3 - 20
7) Release the inside hooks of the COVER

ASSY TOP from the COVER REAR
(PL1.1.3), remove the COVER ASSY TOP
from the printer.
3 - 21
Removal 11 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)

service operation.
5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10)
6) Disengage all the connectors of the
PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1).
7) Remove the five screws (silver, 6mm)

that fix the PWBA LVPS to the printer.
3 - 22
8) Remove the PWBA LVPS from the

printer.
3 - 23
Removal 12 PWB ASSY FAN (PL8.2.20)

service operation.
PWB ASSY FAN (PL8.2.20).
7) Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm)

that fix the PWB ASSY FAN to the printer,
remove the PWB ASSY FAN.
3 - 24
Removal 13 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)

service operation.
6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8)
Accesses Position (The 8) show the procedure number.)
8)
7) Remove the six screws (silver, tap,

8mm) that fix the COVER SIDE R
3 - 25
8) Release the front hook of the COVER

SIDE R.
9) Release the inside hooks of the COVER

SIDE R from the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3),
remove the COVER SIDE R from the
printer.
3 - 26
Removal 14 SWITCH (PL5.1.9)

service operation.
7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13)
8) Release the hooks of the SWITCH
(PL5.1.9) by using the miniature
screwdriver, remove the SWITCH from the
printer.
9) Disengage the connector (P/J291) of

the SWITCH.
3 - 27
Removal 15 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)

service operation.
8mm) that fix the LED ASSY ERASE
9) Remove the LED ASSY ERASE from

the printer.
3 - 28

the LED ASSY ERASE.
3 - 29
Removal 16 KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (PL4.1.97)

service operation.
8) Remove the LED ASSY ERASE. (Removal 15)
Accesses Position (The 9), 10), 11) and 12) show the procedure number.)
9), 10)
11), 12)
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the upper and lower BLOCK
STOPPER PHD ADs (PL4.1.7).
9) Release the hook of the BLOCK
STOPPER PHD AD (PL4.1.7), using a
3 - 30
10) Remove the BLOCK STOPPER PHD

AD from the printer.
11) Remove the SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4)

from the printer.
12) Rotate the LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5)

slightly, remove the LEVER PHD from the
printer.
3 - 31
Removal 17 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)

service operation.
Accesses Position (The 7) show the procedure number.)
7)

8mm) that fix the COVER SIDE L
3 - 32
7) Release the front hook of the COVER

SIDE L.
8) Release the inside hook of the COVER

SIDE L from the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3),
remove the COVER SIDE L from the
printer.
3 - 33
Removal 18 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5)

service operation.
6) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17)
7) Disengage the connector (P/J44) of the
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5) on
the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1), release the
harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK
from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR
(PL8.2.2).
8) Release the clamps that fix the harness

of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK, remove
the harness.
3 - 34
9) Remove the one screw (sliver, tap,

16mm) that fixes the HARN ASSY
INTERLOCK to the printer, remove the
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK.
3 - 35
Removal 19 SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7)

service operation.
7) Remove the one screw (silver, tap,
8mm) that fixes the SENSOR HUM
(PL8.2.7) to the printer, remove the
SENSOR HUM.

the SENSOR HUM.
3 - 36
Removal 20 KIT PIVOT (PL6.1.99)

service operation.
Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
14), 15)
9), 10), 11), 12), 13)
Note: When performing the step described below, it is not necessary to disengage the
connector of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
9) Release the harness of the CLUTCH
ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) from the hook of the
DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4).
3 - 37
10) Remove the E-ring that fixes the

CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the shaft, using a
miniature screwdriver, remove the
CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
11) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT

(PL6.1.3), mate the tabs of the STOPPER
PIVOT with the notches of the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2).
12) Remove the STOPPER PIVOT from

the printer.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop the GEAR T4.
3 - 38
13) Pull out the PIVOT TRANS L

(PL6.1.4), remove the GEAR T4 (PL6.1.5)
from the printer.

8mm) that fixes the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, keep the TRANSFER ASSY slightly
lifted for ease of work.
15) Pull out the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT from
the printer.
3 - 39
Removal 21 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)

service operation.
9) Close the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7).
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to scratch the belt
surface of the TRANSFER ASSY.
10) Release the hooks of the COVER
HARNESS (PL6.1.8), using a miniature
screwdriver, and then remove the COVER
HARNESS.
Note: When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the TRANSFER
ASSY harness side.
3 - 40
11) Release the harness from the pegs of

he TRANSFER ASSY, disengage the
connector (P/J281) of the TRANSFER
ASSY.
12) Release the harness coming from

printer from hook of the TRANSFER
ASSY.
13) Tilt the TRANSFER ASSY slowly.

14) Remove the KIT PIVOT. (Removal 20)
15) Remove the TRANSFER ASSY from
the printer.
3 - 41
Removal 22 SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

service operation.
9) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21)
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to move the
BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the harness.
8mm) that fix the BRACKET SNS
BRACKET SNS.
11) Lift the rear part of the BRACKET SNS

up to release the two holes of the
BRACKET SNS from the bosses of the
printer.
3 - 42
12) Shift the BRACKET SNS to frontward,

release the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS
from the printer. Remove the BRACKET
SNS.
13) Release the three hooks that fix the

SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER
(PL3.2.13) to the BRACKET SNS, and
remove the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO
PAPER.

the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER.
3 - 43
Removal 23 ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14)

service operation.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to move the
BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the harness.
8mm) that fix the BRACKET SNS
BRACKET SNS.
11) Lift the rear part of the BRACKET SNS

up to release the two holes of the
BRACKET SNS from the bosses of the
printer.
3 - 44
12) Shift the BRACKET SNS to frontward,

release the five tabs of the BRACKET
SNS from the printer. Remove the
BRACKET SNS.
13) Release the left shaft of the

ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14) from the hook
of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26).
14) Remove the ACTUATOR SSI and the

SPRING ACT SSI (PL3.2.15) by releasing
the right shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI from
the hole of the CHUTE UP.
3 - 45
15) Remove the SPRING ACT SSI from

the ACTUATOR SSI.
3 - 46
Removal 24 KIT SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.98)

Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SHAFT
PIVOTs (PL1.2.23).
2) Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT
(PL1.2.23) to pull out the SHAFT PIVOT.
3 - 47
Removal 25 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)

service operation.
12)
9), 10), 11)
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, leave the relay connector on the
printer harness side.
9) Release the relay connector from the rib
of the printer, disengage the connecter
(P/J231) of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY
(PL1.2.13).
3 - 48
Note: When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the COVER
ASSY FRONT side.
10) Release the harness of the HARNESS
ASSY PNL A (PL1.1.20) from the rib of the
printer, disengage the connector (P/J2900)
of the HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12).
11) Release the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY

and the HARNESS ASSY PNL A from the
hooks of the printer.
12) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm)

that fixes the grounding terminal of the
HARN ASSY GND (PL1.2.22), release the
HARN ASSY GND from the GUIDE
HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6) and the hooks of
the printer.
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right COVER LINK
FRONTs (PL1.2.30).
3 - 49
13) Release the two hooks of the COVER

LINK FRONT (PL1.2.30), using a miniature
screwdriver.
14) Shift the COVER LINK FRONT to front,

remove the COVER LINK FRONT from the
LINK ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.18).
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SPRING
LINK FRONTs (PL1.2.24).
15) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT slightly
up to remove the SPRING LINK FRONT
(PL1.2.24) from the LINK ASSY FRONT,
using a miniature screwdriver.
3 - 50
16) Remove the SPRING LINK FRONT

from the printer.
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SHAFT LINK
FRONT FDRs (PL1.2.26).
17) Release the hook of the SHAFT LINK
FRONT FDR (PL1.2.26) using a miniature
screwdriver, to pull out the SHAFT LINK
FRONT FDR.
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SHAFT
PIVOTs (PL1.2.23).
18) Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT
(PL1.2.23) to pull out the SHAFT PIVOT.
3 - 51

up to remove the COVER ASSY FRONT
from the printer.
3 - 52
Removal 26 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3)

service operation.
9) Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT. (Removal 25)
CONNECTOR (PL1.2.4).
11) Remove the COVER CONNECTOR

from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
3 - 53

the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3).
13) Release the four hooks of the COVER

FRONT BAND.
14) Release the left and right hooks of the

COVER FRONT BAND.
3 - 54
15) Remove the COVER FRONT BAND

16) Release the two hooks of the

CONSOLE ASSY PANEL, using a
17) Release the tab of the CONSOLE

ASSY PANEL from the hole of the COVER
ASSY FRONT, remove the CONSOLE
ASSY PANEL.
3 - 55
Removal 27 LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5), BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11)

service operation.
10) Remove the three screws (silver, tap,
8mm) that fix the HOLDER ASSY FRONT
R (PL1.2.28) to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
11) Release the one hook of the HOLDER

ASSY FRONT R, using a miniature
screwdriver.
3 - 56
12) Remove the HOLDER ASSY FRONT

R from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

L (PL1.2.29) to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
14) Release the two hooks of the HOLDER

ASSY FRONT L, using a miniature
screwdriver.
3 - 57
15) Remove the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L

16) Remove the SPRING LATCH FRONT

(PL1.2.10) from the LATCH ASSY FRONT
(PL1.2.5).
17) Remove the LATCH ASSY FRONT

from the COVER ASSY FRONT together
with the BUTTON LATCH FRONT
(PL1.2.11).
3 - 58
18) Remove the BUTTON LATCH FRONT

from the LATCH ASSY FRONT.
3 - 59
Removal 28 HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.2.12)

service operation.
CONNECTOR (PL1.2.4).
11) Remove the COVER CONNECTOR

3 - 60

the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3).

R (PL1.2.28) to the COVER ASSY
FRONT.
14) Release the one hook of the HOLDER

ASSY FRONT R, using a miniature
screwdriver.
3 - 61
15) Remove the HOLDER ASSY FRONT

R from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
16) Release the HARNESS ASSY PNL A

(PL1.2.12) from the hooks of the HOLDER
ASSY FRONT R, remove the HARNESS
ASSY PNL A.
3 - 62
Removal 29 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)

service operation.
8mm) that fix the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)
to the printer.
10) Remove the COVER REAR from the

printer.
3 - 63
Removal 30 CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1), BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2)

service operation.
9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29)
10) Release the harness of the CLUTCH
ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) from the hook of the
DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4).
Note: When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the printer
harness side.
the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
3 - 64

CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the shaft, using a
miniature screwdriver, remove the
CLUTCH ASSY DRV.

BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2), remove the
BEARING REGI from the shaft.
3 - 65
Removal 31 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)

service operation.
10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30)
11)
11) Disengage the two connectors (P/J24,

26) on the PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13), release
the harness from the GUIDE HARNESS
AC (PL8.2.6).
3 - 66

the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2), release
all the harness from the hooks of the
DRIVE ASSY PH.
13) Remove the one screw (silver, M4,

6mm), the one screw (silver, M3, 6mm)
and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that
fix the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer.
Note: When carrying out the work

described next procedure, take care not
to drop the coupling gear to inside.
3 - 67
14) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from the

printer.

the color mode sensor on the DRIVE
ASSY PH, release the HARN ASSY KSNR
REGCL (PL10.8.9) from the hook of the
DRIVE ASSY PH.
16) Remove the GEAR P2 (PL7.1.3) from

the shaft of the DRIVE ASSY SUB
(PL7.1.1).
3 - 68
Removal 32 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)

service operation.
11) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Removal 31)
12) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT
(PL6.1.3), mate the tabs of the STOPPER
PIVOT with the notches of the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2).
13) Remove the STOPPER PIVOT from

the printer.
3 - 69

6mm) and the five screws (silver, tap,
8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to
the printer.
15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN from

the printer.
3 - 70
Removal 33 DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)

service operation.
12) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32)
Note: When performing the step described below, it is not necessary to disengage the
connector of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK.
13) Remove the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK. (Removal 18)
the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1).
3 - 71

6mm) and the four screws (silver, tap,
8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the
printer.
16) Remove the DRIVE ASSY SUB from

the printer.
3 - 72
Removal 34 KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (PL4.1.98)

service operation.
12) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32)
12), 13)
14), 15)
Note: Described next procedure is the removal procedure common among the upper and lower
BLOCK STOPPER PDH Ds (PL4.1.7).
3 - 73
13) Release the hook of the BLOCK

STOPPER PHD D (PL4.1.6), using a
14) Remove the BLOCK STOPPER PHD

D from the printer.
15) Remove the SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4)

from the printer.
3 - 74
16) Rotate the LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5)

slightly, remove the LEVER PHD from the
printer.
3 - 75
Removal 35 KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (PL3.1.99)

service operation.
12) Release the hook of the ROLL CORE
MSI (PL3.2.3) on the left of the ROLL
ASSY FEED (PL 3.2.4), and move the
ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops.
13) Release the groove on the ROLL

ASSY FEED from the vertical pin mounted
on the SHAFT ASSY FEED (PL3.2.2) by
sliding the ROLL ASSY FEED to the left.
3 - 76
15) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED from

the SHAFT ASSY FEED by rotating the
ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees.
16) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT.

17) Remove the SPRING FEED OUT
(PL3.1.15) from the printer.
3 - 77
18) Release the hook of the GEAR ASSY

FEED (PL3.1.19), remove the GEAR
ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED
(PL3.2.2).
procedure, pushing down the LEVER
FEED (PL3.1.13).
19) Release the harness of the

SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) from the
hooks of the printer.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, leave the relay connector on the
printer harness side.
20) Release the relay connector from the
rib of the printer, disengage the connecter
(P/J231) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
3 - 78

8mm) that fixes the SOLENOID FEED MSI
to the printer, remove the SOLENOID
FEED MSI.
3 - 79
Removal 36 BREAKER GFI (PL8.2.11)

service operation.
8mm) that fix the BRACKET SW (PL8.2.8)
to the printer.
Note: The MAIN SWITCH and the printer are connected with the harness, so they should not be
far apart when carrying out the work described next procedure.
11) Release the BRAKET SW from the
hook together with the MAIN SW.
3 - 80
12) Remove the one screw (silver, with

washer, 6mm) that fixes the grounding
terminal of the HARN ASSY GFI GND
(PL8.2.10), release the HARN ASSY GFI
GND from the GUIDE HARNESS AC
(PL8.2.6).

12mm) that fix the BREAKER GFI
14) Pull out the BREAKER GFI, disengage

the three connectors (P/J482, 483, 484).
Remove the BREAKER GFI from the
printer.
3 - 81
Removal 37 COVER CST (PL3.1.22)

service operation.
10) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36)
8mm) that fix the BRACKET GFI

BRACKET GFI, using a miniature
screwdriver.
3 - 82
13) Release the tab of the BRACKET GFI

from the COVER CST (PL3.1.22), remove
the BRACKET GFI from the printer.
14) Depress the COVER CST to release

the hook of the COVER CST. Remove
the COVER CST from the printer.
3 - 83
Removal 38 STOPPER CST (PL3.1.10)

service operation.
11) Remove the COVER CST. (Removal 37)
8mm) that fixes the STOPPER CST
13) Remove the STOPPER CST from the

printer.
3 - 84
Removal 39 HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.17~20)

service operation.
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the four HOLDER ASSY
TCRU.
10) Press the central part of the HOLDER
ASSY TCRU to release the hole of the
HOLDER ASSY TCRU from the boss of
the FRAME DISP (PL5.1.12). Open the
HOLDER ASSY TCRU by 90 degrees.
11) Press the boss part of the HOLDER

ASSY TCRU, remove the HOLDER ASSY
TCRU from the printer.
3 - 85
Removal 40 FAN (PL8.1.1)

service operation.
10) Disengage the FAN (PL8.1.1)
connector (P/J510) on the PWB ASSY
FAN, release the harness of the FAN from
the hooks of the DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2).
11) Release the four hooks of the DUCT

FAN, remove the FAN from the printer.
3 - 86
Removal 41 DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2)

service operation.
10) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40)
11) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING
(PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS
(PL8.1.12).
12) Swing the PLATE ESS to upward

slightly, to release the upper tab of the
PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD
ASSY ESS (PL8.1.3) after releasing the
lower tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of
the SHIELD ASSY ESS. Remove the
PLATE ESS from the printer.
3 - 87
13) Remove the eleven screws (silver,

6mm) that fix the SHIELD ASSY ESS to
the printer.
14) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS from

the printer.
3 - 88
15) Disengage the two connectors

(P/J101, 111) on the PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7),
release the harness from the hooks of the
DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2).

that fixes the DUCT FAN to the printer.
17) Release the two hooks of the DUCT

FAN, using a miniature screwdriver, and
then remove the DUCT FAN from the
printer.
3 - 89
Removal 42 KIT PWBA ESS (PL8.1.99)

Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic.
service operation.
(PL8.1.12).
12) Swing the PLATE ESS to upward

slightly, to release the upper tab of the
PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD
ASSY ESS (PL8.1.3) after releasing the
lower tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of
the SHIELD ASSY ESS. Remove the
PLATE ESS from the printer.
3 - 90
13) Remove the eleven screws (silver,

6mm) that fix the SHIELD ASSY ESS to
the printer.
14) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS from

the printer.
3 - 91

PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7).
16) Pull out the connector (J401) of the

HANESS ASSY ESS POWER (PL9.1.10)
and the connector (J29) of the HARNESS
ASSY B (PL9.1.12) through the hole of the
FRAME ESS (PL8.1.5).
17) Remove the six screws (silver, 6mm)

that fix the PWBA ESS and the PLATE IF
(PL8.1.6) to the printer, remove the PWBA
ESS from the printer together with the
PLATE IF.
3 - 92

that fixes the USB connector of the PWBA
ESS to the PLATE IF.

that fix the PWBA ESS to the PLATE IF,
remove the PWBA ESS from the PLATE
IF.
3 - 93
Removal 43 KIT PWBA MCU (PL8.2.99)

Note: Never fail to perform the diagnostic operation. Otherwise the data will be lost in the worst
case.
1) Perform the NVM Save to evacuate the MCU data.
2) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key, "" key, and [MENU] key on the control panel.
3) Enter the password, press the "" key twice, and press the " " key once. The diagnostic screen
comes up.
4) Press the " " key once.
5) Press the "" key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. Press the " " key once.
6) Press the "" key several times until "NVM Settings" is displayed. Press the " " key once.
7) Press the "" key several times until "SaveNVM to ESS" is displayed. Press the " " key once.
8) Press the " " key once, and NVM Save is performed.
9) After NVM Save is complete, press the [CANCEL] key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed.
10) Press the "" key several times until "Complete" is displayed.
11) Press the " " key two times. “COPY, SCAN and FAX” are displayed.
12) Turn off the power to exit.
13) Remove the POWER CORD from outlet.
service operation.
24) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42)
3 - 94
25) Remove the five screws (silver, 6mm)

that fix the FRAME ESS (PL8.1.5) to the
printer.
26) Swing the FRAME ESS slightly up and

back as if it were hinged at the top.
27) Remove the hole of the FRAME ESS

from the hook of the FRAME ASSY LVPS
(PL8.2.3) by lifting the FRAME ESS
slightly. Remove the FRAME ESS from the
printer together with the DUCT FAN
(PL8.1.2).
3 - 95

PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13).
29) Remove the six screws (silver, 6mm)

that fix the PWBA MCU to the printer.
3 - 96
30) Remove the PWBA MCU from the

printer.
3 - 97
Removal 44 DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)

service operation.
5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6)
11) Remove the HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 39)
14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43)
15) Remove the PWBA LVPS. (Removal 11)
16) 21), 22)
26)
18)
27)
17)
19), 20)
3 - 98

(P/J520, 530) on the PWB ASSY FAN
(PL8.2.20), release the harness of the
HARN ASSY TEST RL2 (PL5.1.28) and
the harness of the HARN ASSY MCU HAN
(PL9.1.13) from the GUIDE HARNESS
FSR (PL8.2.2).

(PL8.2.10).
Note: The GUIDE HARNESS AC and the printer are connected with the harness, so they should
not be far apart when carrying out the work described next procedure.
18) Release the hook of the GUIDE
HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6), remove the
GUIDE HARNESS AC from the printer.
3 - 99

that fix the BRACKET MCU R (PL8.2.15)
to the printer.
20) Remove the BRACKET MCU R from

the printer.
21) Release the harness of the HARN

ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2) and the harness
of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5)
(PL8.2.2).
3 - 100

HARNESS FSR, move the GUIDE
HARNESS FSR to remove it from the
printer.
23) Remove two screw (silver, M4, 6mm)

and six screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix
the FRAME ASSY LVPS (PL8.2.3) to the
printer.

6mm) that fixes the DRIVE ASSY SUB
(PL7.1.1) to the FRAME ASSY LVPS.
3 - 101
25) Remove the FRAME ASSY LVPS from

the printer together with the PWB ASSY
FAN.
26) Release the hook of the connector of

the HARN ASSY TEST RL2 (PL5.1.28),
using pliers, and then remove it from the
DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1).
3 - 102
27) Remove the HARN ASSY FUSER2

(PL6.1.2), HARN ASSY LVPS2 (PL9.1.3),
HARN ASSY ESS POWER (PL9.1.10),
HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12) and HARN
ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) from the hooks
of the DISPENSER ASSY.
28) Remove the four screws (silver, tap,

8mm) that fix the DISPENSER ASSY to
the printer.
3 - 103

6mm) that fixes the rear side of the
DISPENSER ASSY to the printer.
30) Release the hole of the DISPENSER

ASSY from the boss of the printer, move
the DISPENSER ASSY to backward.
Remove the DISPENSER ASSY from the
printer.
3 - 104
Removal 45 KIT ROS (PL4.1.99)

service operation.
13) Remove the PWBA LVPS. (Removal 11)
14) 19), 20)
16)
15)
17), 18)
3 - 105

(P/J520, 530) on the PWB ASSY FAN
(PL8.2.20), release the harness of the
HARN ASSY TEST RL2 (PL5.1.28) and
the harness of the HARN ASSY MCU HAN
(PL9.1.13) from the GUIDE HARNESS
FSR (PL8.2.2).

(PL8.2.10).
Note: The GUIDE HARNESS AC and the printer are connected with the harness, so they should
not be far apart when carrying out the work described next procedure.
HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6), remove the
GUIDE HARNESS AC from the printer.
3 - 106

to the printer.

the printer.
19) Release the harness of the HARN

ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2) and the harness
of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5)
(PL8.2.2).
3 - 107

HARNESS FSR, move the GUIDE
HARNESS FSR to remove it from the
printer.
21) Remove two screw (silver, M4, 6mm)

and six screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix
the FRAME ASSY LVPS (PL8.2.3) to the
printer.

6mm) that fixes the DRIVE ASSY SUB
(PL7.1.1) to the FRAME ASSY LVPS.
3 - 108
23) Remove the FRAME ASSY LVPS from

the printer together with the PWB ASSY
FAN.

(P/J411, 412) of the ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1).
25) Remove the four screws (silver, tap,

8mm) that fix the left and right sides of the
SPRING ROSs (PL4.1.2) to the printer.
Remove the SPRING ROSs from the
printer.
3 - 109
26) Lift up the ROS ASSY slowly from the

printer.
3 - 110
Removal 46 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)

service operation.
19), 20)
21), 22)
17), 18)
3 - 111

that fixes the grounding terminal of the
HARN ASSY GND (PL1.2.22), release the
HARN ASSY GND and all the harnesses
from the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6).

the HARN ASSY SW POWER (PL8.2.9)
on the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1), release the
hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC.
19) Remove the GUIDE HARNESS AC

from the printer together with the HARN
ASSY SW POWER.
3 - 112

to the printer.

the printer.

8mm) that fix the front side of the printer
frame.
3 - 113

8mm) that fix the under part of the
DISPENSER ASSY.
24) Open the HOLDER TCRU (K), (C),

(M), and (Y), remove the one screw (silver,
tap, 8mm) that fixes the right side of the
printer frame.
25) Remove the HARNESS ASSY B

(PL9.1.12) and HARN ASSY OPTION
(PL3.1.20) from the hooks of the
DISPENSER ASSY.
3 - 114

6mm) that fixes the rear side of the
DISPENSER ASSY and the one screw
(silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the BRACKET
MCU L (PL8.2.18).

8mm) that fixes the left side of the printer
frame and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm)
that fixes the BRACKET MCU L.
28) Remove the UPPER UNIT.
3 - 115
Removal 47 PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)

service operation.
17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46)
18) Remove the HARN ASSY HVPS
(PL9.1.5) from the PWBA HVPS
(PL4.1.19).
3 - 116
19) Remove the seven screws (silver,

6mm) that fix the PWBA HVPS to the
FRAME HVPS (PL4.1.20).
20) Remove the PWBA HVPS from the

FRAME HVPS.
3 - 117
Removal 48 FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98)

2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)
service operation.
19) Remove the eight screws (silver, tap,
8mm) that fix the FRAME HVPS
(PL4.1.20) to the FEEDER ASSY
(PL3.1.98).
3 - 118
20) Remove the FRAME HVPS from the

FEEDER ASSY together with the PWBA
HVPS (PL4.1.19), remove the FEEDER
ASSY.
3 - 119
Removal 49 SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13)

service operation.
18) Release the hook of the ACTUATOR
REGI OUT (PL3.2.6), shift the ACTUATOR
REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8) to right side.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop and lose the
SPRING REGI OUT (PL3.2.7).
3 - 120
19) Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT

from the hook on the CHUTE UP
(PL3.2.26), open the ACTUATOR REGI
OUT.

SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13) to the
FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98), and remove
the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.
procedure, it is easier to push the
ACTUATOR.

the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.
3 - 121
Removal 50 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)

service operation.
18) Release the hook of the ACTUATOR
REGI OUT (PL3.2.6), shift the ACTUATOR
REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8) to right side.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop and lose the
SPRING REGI OUT (PL3.2.7).
3 - 122
19) Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT

from the hook on the CHUTE UP
(PL3.2.26), open the ACTUATOR REGI
OUT.
20) Remove the E-ring that fixes the GEAR

REGI R (PL3.2.22) to the ROLL ASSY
REGI (PL3.2.9), using a miniature
screwdriver.
21) Remove the GEAR REGI R from the

ROLL ASSY REGI.
procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL
REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.
3 - 123
22) Remove the BEARING EARTH REGI

(PL3.2.21) from the ROLL ASSY REGI.

BEARING R (PL3.2.31) to the ROLL ASSY
REGI, using a miniature screwdriver.
24) Remove the BEARING R from the

ROLL ASSY REGI.
3 - 124
25) Shift the ROLL ASSY REGI to left to

remove the right shaft of the ROLL ASSY
REGI, remove the ROLL ASSY REGI from
the FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98) together
with the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL.
procedure, move the ACTUATOR REGI
OUT to right until it stops.
3 - 125
Removal 51 ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11)

service operation.
16 Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21)
18) Remove the ROLL ASSY REGI. (Removal 50)
19) Release the left shaft of the
ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) from the
hook of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26).
3 - 126
20) Remove the ACTUATOR REGI IN and

the SPRING ACT REGI (PL3.2.12) by
releasing the right shaft of the ACTUATOR
REGI IN from the hole of the CHUTE UP.
21) Remove the SPRING ACT REGI from

the ACTUATOR REGI IN.
3 - 127
Removal 52 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

service operation.
SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER
(PL3.2.13) to the FEEDER ASSY
(PL3.1.98), and remove the SENSOR
PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.
3 - 128

the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.
3 - 129
Removal 53 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32)

service operation.
18) Remove the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER. (Removal 52)
19) Release the right shaft of the
ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32)
from the hole of the CHUTE UP
(PL3.2.26), using a miniature screwdriver.
3 - 130
20) Remove the ACTUATOR ASSY NO

PAPER and the SPRING STP (PL3.2.16)
by releasing the left shaft of the
ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER from the
hole of the CHUTE UP.
21) Remove the SPRING STP from the

ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER.
3 - 131
Removal 54 WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (PL8.1.16)

(PL8.1.12).
2) Release the one hook of the WIRELESS

PRINTER ADAPTER (PL8.1.16).
3) Remove the WIRELESS PRINTER

ADAPTER.
3 - 132
Removal 55 MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.15)

(PL8.1.12).
2) Push the release latches of the socket

to release the MEMORY CARD
(PL8.1.15).
3) Remove the MEMORY CARD.
3 - 133
Removal 56 NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (PL8.1.18)

(PL8.1.12).

NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER
(PL8.1.18).
3) Remove the NETWORK PROTOCOL

ADAPTER.
3 - 134
Removal 57 FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)

2) Push the LATCH BUTTON on the
COVER ASSY FRONT to release the
FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1).
3) Lift up the FEEDER ASSY DUP from the

printer.
3 - 135
Removal 58 250 OPTION FEEDER (PL12.1.1)

Note: The printer must be lifted by two people.
2) Remove the two SCREW JOINTs
(PL12.1.2) that fix the 250 OPTION
FEEDER (PL12.1.1) to the printer.
3) Lift up the printer to separate it from the

250 OPTION FEEDER.
3 - 136
Replacement 1 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32)
1) Attach the SPRING STP to the

ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER.

described next procedure, ensure that SPRING STP
the SPRING STP is hung to ACTUATOR
NO PAPER and the CHUTE UP
correctly.
2) Insert the left shaft of the ACTUATOR

ASSY NO PAPER into the hole of the
CHUTE UP, hang the SPRING STP to the
CUHTE UP.
3 - 137
3) Insert the right shaft of the ACTUATOR

ASSY NO PAPER into the hole of the
CHUTE UP. Attach the ACTUATOR ASSY
NO PAPER.
Check the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER movement, after the procedure 3 is completed.
Go to the next replacement step:
Replacement 2 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)
3 - 138
Replacement 2 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)
1) Engage the connector (P/J234) of the

SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: CST

NO PAPER to the FEEDER ASSY V by
mating the hook of the SENSOR PHOTO:
CST NO PAPER with its mounting position.

Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)
3 - 139
Replacement 3 ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11)
1) Attach the SPRING ACT REGI to the

ACTUATOR REGI IN.

described next procedure, ensure that SPRING ACT REGI
the SPRING ACT REGI is hung to
ACTUATOR REGI IN and the CHUTE UP
correctly.

REGI IN into the hole of the CHUTE UP,
hang the SPRING ACT REGI to the
CUHTE UP.
3 - 140
3) Fix the left shaft of the ACTUATOR

REGI IN with the hook of the CHUTE UP
to attach the ACTUATOR REGI IN.
Check the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the procedure 3 is completed.

Replacement 4 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)
3 - 141
Replacement 4 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)
1) After the inserting the left shaft of the

ROLL ASSY REGI into the hole of the
FEEDER ASSY NV AIO, insert the right
shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI into the
hole. Attach the ROLL ASSY REGI
together with the ACTUATOR REGI OUT
and the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL.
procedure, move the ACTUATOR REGI
OUT to right until it stops.
2) Attach the BEARING R to the ROLL

ASSY REGI.
3) Secure the BEARING R to the ROLL

ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using the
pliers.
3 - 142
4) Attach the BEARING EARTH REGI to

the ROLL ASSY REGI.
5) Attach the GEAR REGI R to the ROLL

ASSY REGI.
6) Secure the GEAR REGI R to the ROLL

ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using the
pliers.
3 - 143
7) Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT by

inserting the boss of the ACTUATOR REGI
OUT into the SPRING REGI OUT.
8) Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to left,

fix the CHUTE UP using the hook.
9) Attach the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL by

mating the hole of the ACTUATOR REGI
ROLL with the tab of the ACTUATOR
REGI OUT. Fix it using the hook of the
ACTUATOR REGI OUT.
Note: Check the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the
procedure 9 is completed.
3 - 144
Replacement 5 SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13)

SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI to

the FEEDER ASSY V by mating the three
hooks of the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.
procedure, it is easier to push the
ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) to
downward.
3) Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT by

inserting the boss of the ACTUATOR REGI
OUT into the SPRING REGI OUT.
3 - 145
4) Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to left,

fix the CHUTE UP using the hook.
5) Attach the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL by

mating the hole of the ACTUATOR REGI
ROLL with the tab of the ACTUATOR REGI
OUT. Fix it using the hook of the
ACTUATOR REGI OUT.
Note: Check the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the
procedure 5 is completed.
3 - 146
Replacement 6 FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98)
1) Mate the four holes of the FRAME

HVPS with the bosses of the FEEDER
ASSY, attach the FRAME HVPS to the
FEEDER ASSY together with the PWBA
HVPS.
2) Secure the FRAME HVPS to the

FEEDER ASSY with the eight screws
(silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 147
Replacement 7 PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)

1) Mate the notch and hole of the PWBA
HVPS with the tabs of the FRAME HVPS,
attach the PWBA HVPS.
2) Secure the PWBA HVPS to the FRAME

HVPS with the seven screws (silver, 6mm).

HARN ASSY HVPS to the PWBAHVPS.

3 - 148
10)
8) 11)
9)

described next procedure, route the
harness of the TRANSFER ASSY
through the groove of the UPPER UNIT.
1) Mate the two holes of the UPPER UNIT

with the bosses of the FEEDER ASSY and
attach it.
3 - 149
2) Secure the BRACKET MCU L and the

left side of the printer frame with the two
screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3) Secure the rear side DISPENSER

ASSY with the one screw (silver, M4,
6mm) and BRACKET MCU L with the one
screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
4) Route the HARNESS ASSY B and the

HARN ASSY OOPTION to the
DISPENSER ASSY. Secure the harnesses
using the hooks on the DISPENSER
ASSY.
3 - 150
5) Open the HOLDER TCRU (K), (C), (M)

and (Y), secure the right side of the printer
frame with the one screw (silver, tap,
8mm).
6) Secure the under side of the

DISPENSER ASSY with the two screws
(silver, tap, 8mm).
7) Secure the front side of the printer frame

with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 151
8) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET

MCU R with the bosses of the printer,
secure it with the two screws (silver, 6mm).
9) Insert the tab on the under side of the

GUIDE HARNESS AC into the hole of the
printer, attach the GUIDE HARNESS AC to
the printer.
10) Secure the hook of the GUIDE

HARNESS AC to the printer, engage the
connector (P/J48) of the HARN ASSY SW
POWER to the PWBA LVPS.
3 - 152
11) Route the HARN ASSY GND and all

the harnesses along the GUIDE
HARNESS AC, secure the grounding
terminal of the HARN ASSY GND with the
one screw (silver, 6mm).

Replacement 33 KIT TRANSFER ASSY
3 - 153
Replacement 9 KIT ROS (PL4.1.99)
12) 7), 8)
10)
11)
9)
1) Mate the under side boss of the ROS

ASSY with the hole of the printer, attach
the ROS ASSY.

described next procedure, ensure that
the SPRING ROS is oriented to the
direction shown in the right.
3 - 154
2) Mate the holes of the SPRING ROSs

with the bosses of the printer, secure it
with the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3) Engage the two connectors (P/J411,

412) of the ROS ASSY.
4) Mate the three holes of the FRAME

ASSY LVPS with the bosses of the printer,
attach the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the
printer together with the PWB ASSY FAN.
Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the FRAME ASSY LVPS, ensure that the
right screws are used at their right securing positions.
The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T].
The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M].
3 - 155
5) Secure the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the

FRAME ASSY LVPS with the one screw
(silver, M4, 6mm).
6) Secure the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the

printer with the two screws (silver, M4,
6mm) and the six screws (silver, tap,
8mm).
7) Mate the hooks of the GUIDE

HARNESS FSR with the holes of the
FRAME ASSY LVPS, move the GUIDE
HARNESS FSR to secure it.
3 - 156
8) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY

FUSER2 and the harness of the HARN
ASSY INTERLOCK along the GUIDE
HARNESS FSR.


HARNESS AC to the printer.
3 - 157
11) Secure the grounding terminal of the

HARN ASSY GFI GND with the one screw
(silver, with washer, 6mm).

TEST RL2 and the harness of HARN
ASSY MCU HAN along the GUIDE
HARNESS FSR, engage the two
connectors (P/J520, 530) with the PWB
ASSY FAN.

Replacement 43 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)
3 - 158
Replacement 10 DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)
14) 9), 10)
5)
12)
4)
13)
11)
1) Insert the AUGER part of the

DISPENSER ASSY into the hole of the
printer, mate the hole of the DISPENSER
ASSY with the boss of the printer, and then
attach the DISPENSER ASSY.
2) Secure the rear side of DISPENSER

ASSY to the printer with the one screw
(silver, M4, 6mm).
3 - 159
3) Secure the DISPENSER ASSY to the

printer with the four screws (silver, tap,
8mm).
4) Route the HARN ASSY FUSER2,

HARN ASSY LVPS2, HARN ASSY ESS
POWER, HARNESS ASSY B and HARN
ASSY OPTION through the hooks of the
DISPENSER ASSY.
3 - 160
5) Attach the connector of the HARN ASSY

TEST RL2 to the DISPENSER ASSY.
6) Mate the three holes of the FRAME

ASSY LVPS with the bosses of the printer,
attach the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the
printer together with the PWB ASSY FAN.
Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the FRAME ASSY LVPS, ensure that the
FRAME ASSY LVPS with the one screw
(silver, M4, 6mm).
3 - 161
8) Secure the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the

printer with the two screws (silver, M4,
6mm) and the six screws (silver, tap,
8mm).
9) Mate the hooks of the GUIDE

HARNESS FSR with the holes of the
FRAME ASSY LVPS, move the GUIDE
HARNESS FSR to secure it.

FUSER2 and the harness of the HARN
ASSY INTERLOCK along the GUIDE
HARNESS FSR.
3 - 162


HARNESS AC to the printer.
13) Secure the grounding terminal of the

HARN ASSY GFI GND with the one screw
(silver, with washer, 6mm).
3 - 163

TEST RL2 and the harness of HARN
ASSY MCU HAN along the GUIDE
HARNESS FSR, engage the two
connectors (P/J520, 530) with the PWB
ASSY FAN.

3 - 164
Replacement 11 KIT PWBA MCU (PL8.2.99)

1) Mate the holes of the PWBA MCU with
the tabs of the printer, attach it.
2) Secure the PWBA MCU to the printer

with the six screws (silver, 6mm).
3 - 165
3) Engage all the connectors of the PWBA

MCU.
4) Mate the hole of the FRAME ESS with

the hook of the FRAME ASSY LVPS.
3 - 166
5) Attach the DUCT FAN to the printer

together with the FRAME ESS.
6) Secure the FRAME ESS to the printer

with the five screws (silver, 6mm).

Replacement 12 KIT PWBA ESS (PL8.1.99)
Note: When the PWBA MCU is replaced with a new one, perform the following steps.
(After completing all steps up to Replacement 58.)
7) Plug in the power cord to the printer.
8) Execute diagnostic operation of NVM Load, and write the data into PWBA MCU.
10) Perform the diagnostic operation of NVM Load, and write the data into the MCU.
11) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key, "" key, and [MENU] key on the control panel.
12) Enter the password, press the ""key twice, and press the " " key once. The diagnostic screen
comes up.
13) Press the "" key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. Press the " " key once.
14) Press the "" key several times until "NVM Settings" is displayed. Press the " " key once.
15) Press the "" key several times until "LoadNVM from ESS" is displayed. Press the " " key
once.
16) Press the " " key once, and NVM Load is performed.
3 - 167
17) After NVM Load is complete, press the [CANCEL] key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed.
18) Press the "" key several times until "Complete" is displayed.
19) Press the " " key twice. “Ready to Print” is displayed.
3 - 168
Replacement 12 KIT PWBA ESS (PL8.1.99)

Note: Ensure proper electrostatic discharge procedures are followed to prevent damage to the
PWBA ESS and options during replacement.
Note: The replacement steps of procedure 1) to 3) are to be required for changing the PWBA
ESS. Those steps are not required for only removing it.
Note: There are two ROM chips that must be moved from the original PWBA ESS to the
replacement PWBA. Ensure both these chips are installed into the same locations on the
replacement PWBA.
Note: Avoid applying excessive pressure when removing and replacing the ROM chips.
Note: Take care not to bend the terminal section of ROM when carrying out the job described
below.
1) Remove the ROMs, using a miniature
screwdriver or the like, from the IC sockets
on old PWBA ESS that was removed from
the printer.
2) Remove the ROMs from IC socket on

new PWBA ESS using a miniature
screwdriver or the like.
Note: Do not use ROMs removed from new PWBA ESS.
3 - 169
Note: Carefully check the correct

orientation of ROM when carrying out
Old New
the following job.
PWBA ESS PWBA ESS
3) Attach the ROMs that were removed

from old PWBA ESS on IC sockets of new
PWBA ESS with its notch aligned with the
notch in IC socket.
4) Secure the PLATE IF to the PWBA ESS

with the two screws (silver, 6mm).
3 - 170
5) Secure the USB connector of the

PWBA ESS to the PLATE IF with the one
screw (silver, 4mm).
6) Mate the hole of the PLATE IF with the

tab of the printer, attach the PWBA ESS
together with the PLATE IF.
7) Secure the PWBA ESS to the printer

with the six screws (silver, 6mm).
3 - 171
8) Insert the connector (J401) of the

HARN ASSY ESS POWER and the
connector (J29) of the HARNESS ASSY B
into the FRAME ESS through the hole.

ESS.
10) Mate the five bosses of the printer with

the holes of the SHIELD ASSY ESS,
secure it with the eleven screws (silver,
6mm).
3 - 172
11) Insert the lower tab of the PLATE ESS

into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS,
after inserting the upper tab of the PLATE
ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY
ESS.
12) Close the PLATE ESS and secure the

SCREW KNURLING.

Replacement 14 FAN (PL8.1.1)
3 - 173
Replacement 13 DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2)
1) Secure the DUCT FAN to the printer

with the two hooks.
2) Secure the DUCT FAN to the printer

with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
3) Route the HARN ASSY ESS and HARN

ASSY ESS VIDEO through the hooks of
the DUCT FAN, engage the two
connectors (P/J101, 111) on the PWBA
ESS.
3 - 174
4) Mate the five bosses of the printer with

the holes of the SHIELD ASSY ESS,
secure it with the eleven screws (silver,
6mm).
5) Insert the lower tab of the PLATE ESS

into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS,
after inserting the upper tab of the PLATE
ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY
ESS.
3 - 175

SCREW KNURLING.

3 - 176

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care to check the orientation
of the FAN. (Attach the FAN so that its labeled surface faces front.)
1) Secure the FAN to the DUCT FAN with
the four hooks.
2) Route the harness of the FAN through

the hooks of the DUCT FAN, engage the
connector (P/J510) of the FAN to the PWB
ASSY FAN.

Replacement 25 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)
3 - 177
Replacement 15 HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.17~20)

Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the four HOLDER ASSY
TCRU.
1) Mate the lower boss of the HOLDER
ASSY TCRU with the hole of the FRAME
DISP.
2) Bend the HOLDER ASSY TCRU, mate

the upper boss of the HOLDER ASSY
TCRU with the hole of the FRAME DISP.
3) Press the central part of the HOLDER

ASSY TCRU, mate the hole of the
HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the boss of the
FRAME DISP.

3 - 178
Replacement 16 STOPPER CST (PL3.1.10)
1) Mate the two holes of the STOPPER

CST with the bosses of the printer, attach
the STOPPER CST.
2) Secure the STOPPER CST to the

printer with the one screw (silver, tap,
8mm).

Replacement 17 COVER CST (PL3.1.22)
3 - 179
Replacement 17 COVER CST (PL3.1.22)
1) Attach the COVER CST to the printer.
2) Attach the BRACKET GFI to the

COVER CST.
3) Secure the two hooks of the BRACKET

GFI to the printer.
3 - 180
4) Secure the BRACKET GFI to the printer


Replacement 18 BREAKER GFI (PL8.2.11)
3 - 181
Replacement 18 BREAKER GFI (PL8.2.11)
1) Engage the three connectors (P/J482,

483, 484) to the BREAKER GFI, attach the
BREAKER GFI to the printer.
Note: Take care not to engage the
connectors to wrong position.
2) Secure the BREAKER GFI to the printer

3) Route the HARN ASSY GFI GND along

the GUIDE HARNESS AC, secure the
grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GFI
GND with the one screw (silver, with
washer, 6mm).
3 - 182
4) Mate the notch of the BRACKET SW

with the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS
AC.
5) Mate the holes of the BRACKET SW

with the two bosses of the printer, secure
the BRACKET SW with the two screws
(silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 183
Replacement 19 KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH
1) Mate the holes of the SOLENOID FEED

MSI with the two bosses of the printer,
secure the SOLENOID FEED MSI with the
one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
2) Engage the connecter (P/J231) of the

SOLENOID FEED MSI, secure the relay
connector with the rib of the printer.
3) Route the harness of the SOLENOID

FEED MSI through the hooks of the printer.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, it is easier to put the D-cut surface
of the SHAFT ASSY FEED on the front.
3 - 184
4) Attach the GEAR ASSY FEED to the

SHAFT ASSY FEED by pushing down the
LEVER FEED, mate the hook of the GEAR
ASSY FEED with the groove of the SHAFT
ASSY FEED.
5) Hang the SPRING FEED OUT to the

GEAR ASSY FEED and the printer.
Note: Ensure that the SPRING FEED
OUT is oriented to the direction shown
in the right.
3 - 185
7) Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT

ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL
ASSY FEED facing upward, rotate the
ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that
the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is
aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY
FEED.

9) Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right
side, put the groove of the ROLL ASSY
FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY
FEED.
3 - 186
10) Move the ROLL CORE MSI to the right

side, to secure the hook of the ROLL
CORE MSI with the groove of the SHAFT
ASSY FEED.

Replacement 23 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)
3 - 187
Replacement 20 KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (PL4.1.98)
Accesses Position (The 1), 2) and 3) show the procedure number.)
3)
1), 2)
1) Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly, attach the

LEVER PHD to the printer.
2) Attach the SPRING PHD to the printer.
3 - 188
Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and lower of
the BLOCK STOPPER PHD Ds.
3) Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD D to
the printer until it is locked.

Replacement 22 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)
3 - 189
Replacement 21 DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)
1) Attach the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the

printer.
Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY SUB, ensure that the
printer with the one screw (silver, M4,
6mm) and the four screws (silver, tap,
8mm).
3 - 190

DRIVE ASSY SUB.

3 - 191
1) Attach the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the

printer.
Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, ensure that the
2) Secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the
6mm) and the five screws (silver, tap,
8mm).
3 - 192
3) Attach the GEAR P2 to the shaft of

DRIVE ASSY SUB.
Note: Ensure that the GEAR P2 is
oriented to the direction shown in the
right.

the flat face of the PIVOT TRANS L is
right.
4) Mate the tab of the STOPPER PIVOT

with the notch of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN,
attach the STOPPER PIVOT to the PIVOT
TRANS L.
3 - 193
5) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT to the left,

secure the STOPPER PIVOT to the
DRIVE ASSY MAIN frame.

3 - 194
6)
1) Attach the GEAR P2 to the shaft of

DRIVE ASSY SUB.
Note: Ensure that the GEAR P2 is
right.
2) Engage the connector (J261) of the

HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL with the Color
mode switching sensor of the DRIVE
ASSY PH, route the HARN ASSY KSNR
REGCL through the hook of the DRIVE
ASSY PH.
3 - 195

described next procedure, take care not
to drop the coupling gear to inside.
3) Attach the DRIVE ASSY PH to the

printer.
Note: Since three types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY PH, ensure that the
4) Secure the DRIVE ASSY PH to the
6mm), the one screw (silver, M3, 6mm)
and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 196
5) Route all the harness through the hooks

of the DRIVE ASSY PH, engage the
connector (P/J211) of the DRIVE ASSY
MAIN.
6) Route the harness of the DRIVE ASSY

PH and HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL along
the GUIDE HARNESS AC, engage the two
connectors (P/J24, 26) with the PWBA
MCU.

3 - 197
Replacement 24 CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1), BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2)
1) Attach the BEARING REGI to the shaft

of the ROLL ASSY REGI, secure the
BEARING REGI with the hooks.
2) Mate the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY

DRV with the rib of the DRIVE ASSY PH,
secure the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the
ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using
a pliers.
3) Route the harness of the CLUTCH

ASSY DRV through the hook of the DRIVE
ASSY PH.
3 - 198

CLUTCH ASSY DRV, secure the relay
connector with the pegs of the DRIVE
ASSY PH.

3 - 199
1) Attach the COVER REAR to the printer.
2) Secure the COVER REAR to the printer


Replacement 37 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)
3 - 200
Replacement 26 HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.2.12)
1) Route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A

through the hooks of the HOLDER ASSY
FRONT R.
2) Mate the three tabs of the HOLDER

ASSY FRONT R with the hole of the
COVER ASSY FRONT, attach the
HOLDER ASSY FRONT R.
procedure, take care not to damage the
harness by pinching it between the
HOLDER ASSY FRONT R and the
COVER ASSY FRONT.
3 - 201
3) Secure the one hook of the HOLDER

ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY
FRONT.
4) Secure the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R

to the COVER ASSY FRONT with the
three screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

CONSOLE ASSY PANEL.
procedure, route the HARNESS ASSY
PNL A so that the core on the HARNESS
ASSY PNL A fits into the housing space
located on the COVER ASSY FRONT.
3 - 202
6) Attach the COVER CONNECTOR to the

COVER ASSY FRONT.
7) Secure the two hooks of the COVER

CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY
FRONT.

Replacement 29 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)
3 - 203
Replacement 27 LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5), BUTTON LATCH FRONT

(PL1.2.11)
1) Mate the boss of the BUTTON LATCH

FRONT with the hole of the LATCH ASSY
FRONT.
2) Attach the LATCH ASSY FRONT to the

COVER ASSY FRONT together with the
BUTTON LATCH FRONT.
3) Attach the SPRING LATCH FRONT to

the LATCH ASSY FRONT.
3 - 204
4) Mate the two tabs of the HOLDER

ASSY FRONT L with the hole of the
HOLDER ASSY FRONT L.
HOLDER ASSY FRONT L and the
COVER ASSY FRONT.
5) Secure the two hooks of the HOLDER

ASSY FRONT L to the COVER ASSY
FRONT.
6) Secure the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L to

the COVER ASSY FRONT with the three
screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 205
7) Mate the three tabs of the HOLDER

ASSY FRONT R with the hole of the
HOLDER ASSY FRONT R.
HOLDER ASSY FRONT R and the
COVER ASSY FRONT.
8) Secure the one hook of the HOLDER

ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY
FRONT.
9) Secure the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R

to the COVER ASSY FRONT with the
three screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 206
Replacement 28 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3)
1) Mate the tab of the CONSOLE ASSY

PANEL with the holes of the COVER ASSY
FRONT, attach it.
2) Secure the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL to

the COVER ASSY FRONT with the two
hooks.
3 - 207
3) Attach the COVER FRONT BAND to the

COVER ASSY FRONT.
4) Secure the left and right hooks of the

COVER FRONT BAND to the COVER
ASSY FRONT.
5) Secure the four hooks of the COVER

FRONT BAND.
3 - 208

CONSOLE ASSY PANEL.
procedure, route the HARNESS ASSY
PNL A so that the core on the HARNESS
ASSY PNL A fits into the housing space
located on the COVER ASSY FRONT.
7) Attach the COVER CONNECTOR to the

COVER ASSY FRONT.

CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY
FRONT.

3 - 209
7)
8), 9)

up to attach it to the printer.
Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right sides of
the SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23).
3 - 210
2) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT

with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT,
push the SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is
locked.
the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDRs (PL1.2.26).
3) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT LINK
FRONT FDR with the hole of the COVER
ASSY FRONT, push the SHAFT LINK
FRONT FDR until the hook is locked.
Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right SPRING
3 - 211

up to insert the SPRING LINK FRONT into
the LINK ASSY FRONT.
Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right COVER
5) Attach the COVER LINK FRONT to the
LINK ASSY FRONT.
3 - 212

LINK FRONT to the LINK ASSY FRONT.
7) Route the HARN ASSY GND along the

GUIDE HARNESS AC, secure the
grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY
GND with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
8) Route the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY

and the HARNESS ASSY PNL A through
the hooks of the printer.
3 - 213

HARNESS ASSY PNL A and engage the
connector (P/J231) of the HARN ASSY
DUP RELAY. Secure the two connectors to
the printer.

3 - 214
Replacement 30 KIT SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.98)

the SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23).
1) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT
with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT,
push the SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is
locked.

Replacement 53 Tray 1 (PL2.1.1)
3 - 215
Replacement 31 ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14)
1) Attach the SPRING ACT SSI to the

ACTUATOR SSI.

described next procedure, ensure that SPRING ACT SSI
the SPRING ACT SSI is hung to
ACTUATOR SSI and the CHUTE UP
correctly.

SSI into the hole of the CHUTE UP, hang
the SPRING ACT SSI to the CUHTE UP.
3 - 216
3) Secure the left shaft of the ACTUATOR

SSI with the hook of the CHUTE UP,
attach the ACTUATOR SSI.
Check the ACTUATOR SSI movement, after the procedure 3 is completed.

4) Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS
with the printer.

SNS with the bosses of the printer.
3 - 217
6) Route the harness of the BRACKET

SNS through the hooks of the printer.
7) Secure the BRACKET SNS to the

printer with the two screws (silver, tap,
8mm).

Replacement 33 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)
3 - 218
Replacement 32 SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO

PAPER to the BRACKET SNS by mating
the hook of the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO
PAPER with its mounting position.
3) Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS

with the printer.
3 - 219

SNS with the bosses of the printer.
5) Route the harness of the BRACKET

SNS through the hooks of the printer.
6) Secure the BRACKET SNS to the

printer with the two screws (silver, tap,
8mm).

3 - 220
1) Attach the TRANSFER ASSY to the

printer.
2) Replacement the KIT PIVOT. (Replacement 34)

3) Close the TRANSFER ASSY.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to scratch the belt
surface of the TRANSFER ASSY.
4) Route the harness of the printer through
the hooks of the TRANSFER ASSY.
3 - 221

TRANSFER ASSY, secure the relay
connector with the pegs of the TRANSFER
ASSY.
5) Attach the COVER HARNESS to the

TRANSFER ASSY.

3 - 222
Replacement 34 KIT PIVOT (PL6.1.99)
1), 2)
3), 4), 5), 6), 7)
1) Mate the hole of the TRANSFER ASSY

with the hole of the printer frame, attach
the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT.
2) Secure the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT to the

printer with the one screw (silver, tap,
8mm).
3 - 223

described next procedure, make sure
that the position of the GEAR T4 is
correctly.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, keep the TRANSFER ASSY slightly
lifted for ease of work.
3) Attach the GEAR T4 to the printer, align
the holes of the GEAR T4, the printer
frame, and the TRANSFER ASSY, and
then insert the PIVOT TRANS L.

the flat face of the PIVOT TRANS L is
right.
3 - 224
4) Mate the tab of the STOPPER PIVOT

with the notch of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN,
attach the STOPPER PIVOT to the PIVOT
TRANS L.
5) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT to the left,

secure the STOPPER PIVOT to the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN frame.
6) Mate the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY

DRV with the rib of the DRIVE ASSY PH,
secure the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the
ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using
a pliers.
3 - 225
7) Route the harness of the CLUTCH

ASSY DRV through the hook of the DRIVE
ASSY PH.

3 - 226
Replacement 35 SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7)

SENSOR HUM.
2) Secure the SENSOR HUM to the printer

with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 227
Replacement 36 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5)
1) Mate the hole of the switch with the boss

of the printer, secure the switch with the
one screw (silver, tap, 16mm).
2) Secure the harness of the HARN ASSY

INTERLOCK with the clamps.

INTERLOCK along the GUIDE HARNESS
FSR, engage the connector (P/J44) of the
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK to the PWBA
LVPS.

3 - 228
Accesses Position (The 2) shows the procedure number.)
2)
1) Insert the inside hooks of the COVER

SIDE L into the hole of the COVER REAR,
attach the COVER SIDE L to the printer.
2) Secure the front hook of the COVER

SIDE L to the printer.
3 - 229
3) Secure the COVER SIDE L to the printer


Replacement 44 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)
3 - 230
Replacement 38 KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (PL4.1.97)
Accesses Position (The 1), 2) and 3) show the procedure number.)
3)
1), 2)
1) Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly, attach the

LEVER PHD to the printer.
2) Attach the SPRING PHD to the printer.
3 - 231
Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and lower of
the BLOCK STOPPER PHD ADs.
3) Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD to
the printer until it is locked.

Replacement 39 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)
3 - 232
Replacement 39 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)

LED ASSY ERASE.
2) Attach the LED ASSY ERASE to the

printer.
3) Secure the LED ASSY ERASE to the

printer with two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Replacement 41 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)
3 - 233
Replacement 40 SWITCH (PL5.1.9)

SWITCH.
2) Attach the SWITCH to the printer,

secure the SWITCH with the two hooks.

3 - 234
Accesses Position (The 2) shows the procedure number.)
2)
1) Insert the inside hooks of the COVER

SIDE R into the hole of the COVER REAR,
attach the COVER SIDE R to the printer.
2) Secure the front hook of the COVER

SIDE R to the printer.
3 - 235
3) Secure the COVER SIDE R to the

printer with the six screws (silver, tap,
8mm).

Replacement 46 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.99)
3 - 236
Replacement 42 PWB ASSY FAN (PL8.2.20)
1) Secure the PWB ASSY FAN to the

printer with the two screws (silver, 6mm).
2) Engage all the connectors of the PWB

ASSY FAN.

3 - 237
1) Attach the PWBA LVPS to the printer.
2) Secure the PWBA LVPS to the printer

with the five screws (silver, 6mm).

LVPS.

3 - 238
1) Mate the hooks of the COVER TOP with

the notch of the COVER REAR.
2) Mate the two holes of the COVER TOP

with the pegs of the printer by pulling down
the COVER TOP.
3) Secure the COVER TOP to the printer


Replacement 49 KIT FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.97)
3 - 239
Replacement 45 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.99)

2) Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT
ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL
ASSY FEED facing upward, rotate the
ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that
the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is
aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY
FEED.

4) Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right
side, put the groove of the ROLL ASSY
FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY
FEED.
3 - 240
5) Move the ROLL CORE MSI to the right

side, to secure the hook of the ROLL
CORE MSI with the groove of the SHAFT
ASSY FEED.

Replacement 50 PHD Unit (PL4.1.21)
3 - 241
Replacement 46 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.99)
1) Mate the lower boss of the COVER

ASSY WINDOW TNR with the hole of the
COVER REAR.
2) Bend the upper hinge of the COVER

ASSY WINDOW TNR, mate the upper
boss of the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR
with the hole of the COVER REAR. Attach
the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.
3) Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW

TNR.
3 - 242
Replacement 47 TRAY EXT (PL1.1.2)
1) Mate the boss of the TRAY EXT with the

hole of the COVER ASSY TOP.
2) Mate the other boss of the TRAY EXT

with the hole of the COVER ASSY TOP.
3) Close the TRAY EXT.
3 - 243
Replacement 48 Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow Cartridge (PL5.1.21~24)

Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the four Toner Cartridges.
1) Shake the Toner Cartridge five or six
times for the distributing toner evenly.
2) Insert the Toner Cartridge into the

HOLDER ASSY TCRU slowly, attach it.
Note: Check that the Toner Cartridge is secured.

3) Close the HOLDER ASSY TCRU.
3 - 244
Note: When performing the step

described next procedure, mate the
delta mark of the Handle with the lock
mark on the cartridge holder.
4) Move the handle to the front.
5) Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.
3 - 245
Replacement 49 KIT FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.97)
1) Insert the two studs of the FUSER

ASSY into the holes of the printer.

FUSER ASSY by pushing the FUSER
ASSY.

Note: When the FUSER ASSY is replaced with a new one, perform the following steps.
5) Plug in the power cord to the printer.
6) Initialize the Life Counter of the FUSER ASSY.
8) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key and"" key on the control panel.
9) Press the "" key several times until "Parameter" is displayed. Press the " " key once.
10) Press the "" key several times until "Life Fuser Sheet" is displayed. Press the " " key once.
11) Press the "" key several times until "Initializing" is displayed. Press the " " key once.
12) Press the " " key once, and Initializing the Life Counter of the FUSER ASSY is performed.
3 - 246
Replacement 50 PHD Unit (PL4.1.21)
1) Put the paper on the TRANSFER ASSY

(PL6.1.7) to protect the belt.
procedure, take care not to cover the
left and right of the belt guards with the
paper.
2) Mate the left and right arrows on the

Handle of the PHD Unit with the guides of
the printer.
3) Push the PHD Unit into the printer until it

is stopped.
Note: Check that the PHD Unit is secured.
3 - 247
4) Rotate the four Stoppers of the PHD

Unit to clockwise.
5) Remove the paper from the TRANSFER

ASSY.

8) Insert the Tray 1 into the printer.
3 - 248
Replacement 51 HANDLE ASSY CST (PL2.1.19)
1) Mate the right side holes of the

HANDLE ASSY CST with the bosses of
the Tray 1.
2) Mate the left side holes of the HANDLE

ASSY CST with the bosses of the Tray 1,
attach the HANDLE ASSY CST.

3 - 249
Replacement 52 Separator Roller (PL2.1.99)
1) Mate the under tab of the Separator

Roller with the hole of the Tray 1.
2) Secure the left and right hooks of the

Separator Roller.

3 - 250
3 - 251
Replacement 54 WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (PL8.1.16)
1) Attach the WIRELESS PRINTER

ADAPTER to the PWBA ESS and fix it.
3 - 252
Replacement 55 MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.15)

1) Fit the MEMORY CARD into the socket
by mating the notch of the MEMORY
CARD with the lug on the socket.
2) Insert the MEMORY CARD to the

socket until it locks.

SCREW KNURLING.
3 - 253
Replacement 56 NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (PL8.1.18)
1) Engage the NETWORK PROTOCOL

ADAPTER to the connector (P16) on the
PWBA ESS and fix it.

SCREW KNURLING.
3 - 254
Replacement 57 FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)
1) Align the arrow on the FEEDER ASSY

DUP with the one on the COVER ASSY
FRONT, attach the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
2) Push the FEEDER ASSY DUP to secure

it.
3 - 255
Replacement 58 250 OPTION FEEDER (PL12.1.1)

Note: The printer must be lifted by two people.
1) Place the printer on the 250 OPTION
FEEDER with the five holes on the bottom
of the printer aligned with the studs on the
250 OPTION FEEDER.
2) Secure the printer to the 250 OPTION

FEEDER using the two SCREW JOINTs.
3 - 256
Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations
Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations CONTENTS
1. Connector [P (plug) / J (jack)].....................................................................................4 - 1

1.1 List of P/J ......................................................................................................................................... 4 - 1
1.2 IOT P/J layout diagram .................................................................................................................... 4 - 4
1.3 DUPLEX P/J layout diagram............................................................................................................ 4 - 8
1.4 OPTION FEEDER P/J layout diagram............................................................................................. 4 - 9
1. Connector [P (plug) / J (jack)]

1.1 List of P/J
Printer
P/J Coordiates Remarks
10 I-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS
11 I-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS VIDEO
14 H-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2
15 H-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2
16 D-139 Connects PWBA ESS and NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER
16 I-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HVPS
17 H-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER2
18 H-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT
19 H-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT
20 J-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HUM
21 J-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT
22 J-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT
23 J-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE
Connects PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY PH (Color Mode Switching
24 J-158
solenoid)
26 J-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL
27 I-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY OPTION
28 J-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE
29 C-141 Connects PWBA ESS and HARNESS ASSY B
29 H-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SIDE SW
30 I-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2
31 H-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM
40 D-133 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY ESS POWER
40 I-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS RE
41 I-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS VIDEO
42 J-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO
44 D-133 Connects PWBA LVPS and INTERLOCK SWITCH
47 G-133 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER2
48 G-133 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY SW POWER
101 D-139 Connects PWBA ESS and HARNESS ASSY ESS
101 I-157 Not Connect (Debug only)
111 E-139 Connects PWBA ESS and HARNESS ASSY ESS VIDEO
141 H-107 Connects LED ASSY ERASE and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2
144 G-151 Connects PWBA EEPROM and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO
161 F-153 Connects PWBA HVPS and HARNESS ASSY HVPS
171 H-107 Connects FUSER and HARNESS ASSY FUSER2
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP Y) and HARNESS ASSY
181 C-152
TNR MOT
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP M) and HARNESS
182 C-151
ASSY TNR MOT
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP C) and HARNESS ASSY
191 C-151
TNR MOT
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP K) and HARNESS ASSY
192 C-150
TNR MOT
201 H-141 Connects FEEDER ASSY (HUM Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY HUM
Connects DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor) and HARNESS ASSY MAIN
211 I-139
MOT
4–1

220 F-106 Connects CONSOLE ASSY PANEL and HARNESS ASSY PNL A
Connects DRIVE ASSY SUB (Sub Motor) and HARNESS ASSY SUB
221 H-139
MOT
231 C-125 Connects FEEDER ASSY (Feed Solenoid) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE
232 F-125 Connects FEEDER ASSY (REGI Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE
Connects FEEDER ASSY (SSI No Paper Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY L
233 G-125
SIDE
Connects FEEDER ASSY (Tray No Paper Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY
234 F-124
L SIDE
Connects DRIVE ASSY PH (Color Mode Switching Sensor) and
261 H-140
HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL
262 I-140 Connects CLUTCH ASSY DRV and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL
271 I-110 Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY and HARNESS ASSY OPTION
Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY and DUPLEX MODULE
272 F-109
(HARNESS ASSY DUP)
Connects HARNESS ASSY OPTION and 250 OPTION FEEDER
273 H-142
(HARNESS ASSY TRAY)
Connects TRANSFER BELT (Harness Assy CTD SNR2) and HARNESS
281 C-108
ASSY L SIDE
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Side Cover Switch) and HARNESS ASSY
291 H-107
SIDE SW
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM Y) and HARNESS
311 H-110
ASSY TONER CRUM
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM M) and HARNESS
312 H-109
ASSY TONER CRUM
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM C) and HARNESS
313 H-108
ASSY TONER CRUM
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM K) and HARNESS
314 H-108
ASSY TONER CRUM
401 C-140 Connects PWBA ESS and HARNESS ASSY ESS POWER
411 D-122 Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS RE
412 D-123 Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS VIDEO
422 G-150 Connects PHD UNIT ( Eeprom PHD) and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO
482 F-141 Connects BREAKER GFI and HARNESS ASSY SW POWER
483 G-141 Connects BREAKER GFI and HARNESS ASSY SW POWER
484 G-142 Connects BREAKER GFI and HARNESS ASSY GFI GND
501 E-133 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2
502 D-133 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2
503 D-133 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2
504 D-133 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2
510 C-137 Connects PWB ASSY FAN and FAN
520 C-137 Connects PWB ASSY FAN and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2
530 C-137 Connects PWB ASSY FAN and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2
Connects ADC Sensor and HARNESS ASSY CTD SNR2 (TRANSFER
2811 D-107
BELT)
5041 I-107 Not Connects (Used in production process only)
2200/
H-111 Connects HARNESS ASSY PNL A and HARNESS ASSY B
2900
4–2
Duplex
272 I-169 Connects DUPLEX MODULE (HARNESS ASSY DUP) and PRINTER
601 E-169 Connects PWBA DUP and HARNESS ASSY DUP
602 D-168 Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY EXIT (Exit Motor)
603 D-168 Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY DUP (DUP Motor)
604 E-168 Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY EXIT (DUP Clutch)
605 E-169 Not Connects
610 D-169 Not Connects
Option Feeder
Connects MOTOR ASSY SUB (OPT FDR Motor) and HARNESS ASSY
211 E-179
TRAY MOT
273 D-184 Connects 250 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS ASSY TRAY) and PRINTER
419 C-179 Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY
420 D-179 Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
421 C-180 Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
422 D-180 Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT
4200 D-185 Connects Paper Paht Senser and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
4201 H-181 Connects Turn Clutch and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
4212 F-185 Connects Tray2 No PaperSenser and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
4213 F-180 Connects Feed Solenoid and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
4–3
1.2 IOT P/J layout diagram
A B C D E F G H I J K L
101
102
220
103
171
291
104
105
106
2811 5041
107 141
314
108
281 313
109
312
110 311
111
271
112
2200/2900
272
113
114
115
Rio04001KA
4–4
116
117
118
119
120
121
122 411
123
412
124
125
126
231
127
233
234
232
128
129
130
Rio04002KA
4–5
131
502 504
132 44 501
503 48
47
40
133
134
135
136
520
137 530
510
138 221
101
139 111 211
16
140
401
141
29
142
262
261
143
201
273
483
144
482 484
145
Rio04003KA
4–6
146 144
422
147
148
149
150
192
191
151
182
152
181
153
154
155
40 41 10
156 161 15
11
14
42
17
157
22
101
21
31
24
158 19
26
18
23
29
159 28
30 16 27 20
160
Rio04004KA
4–7
1.3 DUPLEX P/J layout diagram
161
162
163 603
604
164
165
166
167
602
168
601
610
169
272
170
605
171
172
173
174
175
Rio04005KA
4–8
1.4 OPTION FEEDER P/J layout diagram
176
177
419
211
178
179 420
421
180
181
422
4213
182
4201
183
273
184
185
186
187
4200
188 4212
189
190
Rio04006KA
4–9
Chapter 5 Parts List
Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS
1. Parts List.....................................................................................................................5 - 1
1.1 Caution for use of spare parts illustration ........................................................................................ 5 - 1
1.2 Caution for use of engineering parts list .......................................................................................... 5 - 1
Customer Replaceable Parts Illustration................................................................................................. 5 - 2
Engineering parts list .............................................................................................................................. 5 - 8
PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [Illustration] ............................................................................................................... 5 - 8
PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [List] .......................................................................................................................... 5 - 9
PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [Illustration] ............................................................................................................. 5 - 10
PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [List] ........................................................................................................................ 5 - 11
PL2.1 Paper Cassette [Illustration] ...................................................................................................... 5 - 12
PL2.1 Paper Cassette [List] ................................................................................................................. 5 - 13
PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [Illustration]................................................................................................. 5 - 14
PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [List]............................................................................................................ 5 - 15
PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [Illustration]................................................................................................. 5 - 16
PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [List]............................................................................................................ 5 - 17
PL4.1 Xerographics [Illustration] .......................................................................................................... 5 - 18
PL4.1 Xerographics [List]..................................................................................................................... 5 - 19
PL5.1 Dispenser [Illustration] ............................................................................................................... 5 - 20
PL5.1 Dispenser [List]........................................................................................................................... 5 - 21
PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [Illustration] .................................................................................................... 5 - 22
PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [List] ............................................................................................................... 5 - 23
PL7.1 Drive [Illustration]....................................................................................................................... 5 - 24
PL7.1 Drive [List].................................................................................................................................. 5 - 25
PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [Illustration] ........................................................................................................ 5 - 26
PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [List] ................................................................................................................... 5 - 27
PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [Illustration] ........................................................................................................ 5 - 28
PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [List] ................................................................................................................... 5 - 29
PL9.1 Harness [Illustration].................................................................................................................. 5 - 30
PL9.1 Harness [List]............................................................................................................................. 5 - 31
PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [Illustration]............................................................................................ 5 - 32
PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [List] ...................................................................................................... 5 - 33
PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [Illustration]............................................................................................ 5 - 34
PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [List] ...................................................................................................... 5 - 35
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 36
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 37
Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS

1. Parts List
1.1 Caution for use of spare parts illustration
- Available spare parts are shown in the illustration by name.
- [Ref PL X.Y.Z] shown below the part name denotes the item is "Z" in the plate "PL X.Y" of the
engineering part list.
- For the detailed composition of the KIT parts, check with the engineering part list.
1.2 Caution for use of engineering parts list
- The figures indicating the illustrations are the item No. in the list and present correspondence
between the illustrations and parts.
- The notation of PL "X.Y.Z" is composed of the plate (PL), item "X.Y", and parts "Z".
- The alphabet characters in the illustrations represent screws and clips as follows:
"S": screw, "E": E-ring, "KL": KL clip, "C": C-ring, and "N": nut
- " " mark in the illustrations are attached to items indicating assembly parts in the illustrations.
- Encircled alphabetical figures in the illustrations indicate interrupted leader lines. Same characters in
the illustrations represent lines to be connected.
- The mark "(with 2-5)" attached to assembly parts on the illustrations and lists represents that the
items "2, 3, 4, and 5" of that plate are contained and the mark "(with 2-5, PL6.1.1) represent that the
item "2, 3, 4, and 5" of that plate and the item "1" of the plate "6.1" are contained.
- The mark "[Ref PLX.Y.Z]" attached to parts in the illustrations and lists resents that the parts is the
same as the parts of the item "Z" of the plate "X.Y".
- The mark "*" attached to parts in the list represents "Note" or "Reference" about that parts is con-
tained in the same page.
For spare parts, refer to the "Spare parts list" which is issued separately.
For the connector (P/J), parts such as harness, wire, etc. in the list, refer to
"Chapter 7, Electric wiring"
It should be noted that configuration of parts may be different or some parts are
not used depending on specifications of OEM.
5–1
Customer Replaceable Parts Illustration
Fuser
[Ref PL6.1.97]
PHD Unit
[Ref PL4.1.21]
HOLDER ASSY
TCRU K
[Ref PL5.1.17]
HOLDER ASSY
TCRU C
[Ref PL5.1.18]
HOLDER ASSY
TCRU M
[Ref PL5.1.19]
HOLDER ASSY
TCRU Y
[Ref PL5.1.20]
Black Cartridge
[Ref PL5.1.21]
Separator Roller Cyan Cartridge

[Ref PL2.1.99] [Ref PL5.1.22]
Magenta Cartridge
[Ref PL5.1.23]
Yellow Cartridge
[Ref PL5.1.24]
HANDLE ASSY CST

[Ref PL2.1.19]
Tray 1
[Ref PL2.1.1] Rio05101KA
5–2
CONSOLE ASSY PANEL

[Ref PL1.2.3]
TRAY EXT
[Ref PL1.1.2]
COVER ASSY TOP
[Ref PL1.1.1]
HARNESS ASSY PNL A
[Ref PL1.2.12]
LATCH ASSY FRONT

[Ref PL1.2.5]
BUTTON LATCH FRONT
[Ref PL1.2.11]
KIT FRONT COVER
[Ref PL1.2.99]
KIT COVER ASSY
WINDOW TNR
KIT DUP CONNECTOR CAP [Ref PL1.1.99]
[Ref PL1.2.97]
COVER SIDE R
[Ref PL1.1.6]
KIT SHAFT PIVOT
[Ref PL1.2.98]
COVER REAR
[Ref PL1.1.3] COVER SIDE L
[Ref PL1.1.19]
Rio05102KB
5–3
KIT ROS
[Ref PL4.1.99]
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK
[Ref PL8.2.5]
SWITCH
[Ref PL5.1.9]
KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT

[Ref PL4.1.98] LED ASSY ERASE
[Ref PL4.1.8]
KIT PIVOT
[Ref PL6.1.99]
KIT BLOCK PHD RIGTH
[Ref PL4.1.97]
KIT TRANSFER ASSY

[Ref PL6.1.98]
PWBA LVPS
[Ref PL8.2.1]
PWB ASSY FAN

[Ref PL8.2.20]
FAN
[Ref PL8.1.1] KIT PWBA MCU
[Ref PL8.2.99]
KIT PWBA ESS

[Ref PL8.1.99] PWBA HVPS
[Ref PL4.1.19]
NETWORK PROTOCOL
ADAPTER SENSOR HUM
[Ref PL8.1.18] [Ref PL8.2.7]
MEMORY CARD BREAKER GFI

[Ref PL8.1.15] [Ref PL8.2.11]
WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER
[Ref PL8.1.16]
Rio05103KA
5–4
DISPENSER ASSY
[Ref PL5.1.1]
SENSOR PHOTO
: CST NO PAPER
[Ref PL3.2.13]
ACTUATOR ASSY
DRIVE ASSY SUB NO PAPER
[Ref PL7.1.1] [Ref PL3.2.32]
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED

KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN [Ref PL3.2.99]
[Ref PL7.1.98]
SENSOR PHOTO
: SSI NO PAPER
KIT DRIVE ASSY PH [Ref PL3.2.13]
[Ref PL7.1.99]
ACTUATOR SSI
[Ref PL3.2.14]
KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH ACTUATOR REGI IN
[Ref PL3.1.99] [Ref PL3.2.11]
SENSOR PHOTO: REGI

[Ref PL3.2.13]
STOPPER CST COVER CST

[Ref PL3.1.10] [Ref PL3.1.22]
FOOT
[Ref PL3.1.5]
FEEDER ASSY
5–5
FEEDER ASSY DUP

[Ref PL11.1.1]
FEEDER ASSY OPT

[Ref PL12.1.3]
CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT

[Ref PL12.5.1]
250 OPTION FEEDER

5–6
Blank Page
5–7
Engineering parts list

PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [Illustration]
2
1
19
Rio05001KB
5–8
PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [List]
Item Parts name

1 COVER ASSY TOP
2 TRAY EXT
3 COVER REAR
4 --
5 --
6 COVER SIDE R
7 COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR
8 --
9 --
10 --
11 --
12 --
13 --
14 --
15 --
16 --
17 --
18 --
19 COVER SIDE L
20 --
21 --
99 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (with 7, Instruction)
5–9
PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [Illustration]

5 – 10
PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [List]
Item Parts name

1 COVER ASSY FRONT (with 2,5,10,11,28,29)
2 COVER FRONT
3 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL
4 COVER CONNECTOR
5 LATCH ASSY FRONT (with 6-9)
6 LATCH FRONT L
7 LATCH FRONT DUP
8 PLATE LATCH
9 LATCH FRONT R
10 SPRING LATCH FRONT
11 BUTTON LATCH FRONT
12 HARNESS ASSY PNL A (J220-P/J2200-P2900)
13 HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (J271-P272)
14 HOLDER FRONT R
15 COVER DRAWER
16 BRACKET HOLDER R
17 SHAFT LINK FRONT
18 LINK ASSY FRONT
19 HOLDER FRONT L
20 BRACKET HOLDER L
21 --
22 HARN ASSY GND
23 SHAFT PIVOT
24 SPRING LINK FRONT
25 --
26 SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR
27 DUP CONNECTOR CAP
28 HOLDER ASSY FRONT R (with 12-18)
29 HOLDER ASSY FRONT L (with 17-20,22)
30 COVER LINK FRONT
97 KIT DUP CONNECTOR CAP (with 27x20pcs)

98 KIT SHAFT PIVOT (with 23x2pcs)
99 KIT COVER ASSY FRONT (with 1.4)
5 – 11
PL2.1 Paper Cassette [Illustration]

5 – 12
PL2.1 Paper Cassette [List]
Item Parts name

1 CASSETTE ASSY 250 (with 19,21)
2 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
3 SPRING N/F L
4 SPRING N/F R
5 HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR
6 GUIDE SIDE L
7 GEAR PINION
8 GUIDE SIDE ASSY R
9 --
10 --
11 --
12 --
13 --
14 LATCH BOTTOM L
15 LATCH BOTTOM R
16 SPRING LATCH B
17 TRAY ASSY EXTENSION
18 HOUSING CST 250
19 HANDLE ASSY CST
20 PLATE LOCK KST CST
21 TRAY ASSY CST 250 (with 2-8,14-18,20)
99 KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (with 5, Instruction)
5 – 13
PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [Illustration]

5 – 14
PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [List]
Item Parts name

1 CLUTCH ASSY DRV
2 BEARING REGI
3 --
4 CHASSIS FDR R
5 FOOT
6 PLATE EARTH PH
7 --
8 CHASSIS FDR L
9 BEARING
10 STOPPER CST
11 SOLENOID FEED MSI
12 SPRING LEVER
13 LEVER FEED
14 SPRING FEED IN
15 SPRING FEED OUT
16 GEAR FEED OUT
17 GEAR FEED IN
18 HARN ASSY L SIDE (J23,J28-P231,J232,J233,J234,J281)
19 GEAR ASSY FEED (with 16,17)
20 HARN ASSY OPTION (J27-P271,P273)
21 BRACKET GFI
22 COVER CST
23 PLATE LOCK KST FDR
24 BRACKET FDR R
25 PLATE EARTH FDR R
26 --
27 PLATE TIE
98 FEEDER ASSY (with 4-6,8-15,18-25,27,PL3.2.1,PL4.1,PL8.2.7,PL9.1.6)

99 KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (with 1,2,11,15,PL3.2.4)
5 – 15
PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [Illustration]

!"#$%!

5 – 16
PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [List]
Item Parts name

1 CHUTE ASSY FDR REGI (with 2-16,20-33, 36)
2 SHAF ASSY FEED
3 ROLL CORE MSI
4 ROLL ASSY FEED
5 BEARING EARTH
6 ACTUATOR REGI OUT
7 SPRING REGI OUT
8 ACTUATOR REGI ROLL
9 ROLL ASSY REGI
10 ROLL REGI METAL
11 ACTUATOR REGI IN
12 SPRING ACT REGI
13 SENSOR PHOTO
14 ACTUATOR SSI
15 SPRING ACT SSI
16 SPRING STP
17 STOPPER ACT
18 SPRING ACT NP
19 ACTUATOR NO PAPER
20 BEARING M EARTH
21 BEARING EARTH REGI
22 GEAR REGI R
23 GEAR REGI M
24 SPRING REGI R M
25 PLATE EARTH REGI
26 CHUTE UP
27 CHUTE ASSY LOW (with 34,35)
28 BRACKET SNS
29 SPRING REGI L M
30 BEARING M
31 BEARING R
32 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (with 17-19)
33 PLATE WEIGHT
34 CHUTE ASSY LOW SSI
35 CHUTE LOW CST
36 FILM CHUTE UP
99 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (with 4, Instruction)
5 – 17
PL4.1 Xerographics [Illustration]
99 (with 1,2x2pcs)
2
22
(J41)
(J40) 2
23 (J411)
(J412)
1
98 (with 4,5,6x2pcs)
6
3
4
97 (with 4,5,7x2pcs)
5
(P141)
6 7 4
9
9
8
9
9 5
10 11 15 7
12 16
13 17
18
14
21 (P161)
19
20
Rio05006KB
5 – 18
PL4.1 Xerographics [List]
Item Parts name

1 ROS ASSY
2 SPRING ROS
3 HOLDER CRUM
4 SPRING PHD
5 LEVER PHD
6 BLOCK STOPPER PHD D
7 BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD
8 LED ASSY ERASE
9 SPRING TRACKING
10 SPRING CF
11 SPRING TR4
12 SPRING TR3
13 SPRING TR2
14 SPRING TR1
15 SPRING D4
16 SPRING D3
17 SPRING D2
18 SPRING D1
19 PWBA HVPS
20 FRAME HVPS
21 PHD ASSY
22 HARN ASSY ROS RE (J40-J411)
23 HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO (J41-J412)
97 KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (with 4,5,7 x 2pcs)

98 KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (with 4,5,6 x 2pcs)
99 KIT ROS (with 1,2 x 2pcs)
5 – 19
PL5.1 Dispenser [Illustration]

5 – 20
PL5.1 Dispenser [List]
Item Parts name

1 DISPENSER ASSY (with 2,9-11,14-16,25-27)
2 FRAME ASSY MOT (with 3-8)
3 MOTOR ASSY DISP
4 CONDUCTOR MOTOR
5 FRAME MOTOR
6 GEAR IDLER
7 GEAR IDLER AUG
8 GEAR IDLER AGI
9 SWITCH
10 HOUSING ASSY AUGER
11 FRAME ASSY DISP (with 12,13)
12 FRAME DISP
13 SEAL DISP AUG
14 CONNECTOR CRUM
15 SPRING DISP
16 JOINT ASSY DISP
17 HOLDER ASSY TCRU K
18 HOLDER ASSY TCRU C
19 HOLDER ASSY TCRU M
20 HOLDER ASSY TCRU Y
21 TONER CARTRIDGE (K)
22 TONER CARTRIDGE (C)
23 TONER CARTRIDGE (M)
24 TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)
25 HARN ASSY TNR MOT (J18,J19-J181,J182,J191,J192)
26 HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (J31-J311,J312,J313,J314)
27 HARN ASSY SIDE SW (J29-J291)
28 HARN ASSY TEST RL2 (J503,J504,J530-J30,J520,P5041)
29 LABEL HOLDER
5 – 21
PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [Illustration]

5 – 22
PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [List]
Item Parts name

1 FUSER ASSY
2 HARN ASSY FUSER2 (J17,J47-P171)
3 STOPPER PIVOT
4 PIVOT TRANS L
5 GEAR T4
6 SHAFT ASSY PIVOT
7 TRANSFER ASSY
8 COVER HARNESS
97 KIT FUSER ASSY (with 1, Label)

98 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (with 3-8)
99 KIT PIVOT (with 3-6)
5 – 23
PL7.1 Drive [Illustration]

!" #

!" #
5 – 24
PL7.1 Drive [List]
Item Parts name

1 DRIVE ASSY SUB
2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
3 GEAR P2
4 DRIVE ASSY PH
98 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (with 2,3)

99 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (with 3,4)
5 – 25
PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [Illustration]

5 – 26
PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [List]
Item Parts name

1 FAN
2 DUCT FAN
3 SHIELD ASSY ESS
4 --
5 FRAME ESS
6 PLATE IF
7 PWBA ESS (with 8)
8 NVM ROM
9 --
10 --
11 --
12 PLATE ESS
13 SCREW KNURLING
14 WASHER
15 MEMORY CARD (OPTION)
16 WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (OPTION)
17 --
18 NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (OPTION)
99 KIT PWBA ESS (with 7, Instruction)
5 – 27
PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [Illustration]

5 – 28
PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [List]
Item Parts name

1 PWBA LVPS
2 GUIDE HARNESS FSR
3 FRAME ASSY LVPS
4 PLATE EARTH
5 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (SW-J44)
6 GUIDE HARNESS AC
7 SENSOR HUM
8 BRACKET SW
9 HARN ASSY SW POWER (SW-J48,J482,J483)
10 HARN ASSY GFI GND (J484-T484)
11 BREAKER GFI
12 POWER CORD
13 PWBA MCU
14 EDGING SADDLE
15 BRACKET MCU R
16 PWBA EEPROM (XPRO)
17 CLAMP
18 BRACKET MCU L
19 GUIDE HARNESS MCU
20 PWB ASSY FAN
21 CLAMP MST-10V0
99 KIT PWBA MCU (with 13, Instruction)
5 – 29
PL9.1 Harness [Illustration]

5 – 30
PL9.1 Harness [List]
Item Parts name

1 HARN ASSY ESS (J10-J101)
2 HARN ASSY ESS VIDEO (J11-J111)
3 HARN ASSY LVPS2 (J14,J15-J141,J501,J502)
4 --
5 HARN ASSY HVPS (J16-J161)
6 HARN ASSY HUM (J20-J201)
7 HARN ASSY MAIN MOT (J21-J211)
8 HARN ASSY SUB MOT (J22-J221)
9 HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (J26-J261,P262)
10 HARN ASSY ESS POWER (J40-J401)
11 HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (J42-J144,P422)
12 HARNESS ASSY B (J29-J2900)
13 --
5 – 31
PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [Illustration]
1 (with 2-16,PL11.2)
3
3
5
4
6 3 4
3
7
9
8 4
9 4
8
10 [Ref PL11.2]
(P602)
(P603)
(P604)
(P610) (P601)
(P605)
11
12
16 9
8
9
8 (J601)
15
12
14 13
(J272)
Rio05013KA
5 – 32
PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [List]
Item Parts name

1 FEEDER ASSY DUP (with 2-16,PL11.2)
2 CHUTE DUP IN
3 SPRING PINCH DUP
4 ROLL PINCH DUP
5 SPRING LATCH DUP
6 LATCH DUP
7 FOLLOWER LATCH DUP
8 HOLDER CHUTE DUP
9 SPRING CHUTE DUP
10 HOLDER HARNESS DUP
11 COVER CONNECT DUP
12 SPRING CONNECT DUP
13 HOLDER CONNECT DUP
14 HARNESS ASSY DUP (J272-J601)
15 COVER PWBA DUP
16 PWBA DUP
5 – 33
PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [Illustration]
1
2
10
(J602)
(J604)
6
(J603) 7
8 7
3
5
6
7
7
9 Rio05014KA
5 – 34
PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [List]
Item Parts name

1 COVER DRIVE EXIT
2 DRIVE ASSY EXIT
3 COVER DRIVE DUP
4 --
5 DRIVE ASSY DUP
6 GEAR ROLL DUP
7 BEARING DUP
8 PLATE EARTH PWBA
9 ROLLER ASSY DUP
10 CHUTE DUP FRAME
5 – 35
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [Illustration]
1 (with 2,3,PL12.5.1)
2
3 (with 4-7,PL12.2-12.4)
5
6
[Ref PL12.2]
[Ref PL12.5.1]
Rio05015KA
5 – 36
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [List]
Item Parts name

1 250 OPTION FEEDER (with 2,3,PL12.5.1)
2 SCREW JOINT
3 FEEDER ASSY OPT (with 4-7,PL12.2-12.4)
4 COVER SIDE L OPT
5 COVER CHUTE
6 COVER REAR OPT
7 COVER SIDE R OPT
5 – 37

5 – 38
Item Parts name

1 PWBA FEED H
2 HARN ASSY TRAY MOT (J422-J211)
3 --
4 --
5 --
6 CLUTCH ASSY DRV [Same as PL3.1.1]
7 GEAR ASSY IDLER
8 SPRING FEED OUT [Same as PL3.1.15]
9 SPRING FEED IN [Same as PL3.1.14]
10 GEAR ASSY FEED (with 11,12) [Same as PL3.1.19]
11 GEAR FEED OUT [Same as PL3.1.16]
12 GEAR FEED IN [Same as PL3.1.17]
13 LEVER FEED [Same as PL3.1.13]
14 SPRING LEVER [Same as PL3.1.12]
15 SOLENOID FEED MSI [Same as PL3.1.11]
16 MOTOR ASSY SUB
17 GEAR IDLE 40Z
18 GEAR IDLE 86-20Z
19 PLATE ASSY IDLE 1
20 HARN ASSY TRAY COMP (J420,J421-J4200,P4201.J4212,P4213)
5 – 39
1
2
(J273)
(J419)
22 3
18 20
19 23
16
17
5
21 [Ref PL12.4.1]
6
15
14 7
13
10
7
11
Rio05017KA
5 – 40
Item Parts name

1 SPRING EARTH OPT
2 PLATE REAR TOP
3 COVER CST [Same as PL3.1.22]
4 --
5 PLATE LOCK KST FDR [Same as PL3.1.23]
6 BRACKET FDR R [Same as PL3.1.24]
7 FOOT [Same as PL3.1.5]
8 PLATE EARTH PH [Same as PL3.1.6]
9 CHASSIS FDR R OPT
10 PLATE REAR BOTTOM
11 PLATE FRONT BOTTOM
12 --
13 CHASSIS FDR L OPT
14 PLATE EARTH FRONT BOTTOM
15 BRACKET SUP REGI
16 BEARING REGI [Same as PL3.1.2]
17 PLATE EARTH REAR BOTTOM
18 PLATE EARTH REAR TOP
19 COVER HARNESS DRAWER
20 BRACKET CVR REAR
21 STOPPER CST [Same as PL3.1.10]
22 BEARING [Same as PL3.1.9]
23 HARN ASSY TRAY (J273-J419)
5 – 41
1 (with 2-13,16,20-27,29-33)
3
4
2
3
6 5
8
7 9
33
10 11
12 32 (with 17-19)
(P4200) 16
17
18
31 19
13
PAPER PAHT
SENSOR
13
CST2 NO PAPER
(P4212) SENSOR
30
29 20
21
22
26
24 23
25
27
Rio05018KA
5 – 42
Item Parts name

1 CHUTE ASSY TURN (with 2-13,16,20-27,29-33)
2 SHAF ASSY FEED [Same as PL3.2.2]
3 ROLL CORE MSI [Same as PL3.2.3]
4 ROLL ASSY FEED [Same as PL3.2.4]
5 BEARING EARTH [Same as PL3.2.5]
6 ACTUATOR REGI OUT [Same as PL3.2.6]
7 SPRING REGI OUT [Same as PL3.2.7]
8 ACTUATOR REGI ROLL
9 ROLL ASSY REGI [Same as PL3.2.9]
10 ROLL REGI METAL [Same as PL3.2.10]
11 ACTUATOR REGI IN
12 SPRING ACT REGI [Same as PL3.2.12]
13 SENSOR PHOTO [Same as PL3.2.13]
14 --
15 --
16 SPRING STP [Same as PL3.2.16]
17 STOPPER ACT [Same as PL3.2.17]
18 SPRING ACT NP [Same as PL3.2.18]
19 ACTUATOR NO PAPER [Same as PL3.2.19]
20 BEARING M EARTH [Same as PL3.2.20]
21 BEARING EARTH REGI [Same as PL3.2.21]
22 GEAR REGI R [Same as PL3.2.22]
23 GEAR REGI M [Same as PL3.2.23]
24 SPRING REGI R M [Same as PL3.2.24]
25 PLATE EARTH REGI [Same as PL3.2.25]
26 CHUTE UP [Same as PL3.2.26]
27 CHUTE LOW
28 --
29 SPRING REGI L M [Same as PL3.2.29]
30 BEARING M [Same as PL3.2.30]
31 BEARING R [Same as PL3.2.31]
32 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (with 17-19) [Same as PL3.2.32]
33 PLATE WEIGHT [Same as PL3.2.33]
5 – 43

5 – 44
Item Parts name

1 CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT (with 19,21)
2 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM [Same as PL2.1.2]
3 SPRING N/F L [Same as PL2.1.3]
4 SPRING N/F R [Same as PL2.1.4]
5 HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR [Same as PL2.1.5]
6 GUIDE SIDE L [Same as PL2.1.6]
7 GEAR PINION [Same as PL2.1.7]
8 GUIDE SIDE ASSY R [Same as PL2.1.8]
9 --
10 --
11 --
12 --
13 --
14 LATCH BOTTOM L [Same as PL2.1.14]
15 LATCH BOTTOM R [Same as PL2.1.15]
16 SPRING LATCH B [Same as PL2.1.16]
17 TRAY ASSY EXTENSION [Same as PL2.1.17]
18 HOUSING CST 250 [Same as PL2.1.18]
19 HANDLE ASSY CST 250 OPT
20 PLATE LOCK KST CST [Same as PL2.1.20]
21 TRAY ASSY CST 250 (with 2-8,14-18,20) [Same as PL2.1.21]
5 – 45
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation CONTENTS
1. Printing Process ..........................................................................................................6 - 1

1.1 Summary of Printing Process ........................................................................................................... 6 - 1
1.2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes ...................................................................................... 6 - 2
1.3 Description of Printing Process Techniques ..................................................................................... 6 - 3
1.3.1 Charging with electricity ............................................................................................................ 6 - 3
1.3.2 Exposure................................................................................................................................... 6 - 4
1.3.3 Development............................................................................................................................. 6 - 6
1.3.4 Transfer (Drum -> Paper) ....................................................................................................... 6 - 10
1.3.5 Cleaning.................................................................................................................................. 6 - 12
1.3.6 Fusing ..................................................................................................................................... 6 - 14
1.3.7 Cleaning (TRANSFER BELT) ................................................................................................. 6 - 15
2. Paper Path.................................................................................................................6 - 16
2.1 Paper Path ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 16
2.2 Layout of Paper Path ...................................................................................................................... 6 - 17
3. Functions of Major Functional Components ..............................................................6 - 18
3.1 Paper Cassette ............................................................................................................................... 6 - 18
3.1.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 18
3.1.2 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 19
3.1.3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention.............................................................................................. 6 - 20
3.2 Paper Feeder .................................................................................................................................. 6 - 22
3.2.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 22
3.3 SSI & Regi Assy.............................................................................................................................. 6 - 24
3.3.2 Lead-edge Registration.......................................................................................................... 6 - 26
3.3.4 Control of paper size.............................................................................................................. 6 - 27
3.3.5 Paper detection by the Regi Sensor ....................................................................................... 6 - 27
3.4 Transfer Belt & Fuser...................................................................................................................... 6 - 28
3.4.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 28
3.5 ROS ASSY...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 30
3.5.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 30
3.6 TONER CARTRIDGE & DISPENSER ............................................................................................ 6 - 32
3.6.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 32
3.7 PHD Unit ......................................................................................................................................... 6 - 34
3.7.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 34
3.8 Drive................................................................................................................................................ 6 - 36
3.8.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 36
3.9 Electrical ......................................................................................................................................... 6 - 38
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation CONTENTS

3.9.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 38
3.9.3 Data Flow................................................................................................................................ 6 - 41
3.10 Duplex........................................................................................................................................... 6 - 43
3.10.1 Major functions...................................................................................................................... 6 - 43
3.10.2 Reference diagram ............................................................................................................... 6 - 43
3.10.3 Removing DUPLEX .............................................................................................................. 6 - 44
3.11 250 Paper Cassette ...................................................................................................................... 6 - 46
3.11.1 Major functionsÅiPaper CassetteÅj ...................................................................................... 6 - 46
3.11.3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention............................................................................................ 6 - 47
3.11.5 Major functions (Paper Feeder) ............................................................................................ 6 - 48
4. MODES .....................................................................................................................6 - 50
4.1 Operation Modes ............................................................................................................................ 6 - 50
5. Control .......................................................................................................................6 - 51
5.1 Control of Paper Size...................................................................................................................... 6 - 51
5.2 ROS Light Quantity Control ............................................................................................................ 6 - 51
5.3 Process Control .............................................................................................................................. 6 - 52
5.3.1 Potential Control ..................................................................................................................... 6 - 52
5.3.2 Toner Density Control ............................................................................................................. 6 - 53
5.3.3 High Area Coverage Mode ..................................................................................................... 6 - 53
5.3.4 Admix Mode ............................................................................................................................ 6 - 53
5.3.5 ADC Sensor Adjustment ......................................................................................................... 6 - 53
5.4 Color Registration Control............................................................................................................... 6 - 54
5.5 Fuser Control .................................................................................................................................. 6 - 55
5.5.1 Fuser temperature control....................................................................................................... 6 - 55
5.5.2 Cooling down .......................................................................................................................... 6 - 55
5.5.3 Sensor Warm-up..................................................................................................................... 6 - 55
6. Drive Transmission Route .........................................................................................6 - 56
6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN ........................................................................................................................ 6 - 56
6.2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB DRIVE ...................................................................... 6 - 60
6.3 TONER DISPENSER (Y, M, C, K).................................................................................................. 6 - 66
6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB .......................................................................................................................... 6 - 68
6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP.......................................................................................................................... 6 - 72
6.6 DRIVE ASSY OPTION FDR ........................................................................................................... 6 - 74
1. Printing Process
1.1 Summary of Printing Process
This printer is a "Full-color laser printer" which applies the principle of an electrophotographic recording
system. The tandem system comprising the four color PHD Unit of yellow, magenta, cyan and black (Y,
M, C and K) creates the toner image.
Printing processes of this printer is composed of the basic steps as follows.
(1) Charge:............................. Drum surface is charged with electricity.

(2) Exposure: ......................... Image unit is exposed to laser beams.
(3) Development: ................... Image is developed with toner.
(4) Transfer: ........................... Four-color finished toner image on the Drum is transferred onto the
paper.
(5) Cleaning: .......................... Remaining toner on the drum is collected.
(6) Fusing:.............................. Toner on the paper is fixed by heat and pressure.
(7) Cleaning: .......................... Remaining toner on the belt is collected.
Wsb06001KA
6–1
1.2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes

Outline of printing processes is shown in the figure below.
: Laser beam
: Paper transfer
PHD UNIT
[(1) Charge]
[(3) Development]
ROS [(4) Transfer] FUSER
[(2) Exposure] [(5) Cleaning] [(6) Fusing]
TRANSFER BELT
[(4) Transfer]
[(7) Cleaning]
Rio06002KA
6–2
1.3 Description of Printing Process Techniques

1.3.1 Charging with electricity
In the charging process, the drum surface rotating at a constant speed is charged uniformly with
negative electricity by the discharge from BCR (Bias Charge Roll).
This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors.
- The BCR is kept in contact with the drum and rotates following the rotations of the drum.
BCR is a conductive roll, receives discharge voltage from the High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS)
and discharges a negative DC voltage.
- The drum surface is uniformly and negatively charged with DC bias voltage.
The drum surface is a photoreceptor (which is an insulator in the dark and a conductor in the light)
and the drum inside is composed of a conductor.
- The Cleaning Roll is a sponge, which contacts with the BCR to catch the toner.
Wsb06003KA
engine principle0006FA
6–3
1.3.2 Exposure
In the exposure process, the drum surface charged negatively is scanned by laser beams to form
invisible electrostatic latent image on the drum surface.
This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors.
- Laser beams are emitted from the laser diode in the ROS ASSY. By the rotating polygon mirror,
fixed mirror and lens attached to the Scanner Motor Assy of the ROS ASSY, the surface of each
color drum is scanned from end to end in the axial direction.
: Laser beams (K)
: Laser beams (C)
: Laser beams (M)
: Laser beams (Y)
Mirror Mirror Mirror
Drum (K)
Lens
Polygon Mirror Mirror
Drum (C)
Lens
Mirror
Drum (M)
Mirror Lens
Lens
Mirror Drum (Y)
Mirror Lens
Mirror
Wsb06004KA
6–4
- The laser beam is irradiated according to the printing data (image data) output from the printer
controller. The laser beam is output only when printing data is pixels (micro points composing
characters or pictures). (The laser diode lights up for parts to be developed by toner, and not for
parts that are not to be developed.)
The drum surface irradiated by the laser beam becomes a conductor, and the negative charge on
the drum surface flows to the positive side and the charges cancel each other out so that the
potential on the drum surface drops. The part on the surface where potential drops becomes the
electrostatic latent image.
6–5
1.3.3 Development
In the development process, toner is electrically attached to the invisible electrostatic latent image on
the drum surface to form visible toner image on the drum.
This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black color independently.
- The toner in the toner cartridge is agitated by the built-in Agitator and fed into the developer. The
Auger is driven by the toner motor.The amount of toner to be consumed according to the print
count is calculated and that amount is fed into the developer. This is called "toner dispensation",
which is controlled by two types of control, "PCDC" and "ADC". (Refer to 5.3.2 Toner Density
Control)
- The toner fed into the developer and the carrier in the developer are agitated by the Auger, and
supplied to the Magnet Roll arranged in the vicinity of the drum surface. The toner and carrier are
charged by friction due to the agitation (toner in negative, carrier in positive), and they are attracted
to one another electrically. As the carrier is a magnetic substance, it is attracted to the Magnet Roll
having a magnetic force and a homogeneous layer is formed by the Trimmer Rod.
- The magnet roll is covered by a thin semi-conductive sleeve over the surface. DB (Developing
Bias) voltage is supplied to this semiconductor sleeve from the High Voltage Power Supply
(HVPS). DB voltage is negative DC voltage combined with AC voltage. The magnet roll is kept at
a constant negative voltage against the photoreceptor layer of the drum by DC voltage. Therefore,
at the area surface where the negative electric charge on the drum does not decrease, potential is
lower than the magnet roll, while the potential is higher than the magnet roll at the area where the
negative charge on the drum surface decreases. The AC voltage shakes the developer on the
magnet roll surface stimulating the toner to fly to the drum.
Thus, the toner charged negatively is attracted only to the drum surface area where the negative
charge has decreased below that of the magnet roll (electrostatic latent image) and the toner
image is formed on the drum.
Once the toner is adhered on the drum, the negative charge of the toner-bearing portion increases,
which decreases the potential and the toner-attracting force of that portion.
6–6
: Negative electric charge
Toner Cartridge : Positive electric charge
Agitator : Toner
: Carrier
Paddle
Trimmer Rod
Drum
Auger
Magnet Roll
HVPS
Auger
Wsb06005KA
6–7
- Toner Dispense Mechanism
The toner in the toner cartridge goes through the following steps before reaching the developer.
Once the toner cartridge is set and the lever is moved toward the lock position, the JOINT ASSY
DISP and the toner cartridge shutter move frontward, opening the toner supply port.
The toner supplied from the toner cartridge is carried toward the developer by the Auger in the
HOUSING ASSY AUGER.
The Auger is a spiral-shaped part that carries toner forward as it rotates driven by the Dispense
Motor in the FRAME ASSY MOT.
After being carried to the front side of the HOUSING ASSY AUGER, the toner is fed to the
developer via the port of the HOUSING ASSY AUGER.
Toner Cartridge 1)-1
Shutter
1)-2 3)
2) Auger
Dispense Motor Rio06113KA
6–8
Blank Page
6–9
1.3.4 Transfer (Drum -> Paper)
In the transfer process, toner image formed on the drum surface is transferred onto the surface of the
paper. The toner is transferred onto the paper in the order of Y, M, C, and K.
- BTR
The BTR (Bias Transfer Roll) is a conductive roll, to which the positive voltage is applied from the
High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS). The BTR contacts the rear side of the Belt and applies the
positive voltage to the Belt.
- Belt
The Belt is a conductive belt, to which the positive voltage is applied from the BTR. After the
negatively charged toner image on the drum surface is drawn by the positive charge on the belt, it
is transferred from the drum to the paper. The Belt feeds the paper to the direction of FUSER.
Paper : Negative electric charge
: Positive electric charge
: Toner
Drum (K)
BTR
Drum (C)
Drum surface
BTR
Drum (M)
BTR
BTR
Drum (Y)
HVPS
Transfer Belt
Rio06114KA
6 – 10
Kmy06007KA
6 – 11
1.3.5 Cleaning
In the cleaning process, excess toner is removed from the drum surfaces, while excess charge is also
eliminated from the drum surface.
- Drum cleaning
The cleaning blade contacts the surface of the drum collecting the excess toner by scraping.
- Cleaning Roll
The Cleaning Roll contacts the surface of the BCR collecting the foreign matter by scraping.
- Charge cleaning
When the drum is charged by BCR, any excess charge hinders the drum surface from being
uniformly charged, which may lead to print quality problems.
The excess charge on the surface of the drum is eliminated by irradiating the light of the Erase
Lamp (LED ASSEMBLY).
Wsb06008KA
6 – 12
- Excess Toner Collecting
(1) The excess toner is collected by the cleaner blade contacting the drum, and then carried to the
AUGER CLNG SIDE by the Auger.
(2) The toner is carried by the AUGER CLNG SIDE to the joint to the collection box in the toner
cartridge.
(3) The toner then falls into the collection box in the toner cartridge.
AUGER CLNG SIDE
Collection Box
Toner Cartridge
2)
Auger
1) Cleaner Blade
3)
Wsb06006KA
6 – 13
1.3.6 Fusing
In the fusing process, toner is fixed on the paper by heat and pressure.
- Since the finished toner image transferred from the belt can be easily broken by a finger touch, the
toner image must be fixed on the paper with the FUSER (fusing unit).
The toner particles are melted by the HEAT ROLL heated by the Heater lamp and is deposited on
the paper under pressure given by the belt opposed against the heat roll.
Conditions to be met to light up the Heater Lamp

Warm up Stand by Printing
Main Heater Lamp ON ON/OFF ON
Spring Nip Nip Head
Paper
Felt
Belt
Frame Belt
Fixed toner
Heat Roll
Heater Lamp Sheet
Not fixed toner
Rio06009KA
6 – 14
1.3.7 Cleaning (TRANSFER BELT)
In the "Cleaning (TRANSFER BELT)" process, the transfer belt is cleaned by removing the excess
toner on its surface (for the density measurement of ADC toner patch).
- Collecting excess toner from the transfer belt

(1) Toner on the TRANSFER BELT is scraped off by the Cleaner Blade that is in contact with the
Drum.
(2) The removed toner is dropped into the Cleaner BOX.
Blade Assy
TRANSFER BELT
Cleaner BOX
Belt
Rio06115KA
6 – 15
2. Paper Path
2.1 Paper Path
Rio06010KA
6 – 16
2.2 Layout of Paper Path
: Laser beam
: Paper transfer
Exit roll [Fuser]
: Paper sensors
Exit Sensor [Fuser]
Dup Gate [Fuser]
Pressure belt [Fuser]
Heat roll [Fuser]
Dup roll (rubber)
[Duplex Module]
Belt [Transfer Belt]
Regi roll (rubber) Dup roll (rubber)
[Regi Assembly] [Duplex Module]
Feed roll Regi roll (metal)
[Feeder Assy] [Regi Assembly]
Tray1 No Paper Sensor SSI No Paper Sensor
[Feeder Assy] [Regi Assembly]
Regi Sensor
[Regi Assembly]
Feed roll
[Feeder Assy Opt.] Separator roller
[Tray 1]
Turn roll (metal)
[Regi roll (metal)]
Turn roll (rubber)
[Regi roll (rubber)]
Tray2 No Paper Sensor Separator roller Paper Path Sensor
[Feeder Assy Opt.] [Tray 2] [Regi Sensor] Rio06011KA
6 – 17
3. Functions of Major Functional Components
Major functional components of the printer are described below with illustrations.
These components are classified into the following blocks based on the configuration of the printer.
• Paper Cassette
• Paper Feeder
• SSI & Regi Assy
• Transfer Belt & Fuser
• ROS ASSY
• TONER CARTRIDGE & Dispenser
• PHD Unit
• Drive
• Electrical
• Duplex
• 250 Paper Feeder
3.1 Paper Cassette

3.1.1 Major functions
- Guide Side (R/L)
The Guide Side Assy (R/L) can move at a right angle to the paper transfer direction to align the
paper width.
- End Guide
The Guide End Assy can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size.
- SEPARATOR ROLLER
The SEPARATOR ROLLER and the FEED ROLLER pinch the paper to prevent multiple sheet feed.
- Bottom Plate
Bottom plate is locked to the bottom side when paper cassette is pulled out from the paper feeder
and unlocked when paper cassette is installed to the paper feeder. Pushes the paper against the
feed roll using a spring tension.
6 – 18
3.1.2 Reference diagram
Bottom Plate
End Guide
Side Guide (R)
Side Guide (L)
Separator Roller
Rio06012KA
6 – 19
3.1.3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention
The sheets set in a tray or cassette are occasionally stuck together along the edges. The stuck
sheets cause a multiple sheet feed or a jam. The sheets are fed by the Feed Roll to a position
between the Feed Roll and the Separator Roll. Normally, when only one sheet is fed, both the Feed
Roll and Separator Roll rotate to allow the sheet to pass. However, when two sheets are fed
concurrently, only the Feed Roll rotates and the Separator Roll is locked thereby allowing the upper
sheet to pass by being separated from the lower sheet that is stopped by the friction with the
Separator Roll at rest.
The Separator Roll is being pushed toward the Feed Roll by spring pressure, and controlled by the
torque limiter (Clutch Assy Friction) with which it is coupled.
Feed Roller
Separator Roller
Clutch Assy Friction
Separator Roller
Wsb06013KA
6 – 20
Blank Page
6 – 21
3.2 Paper Feeder

- SENSOR PHOTO (No Paper Sensor)
Detects the presence/absence of paper in the paper tray based on the position of ACTUATOR NO
PAPER. (No paper: Sensor beam is intercepted)
SENSOR PHOTO SENSOR PHOTO
(Tray No Paper Sensor) (Tray No Paper Sensor)
Paper
Bottom Plate
ACTUATOR NO PAPER ACTUATOR NO PAPER
(No Paper Position)
Wsb06014KA
- SOLENOID ASSY FEED

Transmits the drive from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to FEED ROLLER. (Refer to 6.4 DRIVE ASSY
SUB)
- FEED ROLLER
When the SOLENOID ASSY FEED operates, the FEED ROLLER starts rotating and the FEED
ROLLER feeds the paper. (Refer to 6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
DRIVE ASSY PH
FEED ROLLER
SOLENOID ASSY FEED
Wsb06015KA
6 – 22
FEED ROLLER
SENSOR PHOTO (Tray No Paper Sensor)
SOLENOID ASSY FEED
Rio06016KA
6 – 23
3.3 SSI & Regi Assy

- SENSOR PHOTO (SSI No Paper Sensor)
Detects presence/absence of paper in the SSI tray by the change in actuator position.
- SSI No Paper Sensor

Upon detecting the sheet, the Regi Roll rotates for a predetermined duration to feed the sheet. The
sheet is fixed between the Rolls so that it may not fall from the SSI.
The Rolls stop immediately when the Regi Sensor detects the presence of paper.
SENSOR PHOTO SENSOR PHOTO
(SSI No Paper Sensor) (SSI No Paper Sensor)
ACTUATOR SSI
Paper
Regi Roll Regi Roll
ACTUATOR SSI
(No Paper Position)
Rio06017KA
- SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor)

It detects when the paper front end reaches the CHUTE ASSY FDR REGI.
When the paper feeds from the SSI, Regi Sensor is measuring the paper length (size).
The ON time of Regi Sensor is converted into the paper length.
ON: The paper activates the actuator.
- Regi Clutch
CLUTCH ASSY REGI transmits the driving power from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to ROLL ASSY
REGI, and transports the paper from the tray and SSI toward the PHD unit direction. (Refer to 6.4
DRIVE ASSY SUB)
The timing of sheet feed from the Regi Assy is adjusted by the duration of the Regi Clutch operation
so that the toner image on the drum can be transferred to the appropriate position on the sheet.
6 – 24
Rear view illustration
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL ACTUATOR REGI OUT
SPRING REGI OUT
SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor)
ACTUATOR REGI IN
SPRING ACT REGI
ROLL REGI METAL
REGI CLUTCH SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor)
ROLL ASSY REGI(Rubber)
Rio06018KA
6 – 25
3.3.2 Lead-edge Registration
When a sheet is fed from the Tray to the toner transfer position, the registration of the sheet may not be
correctly maintained due to such troubles as misalignment of lead edges in the Tray.To avoid this
trouble, the lead edge position needs to be aligned at the Regi part before the sheet is fed to the toner
transfer position.
By thrusting the edge of the sheet coming out of the Tray against the Regi Roll that is at rest, the lead
edge of the sheet is registered.
REGI ROLL
Wsb06019KA
REGI ROLL
SKEWED PAPER Wsb06020KA
6 – 26
3.3.4 Control of paper size
The printer doesn’t have switches for detecting paper size, and only length of paper is detected by the
Regi Sensor when feeding paper. If printing data and paper size don’t match, error is sent to the ESS.
3.3.5 Paper detection by the Regi Sensor

Since the paper path from the SSI to the Regi Sensor and that from the Paper Tray to the Regi Sensor
are different, the Regi Sensor is provided with the ACTUATOR REGI IN and the ACTUATOR REGI
ROLL. The ACTUATOR REGI ROLL detects the sheet from the SSI and detects the tail edge of the
paper from the paper tray. The ACTUATOR REGI IN detects the lead edge of the paper from the paper
tray. However, the movement of ACTUATOR REGI IN does not affect that of ACTUATOR REGI ROLL.
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL ACTUATOR REGI OUT
SPRING REGI OUT

ACTUATOR REGI IN
SPRING ACT REGI
Normal Position From Paper Tray

ACTUATOR REGI ROLL
SENSOR PHOTO ACTUATOR REGI IN
(Regi Sensor)
SENSOR PHOTO
ACTUATOR REGI IN (Regi Sensor)
PAPER
Detection of paper (Tail Edge) From SSI

PAPER
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
REGI ROLL REGI ROLL
SENSOR PHOTO
(Regi Sensor)
PAPER
SENSOR PHOTO
(Regi Sensor) ACTUATOR REGI IN ACTUATOR REGI IN
Wsb06041KA
6 – 27
3.4 Transfer Belt & Fuser

- Transfer Belt
• Belt
Belt feeds the paper to the direction of FUSER
• SENSOR ADC
SENSOR ADC reads the toner patch on the BELT, and converts it to voltage value. Voltage value
is used to control the density of toner. (Refer to 5.3.1 Potential Control)
- FUSER
The FUSER fixes toner which was transferred onto the paper but not fixed by the heat and pressure
and feeds paper before and after being fixed.
The FUSER mainly consists of the following parts:
• Heat Roll • Pressure Belt
• Heater Lamp • Roll Assy Exit
• Thermostat • Exit Sensor
• Temp. Sensor
- Exit Sensor
Detects passage of print after fixed based on the change of position of the actuator.
6 – 28

HEAT ROLL
PRESSURE BELT
SENSOR PHOTO
(Exit Sensor)
THERMOSTAT
TEMP. SENSOR
(Un-contacting type)
HEATER LAMP
TEMP. SENSOR
(Contacted type)
ROLL ASSY EXIT
FUSER
SENSOR ADC
BLADE ASSY
TRANSFER BELT
BELT
Rio06021KA
6 – 29
3.5 ROS ASSY

- ROS ASSY
ROS ASSY is an exposure unit that generates laser beams to form electrostatic latent image on the
drum surface.
In this manual, the ROS ASSY is referred to as ROS.
The ROS mainly consists of the following parts:
• LD PWB
• Scanner ASSY
• SOS PWB
• Lens
• Mirror
• Window
• LD PWB
The LD PWB is comprised of four LDs (laser diodes) corresponding to Y, M, C, and K.
Each LD converts the electric signals of incoming image data into laser wave or pulse. In order to
stabilize the laser light quantity during formation of an electrostatic latent image, the LD PWB
always monitors the laser light quantity to adjust it to the appropriate level. This is called "APC
(auto power control)".
• Scanner Assy
The Scanner Assy is comprised of the Scanner Motor that rotates at a constant speed and the
Polygon Mirror that is mounted on the motor shaft.
The laser light output from the LD is irradiated onto the Polygon Mirror via the Mirror.
The Polygon Mirror, provided with six reflecting mirror faces, changes the reflection angle of the
laser light as it rotates by the Scanner Motor, thereby allowing the laser light to scan the drum
along its axial direction. Scanning is performed using one reflecting mirror face for each line.
• SOS PWB
The SOS sensor on the SOS (start of scan) PWB converts an incoming laser beam, upon detec-
tion, to an electric signal as the reference signal for starting scanning and transmits this signal to
the PWBA MCU.
The SOS sensor signals are used to synchronize the starting point of the laser-beam scanning
with the starting point of the image writing.
• Lens
• Mirror
• Window
The laser light reflected from the Polygon Mirror reaches the drum surface via the Lens, Mirror,
and Window. The Lens corrects aberration, the Mirror secures an optical path, and the Window
prevents foreign matters from entering the ROS.
6 – 30
Rear view illustration Mirror

Polygon Mirror
Scanner Assy
Mirror
LD PWB
Lens
Mirror
SOS PWB
SOS Sensor
Mirror ROS
Lens
Window
Rio06022KA
6 – 31
3.6 TONER CARTRIDGE & DISPENSER

- CONNECTOR CRUM (Customer Replaceable Unit Memory)
The CONNECTOR CRUM reads and writes the data of the CRUM.
Printer specific information is stored.
- DISPENSE MOTOR (Y/M/C/K)

The dispense motor supplies the drive to the Agitator and Auger in the TONER CARTRIDGE, and
supplies toner to the developer.
DISPENSE MOTOR (K)
TONER CARTRIDGE (K)

DISPENSE MOTOR (C)
CONNECTOR CRUM (K)
TONER CARTRIDGE (C) DISPENSE MOTOR (M)
CONNECTOR CRUM (C)

DISPENSE MOTOR (Y)
TONER CARTRIDGE (M)
CONNECTOR CRUM (M)
TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)
CONNECTOR CRUM (Y)
Rio06023KA
6 – 32
Blank Page
6 – 33
3.7 PHD Unit

- PHD Unit
PHD Unit carries out a series of operation in the print process such as charging, and transfer.
PHD Unit mainly consists of the following parts.
Developer is an equipment which develops images in the print process.
• Drum (Y) • Developer (Y)
• Drum (M) • Developer (M)
• Drum (C) • Developer (C)
• Drum (K) • Developer (K)
- CRUM
PHD specific information is stored.
- Erase Lamp (LED ASSEMBLY)

The light of the LED is reflected by the HOLDER ASSY Erase.
The light of the LED eliminates the charge on the drum.
PHD UNIT HOLDER LENS ERASE ERASE LAMP
DRUM LED ASSEMBLY
Wsb06024KA
6 – 34

CRUM
Developer (K)
Developer (C)
Developer (M)
Developer (Y)
PHD UNIT
Drum (K)
Drum (C)
Drum (M)
Drum (Y)
LED ASSEMBLY
Rio06025KA
6 – 35
3.8 Drive
- DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Refer to 6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN)
Supplies the drive to parts as follows.
• (C/M/Y/K) Drum
• Transfer Belt
• Regi
• Feeder
- DRIVE ASSY SUB

Supplies the drive to parts as follows.
• Fuser
• Developer (C/M/Y/K)
- DRIVE ASSY PH
DRIVE ASSY PH transmits the driving force from the DRIV ASSY SUB to relevant parts.
The transmission channel is changed by the COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID in the DRIVE
ASSY PH to allow the driving force of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to reach the Black Developer only.
This is performed to ensure that the Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan Developers cannot be rotated by
the DRIVE ASSY SUB during B/W printing.
The COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR detects the status of the transmission route (whether it
is set for B/W or full color).
[ FULL COLOR MODE ]

CAM C
GEAR D3 OUT DRIVE ASSY PH
Drive to
Developer
(Y, M, C)
Drive from
Sub Motor
GEAR D3 IN
[ BLACK and WHITE MODE ]

CAM C
GEAR D3 OUT
Drive from
Sub Motor
GEAR D3 IN
[ FULL COLOR MODE ] [ BLACK and WHITE MODE ]

COLOR MODE COLOR MODE
SWITCHING SENSOR SWITCHING SENSOR
CAM C CAM C
GEAR C GEAR C
COLOR MODE COLOR MODE

SWITCHING SOLENOID SWITCHING SOLENOID
Wsb06026KA
6 – 36
DRIVE ASSY MAIN

DRIVE ASSY SUB
DRIVE ASSY PH
Rio06027KA
6 – 37
3.9 Electrical
- FAN
Dissipates heat out of the printer to prevent the printer from overheating.
- SWITCH
The SWITCH turns ON/OFF the AC power supply of the printer.
- Low Voltage Power Supply (LVPS)

The LVPS is provided in two types, 120V and 240V.
Supplies AC power from the power source to the FUSER heater and generates and supplies stable
low voltage DC power used for the logic circuit, etc.
LVPS contains control circuit for the heater of the FUSER, in addition to the power circuit.
- Machine Control Unit (MCU)

Controls printing operation based on the communication with the print controller and information
from the sensor/switch.
Major functions are as follows:
• Communication with the ESS.
• Receive of information from the sensors or switches.
• Control of Motor in DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB.
• Distributing low voltage DC power output from LVPS to each component
• Control of ROS
- High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS)

Supplies high voltage to the following parts in the Transfer Belt and Developer to perform charging,
development, and primary transfer.
• BCR
• BTR
• Developer
- PWBA EEPROM
Information unique to the printer is stored.
- Electronic Sub System (ESS)

The ESS connected to the MCU controls the entire system (Diagnostic, Interface and Image
processing).
- HUMIDITY SENSOR
HUMIDITY SENSOR reads the temperature/humidity within the printer and converts the values to
voltage values.
- OPERATOR PANEL
OPERATOR PANEL displays the state of the printer using LED.
- INTERLOCK SWITCH
INTERLOCK SWITCH is a switch that cuts the +24VDC power supply to the HVPS or Motor, etc.
upon the opening of the Front Cover.
6 – 38
- Network Protocol Adaptor
The Network Protocol Adapter for making the protocol (Netware IP, WSD, SNMPv3, HTTPS) of an
option possible.
- Wireless Printer Adapter

An adapter for enabling the network connectivity of the printer by wireless.
- SIDE COVER SWITCH

SIDE COVER SW is a switch that detects the right side cover open.
- BREAKER GFI
Opens the circuit upon detecting any voltage or current or leakage current that exceeds the rating of
the AC power supply.
- PWB ASSY FAN

Rotation of FAN is Controlled into a half by "PWB ASSY FAN".
6 – 39
OPERATOR PANEL
SIDE COVER SWITCH

INTERLOCK SWITCH
LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
PWB ASSY FAN
FAN
PWBA EEPROM
NETWORK
PROTOCOL
ADAPTER MACHINE
CONTROL UNIT
MEMORY
CARD HIGH VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY
HUMIDITY SENSOR
POWER SWITCH
ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM BREAKER GFI
CONTROL BOARD
WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER Rio06028KA
6 – 40
3.9.3 Data Flow
Print data (electric signal) from the printer controller flows as shown below until it is turned into a print.
Wsb06042KA
6 – 41
Blank Page
6 – 42
3.10 Duplex
- CLUTCH ASSY EXIT

Transmits the drive from the MOTOR ASSY EXIT to Roll Assy Exit in the FUSER.
When the clutch operates, the Roll Assy Exit rotates in the reverse direction.
The clutch is stopped when the paper reached the Duplex.
- MOTOR ASSY DUP

The MOTOR ASSY DUP supplies the driving power to the Lower Roll (ROLLER ASSY DUP) and
Upper Roll (ROLL ASSY DUP1). (Refer to 6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP)
- MOTOR ASSY EXIT

The MOTOR ASSY EXIT supplies the driving power to the Roll Assy Exit in the FUSER. (Refer to
6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP)
- PWBA DUP
The PWBA DUP controls motor and clutch.
ROLLER ASSY DUP (Upper Roll)

CLUTCH ASSY EXIT
MOTOR ASSY EXIT
MOTOR ASSY DUP
PWBA DUP
ROLLER ASSY DUP (Lower Roll) Rio06101KA
6 – 43
3.10.3 Removing DUPLEX
The SIDE BUTTON allows you to do one of opening the FRONT COVER and removing the DUPLEX.
Switching between these two functions can be made by the FOLLOWER LATCH DUP.
- Due to its weight balance, the FOLLOWER LATCH DUP is oriented in the same direction regardless
of whether the FRONT COVER is open or not, thereby allowing the two functions to be switched.
FOLLOWER LARCH DUP
Rio06116KA
<When FRONT COVER is closed: DUPLEX is upright>

Since the FOLLOWER LATCH DUP is not fit into the SLOT on the DUPLEX, pushing the SIDE
BUTTON causes the LATCH FRONT and LATCH DUP to move left locked together at the hooks,
allowing only the FRONT COVER to open (leaving the DUPLEX secured to the FRONT COVER).
VIEW A
SIDE BUTTON
FOLLOWER
LATCH DUP
VIEW A SLOT DUPLEX
LATCH FRONT FOLLOWER SPRING LATCH DUP

LATCH DUP LATCH DUP
Rio06102KA
6 – 44
<When FRONT COVER is open: DUPLEX lies flat>
Since the FOLLOWER LATCH DUP is not fit into the SLOT on the DUPLEX, pushing the SIDE
BUTTON causes the LATCH FRONT and LATCH DUP disengaged, allowing the DUPLEX to be
unlocked from the FRONT COVER.
SIDE BUTTON
VIEW B FOLLOWER
LATCH DUP
VIEW B SLOT DUPLEX
LATCH FRONT FOLLOWER SPRING LATCH DUP

LATCH DUP LATCH DUP
Rio06112KA
6 – 45
3.11 250 Paper Cassette

3.11.1 Major functionsÅiPaper CassetteÅj
- Guide Side (R/L)
The Guide Side Assy (R/L) can move at a right angle to the paper transfer direction to align the
paper width.
- End Guide
The Guide End Assy can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size.
- SEPARATOR ROLLER
The SEPARATOR ROLLER and the FEED ROLLER pinch the paper to prevent multiple sheet feed.
- Bottom Plate
Bottom plate is locked to the bottom side when paper cassette is pulled out from the paper feeder
and unlocked when paper cassette is installed to the paper feeder. Pushes the paper against the
feed roll using a spring tension.
Bottom Plate
End Guide
Side Guide (R)
Side Guide (L)
Separator Roller
Rio06103KA
6 – 46
3.11.3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention
The sheets set in a tray or cassette are occasionally stuck together along the edges. The stuck sheets
cause a multiple sheet feed or a jam. The sheets are fed by the Feed Roll to a position between the
Feed Roll and the Separator Roll. Normally, when only one sheet is fed, both the Feed Roll and
Separator Roll rotate to allow the sheet to pass. However, when two sheets are fed concurrently, only
the Feed Roll rotates and the Separator Roll is locked thereby allowing the upper sheet to pass by
being separated from the lower sheet that is stopped by the friction with the Separator Roll at rest.
The Separator Roll is being pushed toward the Feed Roll by spring pressure, and controlled by the
torque limiter (Clutch Assy Friction) with which it is coupled.
Feed Roller
Separator Roller
Clutch Assy Friction
Separator Roller
Wsb06013KA
6 – 47
3.11.5 Major functions (Paper Feeder)
- SENSOR PHOTO (No Paper Sensor)
Detects the presence/absence of paper in the paper tray based on the position of ACTUATOR NO
PAPER. (No paper: Sensor beam is intercepted)
- SOLENOID ASSY FEED

Transmits the drive from the MOTOR ASSY OPTIN to FEED ROLLER. (Refer to 6.6 DRIVE ASSY
OPTION FDR)
- FEED ROLLER
When the SOLENOID ASSY FEED operates, the FEED ROLLER starts rotating and the FEED
ROLLER feeds the paper. (Refer to 6.6 DRIVE ASSY OPTION FDR)
- SENSOR PHOTO (Paper Path Sensor)

It detects when the paper front end reaches the CHUTE ASSY TURN.
ON: The paper activates the actuator.
- TURN CLUTCH
Transmits the drive from the MOTOR ASSY OPTION to TURN ROLL RUBBER and TURN ROLL
METAL.
- MOTOR ASSY OPTION

The MOTOR ASSY OPTION is driving the rolls of the option feeder. (Refer to 6.6 DRIVE ASSY
OPTION FDR)
- PWBA FEED
The PWBA FEED controls motor, sensor and clutch.
6 – 48
SENSOR PHOTO
(Tray2 No Paper Sensor)
FEED ROLLER
SOLENOID ASSY FEED
PWBA FEED
MOTOR ASSY OPTION
TURN ROLL RUBBER
TURN CLUTCH
TURN ROLL METAL
SENSOR PHOTO
(Tray2 Paper Path Sensor)
Rio06104KA
6 – 49
4. MODES
4.1 Operation Modes
For the operation of the printer, the following four modes are provided.
- READY mode
The printer is ready for printing.
- PRINTING mode
The printer is under printing.
- Sleep mode (Energy star)
The printer is under power saving.
- Deep sleep mode
The printer is under power saving.
6 – 50
5. Control
5.1 Control of Paper Size
The printer doesn’t have switches for detecting paper size, and only length of paper is detected by the
Regi Sensor when feeding paper. If printing data and paper size don’t match, error is sent to the ESS.
5.2 ROS Light Quantity Control

The image data are entered to the laser diodes in the ROS as electric signals (data are expressed with
high and low voltage values), and the laser diodes convert the image data from electric signals to
optical signals (data are expressed with blinking laser beams).
Variations in light quantity of laser beams or variations in optical system (such as lenses) or drum
sensitivity cannot attain a proper electrostatic image, therefore, the laser beam light quantity is
monitored and controlled by the laser diodes.
The ROS in this printer has four laser diodes for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black respectively, and the
light quantity is automatically adjusted for each color.
6 – 51
5.3 Process Control

For a stable printing, the parameters related to the image forming must be corrected as necessary. The
control of the entire printing process including parameter correction control is called "process control".
Mainly, the process control is performed in the following two methods, both of which are performed
after every 25 cumulative prints upon termination of a print run or during a continuous run.:
• Potential control
• Toner density control
To supplement these two controls, the following controls are provided:
• High Area Coverage Mode
• Admix Mode
5.3.1 Potential Control

To attain stable printing image density, the drum charging voltage, the developing DC voltage and the
ROS light amount are adjusted according to the developing capability of each color carrier that varies
momentarily. The adjusted drum charging voltage, the developing DC voltage and the ROS light
amount are fed back to keep the printing image density constant.
The outline of control is as follows.

1) The HUMIDITY SENSOR (temperature and humidity sensor) detects the temperature and
humidity.
2) The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the potential control are
generated and transferred on the Belt.
3) The ADC Sensor (density sensor) detects the density of the patch on Belt.
4) The drum charging voltage, the developing DC voltage and the ROS light amount are adjusted for
each color according to the detected patch density.
6 – 52
5.3.2 Toner Density Control
The toner density must be kept constant to attain stable printing image. The control system for this
purpose is called toner density control.
1) PCDC (Pixel Count Dispense Control)

The quantity of the toner to be consumed in the developing process is calculated by counting the
video signals entered to the ROS. The quantity of the toner to be consumed is calculated by the
toner dispensing time. The toner motor is driven based on the calculated toner dispensing time
when supplying the toner to the developer.
2) ADC (Auto Density Control)

The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the toner density control are
generated under specified potential condition, and transferred on the Belt. The ADC Sensor
measures this density. The measured value is compared with the reference value. If the toner
density is lower, the toner dispense quantity is increased at the next printing, or if the toner density is
higher, the toner dispense quantity is reduced at the next printing. The toner dispense quantity is
calculated by the toner dispense time. This calculation is made for each color.
5.3.3 High Area Coverage Mode

A continuous printing of any image of area coverage exceeding extra toner dispense capability causes
the toner density in the developer to be lowered.
The High Area Coverage Mode postpones the next page feed and dispenses the toner during this time,
if the toner dispense time reached the specified value during a continuous printing.
5.3.4 Admix Mode

This mode prevents the toner density from being lowered, whenever the value of the toner density
control patch measured by the ADC Sensor falls far below the standard value, by performing extra
toner dispensation. If the toner density level cannot be recovered even after this operation, it is judged
that the toner has run out.
5.3.5 ADC Sensor Adjustment

The ADC Sensor is a reflection type sensor that irradiates the light from its LED onto the target and
detects the reflected light at its photoreceptor and outputs electric signals responsive to the amount of
the detected light. To ensure an accurate patch density measurement, the surfaces of the ADC Sensor
is cleaned to remove soil due to toner, etc., and the light amount adjustment is made so that the
reflected light amount satisfies the prescribed value, when creating the patch for potential control and
toner density control.
6 – 53
5.4 Color Registration Control

The printer uses a tandem system where the drums and developers are arranged respectively for each
of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black colors. Since the images are formed on the drum of each color to
be overlaid one another, a color shift may occur. The color registration control calculates how much the
registration is shifted, and adjusts the ROS write timing.
The lateral registration control adjusts all of four colors in lateral directions.
The color registration control is made from a change in inside temperature and the print count at the
execution of the process control.
The control is outlined below:
1) With no toner on the Belt, the output value of ADC Sensor is measured to determine the
threshold value.
2) The patches for color registration control are generated on the Belt. These patches are
composed of 10mm lines of K, C, K, M, K, and Y in this order.
3) The density of patches generated by the ADC Sensor is read.

4) The shift correction amount is calculated from the threshold value determined in 1) and the patch
density measured in 3).
5) The ROS write timing is changed according to the shift correction amount.
6 – 54
5.5 Fuser Control

5.5.1 Fuser temperature control
As for the fuser temperature control, the target temperature is set, then the Heat Roll surface
temperature is controlled so that it can meet the target value by turning on/off the Heater Lamp.
Temperature of individual area of the Heat Roll is detected by the Fuser Non-Contact Sensor (NCS) in
the middle of the Heat Roll and the Temp Sensor at the edge of it. When the temperature detected is
higher than the target value, the Heater Lamp will be turned OFF. When the temperature is below the
target value, the Heater Lamp will be turned ON.
The target temperature setting varies depending on the time of Warm-up, Printing, or Process Control.
The target temperature varies according to such environmental factors as the interior temperature
detected by the Sensor Hum Temp.
5.5.2 Cooling down

As the printing continues, the temperature distribution in the Heat Roll becomes uneven both in the
paper feed and non-paper feed areas. Cooling Down suspends paper feeling for a certain period of
time so that the Heat Roll temperature distribution can be uniform.
When the temperature of the Heat Roll edge is high, cooling down is performed to lower the
temperature to the target value.
5.5.3 Sensor Warm-up

The Fuser NCS (Non Contact Sensor) at the center of the Heat Roll will be lose its accuracy of
detecting temperature when the temperature of the Sensor itself is below -5°C. Therefore, the Sensor
will be warmed up when the temperature is below -5°C. This action is called Sensor Warm-up.
6 – 55
6. Drive Transmission Route

6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN is transmitted through the route below.
[ Name of moving parts ]
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
GEAR T4 GEAR P2
GEAR DRV GEAR P3
[ BELT ] GEAR P4
GEAR P5
TRANSFER BELT DRIVE ASSY PH
REGI CLUTCH
SOLENOID ASSY FEED GEAR ASSY FEED [ ROLL ASSY REGI ]
[ FEED ROLLER ] GEAR REGI RUBBER
GEAR REGI METAL
[ ROLL REGI METAL ]
CHUTE ASSY FDR REGI
GEAR PHD 1
GEAR PHD 2 GEAR PHD 2
[ DRUM (K) ] [ DRUM (C) ] [ DRUM (M) ] [ DRUM (Y) ]
HSG ASSY XERO (K) HSG ASSY XERO (C) HSG ASSY XERO (M) HSG ASSY XERO (Y)
PHD UNIT
Wsb06029KA
6 – 56
[ PAPER FEED DRIVE ] [ Name of moving parts ]

: Indicates the engagement of gears.
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
DRIVE ASSY PH
GEAR P2
GEAR REGI RUBBER

GEAR REGI METAL
[ ROLL ASSY REGI ]
GEAR P4
GEAR P3
GEAR P5 REGI CLUTCH [ ROLL REGI METAL ]
FRONT
[ FEED ROLLER ]
SOLENOID ASSY FEED

GEAR ASSY FEED
Rio06051KA
6 – 57
[ DRUM and BELT DRIVE ] [ Name of moving parts ]

PHD ASSY
[ DRUM (K) ]
[ DRUM (C) ]
GEAR PHD 2
GEAR PHD 1
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
[ BELT ]
[ DRUM (M) ]
GEAR PHD 2
[ DRUM (Y) ]
GEAR DRV
FRONT
GEAR T4 Rio06052KA
6 – 58
Blank Page
6 – 59
6.2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB DRIVE

Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB are transmitted through the route
below.
[ BLACK and WHITE MODE ]

DRIVE ASSY SUB
SUB MOTOR DRIVE ASSY MAIN
GEAR D1 GEAR P2
GEAR DK GEAR D1 GEAR P3
GEAR D5 GEAR D2 GEAR P4
GEAR P4-2
GEAR MAG (K) GEAR D3 IN COLOR MODE

GEAR C SWITCHING SOLENOID
CAM C
[ MAGNET ROLL (K) ]
HSG ASSY DEVE (K) GEAR D3 OUT FLANGE D3
PHD UNIT DRIVE ASSY PH
Wsb06031KA
6 – 60
[ BLACK and WHITE MODE ] [ Name of moving parts ]

GEAR D5
DRIVE ASSY SUB
GEAR DK
GEAR D1
[ MAGNET ROLL (K) ]
GEAR MAG (K)
SUB MOTOR
GEAR D1
GEAR D2
DRIVE ASSY PH
FRONT FLANGE D3 CAM C
GEAR D4
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
GEAR D3 OUT GEAR D2

GEAR D3 IN
FLANGE D3
CAM C
GEAR P2
DRIVE ASSY PH
GEAR P3
GEAR P4 COLOR MODE

SWITCHING SOLENOID
GEAR P4-2 GEAR C
Rio06053KA
6 – 61
(Refer to 6.1 PHOTOCONDUCTOR (PC)/DEVELOPER (DEV) DRIVE [SIMPLEX MODE]
[ DEVELOPMENT and EXCESS TONER COLLECTING ]

DRIVE ASSY MAIN DRIVE ASSY SUB
GEAR PHD 1
GEAR PHD 2 GEAR MAG (Y, M, C, K)
[ DRUM ] [ MAGNET ROLL ]
GEAR MAG IDLR

GEAR AUGER CLNG
GEAR IDLER AUGER SIDE GEAR IDLER PADDLE
GEAR AUGER SIDE GEAR PADDLE
[ AUGER ] [ AUGER CLNG SIDE ] [ PADDLE DEVE ] GEAR AUGER
[ AUGER FRONT ]
GEAR AUGER
[ AUGER REAR ]
HSG ASSY XERO (Y, M, C, K) HSG ASSY DEVE (Y, M, C, K)
PHD UNIT
Wsb06037KA
6 – 62
[ EXCESS TONER COLLECTING DRIVE ] [ Name of moving parts ]

[ AUGER CLNG SIDE ]
HSG ASSY XERO
[ AUGER ] GEAR AUGER SIDE
GEAR AUGER CLNG
GEAR IDLER AUGER SIDE
[ DRUM ]
GEAR PHD 2
GEAR PHD 1
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
FRONT
PHD ASSY
GEAR PHD 2
Rio06054KA
6 – 63
[ DEVELOPMENT DRIVE ] [ Name of moving parts ]

[ PADDLE DEVE ]
[ AUGER FRONT ]
[ AUGER REAR ]
GEAR IDLER PADDLE
GEAR PADDLE
HSG ASSY DEVE
[ MAGNET ROLL ]
GEAR AUGER GEAR MAG IDLR

GEAR MAG
GEAR AUGER
FRONT
PHD ASSY
DRIVE ASSY SUB Rio06055KA
6 – 64
Blank Page
6 – 65
6.3 TONER DISPENSER (Y, M, C, K)

Rotation power of the TONER DISPENSER drives the agitator and the auger in the TONER
CARTRIDGE.
[TONER CARTRIDGE]
[ TONER DISPENSER ]
DISPENSE MOTOR (K) DISPENSE MOTOR (C) DISPENSE MOTOR (M) DISPENSE MOTOR (Y)
GEAR IDLER (K) GEAR IDLER (C) GEAR IDLER (M) GEAR IDLER (Y)
GEAR IDLER AUG (K) GEAR IDLER AUG (C) GEAR IDLER AUG (M) GEAR IDLER AUG (Y)
GEAR AUGER (K) GEAR AUGER (C) GEAR AUGER (M) GEAR AUGER (Y)
[ AUGER (K) ] [ AUGER (C) ] [ AUGER (M) ] [ AUGER (Y) ]
GEAR IDLER AGI (K) GEAR IDLER AGI (C) GEAR IDLER AGI (M) GEAR IDLER AGI (Y)
DISPENSER ASSY
GEAR AGITATOR (K) GEAR AGITATOR (C) GEAR AGITATOR (M) GEAR AGITATOR (Y)
[ AGITATOR (K) ] [ AGITATOR (C) ] [ AGITATOR (M) ] [ AGITATOR (Y) ]
TONER CARTRIDGE (K) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)
Wsb06039KA
6 – 66
[TONER CARTRIDGE]
[ TONER DISPENSER ] [ Name of moving parts ]
TONER CARTRIDGE
[ AUGER ]
[ AGITATOR ]
GEAR IDLER AGI

GEAR IDLER
FRONT
GEAR AGITATOR
GEAR AUGER
DISPENSE MOTOR
GEAR IDLER AUG

Rio06056KA
6 – 67
6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB

Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY SUB is transmitted through the route below.
[PAPER HANDLING]
[ FULL COLOR MODE ]

DRIVE ASSY SUB DRIVE ASSY PH
SUB MOTOR
GEAR D1 GEAR D1
GEAR DK GEAR D2 GEAR D3 IN
GEAR D3 OUT
GEAR D4 GEAR D4
GEAR D5 GEAR D5 GEAR D5 GEAR D5
GEAR MAG (K) GEAR MAG (C) GEAR MAG (M) GEAR MAG (Y)
[ MAGNET ROLL (K) ] [ MAGNET ROLL (C) ] [ MAGNET ROLL (M) ] [ MAGNET ROLL (Y) ]
HSG ASSY DEVE (K) HSG ASSY DEVE (C) HSG ASSY DEVE (M) HSG ASSY DEVE (Y)
PHD UNIT
Wsb06033KA
6 – 68
[PAPER HANDLING]
[ FULL COLOR MODE ] [ Name of moving parts ]

DRIVE ASSY SUB

GEAR DK
GEAR D1
GEAR MAG (K)

[ MAGNET ROLL (K) ] GEAR D5
SUB MOTOR
GEAR MAG (C)

[ MAGNET ROLL (C) ] GEAR D5 GEAR D1
GEAR D4
GEAR MAG (M)

GEAR D2
[ MAGNET ROLL (M) ] GEAR D5
GEAR D4 DRIVE ASSY PH
GEAR MAG (Y)

[ MAGNET ROLL (Y) ] GEAR D5
FRONT GEAR D3 OUT
GEAR D4
GEAR D2
GEAR D3 IN
Rio06057KA
6 – 69
[ SIMPLEX MODE ]
DRIVE ASSY SUB
GEAR IDLER HR
GEAR HR
[ HEAT ROLL ] GEAR IDLER EXIT
GEAR CLUTCH INPUT
GEAR CLUTCH OUT
GEAR EXIT GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 1
[ ROLL ASSY EXIT ] GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 2
GEAR IDLER DUP
FUSER
GEAR OUTPUT DUP
GEAR ODLER 16
GEAR IDLER CLUTCH
DUPLEX (OPTION)
Rio06109KA
6 – 70
[ SIMPLEX MODE ] [ Name of moving parts ]

[ ROLL ASSY EXIT ]
FUSER GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 2

GEAR IDLER DUP
GEAR CLUTCH INPUT
GEAR IDLER 16
GEAR EXIT
GEAR CLUTCH OUT GEAR IDLER CLUTCH
GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 1
GEAR IDLER EXIT
[ HEAT ROLL ]
GEAR OUTPUT DUP

GEAR HR
GEAR IDLER HR
DUPLEX
FRONT
DRIVE ASSY SUB
Rio06106KA
6 – 71
6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP

Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY DUP is transmitted through the route below.
[ DUPLEX MODE ]
DUPLEX (OPTION)
MOTOR ASSY EXIT MOTOR ASSY DUP
GEAR IDLER 27 GEAR D1
GEAR E1 GEAR IDLER SN GEAR IDLER SN
CLUTCH ASSY EXIT GEAR IDLER 18 GEAR ROLL DUP
GEAR IDLER CLUTCH GEAR IDLER 21 [ ROLLER ASSY DUP ]
GEAR IDLER 16 GEAR IDLER 21
GEAR OUTPUT DUP GEAR D2
GEAR ROLL DUP
[ ROLLER ASSY DUP ]
GEAR IDLER DUP
GEAR CLUTCH OUT
GEAR EXIT GEAR CLUTCH CONT
[ ROLL ASSY EXIT ]
FUSER
Rio06110KA
6 – 72
[ DUPLEX MODE ] [ Name of moving parts ]

[ ROLL ASSY EXIT ]
FUSER GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 2

GEAR CLUTCH CONT GEAR IDLER DUP
GEAR IDLER 16
CLUTCH ASSY EXIT

GEAR EXIT
GEAR CLUTCH OUT GEAR IDLER CLUTCH
GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 1 GEAR E1
GEAR OUTPUT DUP
MOTOR ASSY EXIT

[ ROLLER ASSY DUP ]
GEAR IDLER 27
GEAR ROLL DUP
GEAR D2
GEAR IDLER 21
GEAR IDLER 18
GEAR IDLER SN
MOTOR ASSY DUP
GEAR D1
FRONT
[ ROLLER ASSY DUP ]
DUPLEX
GEAR ROLL DUP
Rio06107KA
6 – 73
6.6 DRIVE ASSY OPTION FDR

Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR is transmitted through the route below.
[ 250 OPTION FEEDER DRIVE ]

MOTOR ASSY OPTION
GEAR IDLE 86-20Z
GEAR IDLE 40Z
GEAR IDLE 28-20Z
GEAR IDLE 36Z GEAR ASSY FEED SOLENOID ASSY FEED
GEAR IDLE 25Z [ FEED ROLLER ]
GEAR IDLE 25Z
GEAR IDLE 22-33Z
TURN CLUTCH (Regi clutch)
[ TURN ROLL RUBBER ] GEAR REGI RUBBER

(Roll assy regi)
GEAR REGI METAL
[ TURN ROLL METAL ]
(Roll regi metal)
250 OPTION FEEDER
Rio06111KA
6 – 74
[ 250 OPTION FEEDER DRIVE ] [ Name of moving parts ]

[ FEED ROLLER ]
GEAR REGI RUBBER
GEAR REGI METAL
[ TURN ROLL RUBBER ]
GEAR ASSY FEED
SOLENOID ASSY FEED
[ TURN ROLL METAL ]
GEAR IDLE 28-20Z
GEAR IDLE 86-20Z
FRONT
TURN CLUTCH
GEAR IDLE 22-33Z
GEAR IDLE 40Z GEAR IDLE 25Z
MOTOR ASSY OPTION GEAR IDLE 36Z GEAR IDLE 25Z Rio06108KA
6 – 75
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information CONTENTS
1. Connection Wiring Diagram.........................................................................................7 - 1

1.1 Symbols in the General Connection Wiring Diagram........................................................................ 7 - 1
1.2 General Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................................... 7 - 2
2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts.....................................................................7 - 3
2.1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts.......................................................................... 7 - 3
2.2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts.......................................................... 7 - 5
§ 1 DC POWER SUPPLY ...................................................................................................................... 7 - 7
§ 2 FEEDER, SSI & REGI ..................................................................................................................... 7 - 9
§ 3 DRIVE ............................................................................................................................................ 7 - 11
§ 4 ROS ............................................................................................................................................... 7 - 13
§ 5 XEROGRAPHIC ............................................................................................................................ 7 - 15
§ 6 HIGH VOLTAGE ............................................................................................................................ 7 - 17
§ 7 DEVELOPER ................................................................................................................................. 7 - 19
§ 8 FUSER........................................................................................................................................... 7 - 21
§ 9 CONTROLLER .............................................................................................................................. 7 - 23
§ 10 250 FEEDER ............................................................................................................................... 7 - 25
§ 11 DUPLEX....................................................................................................................................... 7 - 27
1. Connection Wiring Diagram

1.1 Symbols in the General Connection Wiring Diagram
The symbols in the general connection wiring diagram are described below.
Symbol Description
Represents an interconnection between parts using wiring harness or wire.
Represents an interconnection which differs according to the specifications.
Represents an interconnection between parts using a conductive member

such as a plate spring.
Represents a connection between parts by tightening of a screw.
Indicates a frame ground.
Represents a connector. The connector No. is indicated inside the box.
Represents a connection terminal with a plate spring on the printed circuit

board. The connector (terminal) No. is indicated inside the box.
Represents a connector directly connected to the printed circuit board. The

connector No. is indicated inside the box.
The box containing a part name represents a part.

"PL X.Y.Z" indicates the item "Z" of the plate (PL) "X.Y" described in Chapter
5 "Parts List."
Represents a functional part within a part, and indicates the name of the
functional part.
Represents a section in "2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts," and

indicates its section No.
Represents a screw for fixing wiring harness and a conductive member such
as a plate spring.
Represents a conductive member such as a plate spring.
7-1
1.2 General Wiring Diagram
8 Fuser PWBA LVPS HARN ASSY

BREAKER
PL8.2.1 P/J48 SW PWR P/J482
FUSER ASSY PL8.2.9 GFI
PL6.1.1 P/J171 P/J47
P/J483 PL8.2.11
Used in production
PWBA MCU J5041 P/J504 PWB ASSY
process only.
PL8.2.13 FAN
PL8.2.20
SWITCH FAN
P/J17 P/J503 P/J520 P/J510
PL5.1.9 PL8.1.1
P/J29 P/J291 P/J530
HARN ASSY
4 ROS ROS ASSY
P/J15 P/J502 INTERLOCK
PL4.1.1 P/J411 P/J40 P/J44 PL8.2.5
P/J412 P/J41 P/J30
DC Power Supply 1
P/J14 P/J501
6 High Voltage PWBA HVPS
PL4.1.19
P161 P/J16
P/J40 Controller 9
LED ASSY
ERASE
PL4.1.8 P/J401
P/J141
CONSOLE
PWBA ESS
ASSY PANEL
PHD ASSY PL8.1.7
PL1.1.18
PL4.1.21
P/J10 P/J101
P/J29 P/J2900 P/J220
EEPROM PHD P/J11 P/J111
P/J422 P/J42
PWBA EEPROM
PL8.2.16
P/J144
Developer 7
MOTOR ASSY DISP (Y)
P/J18 P/J181
PL5.1.3
SENSOR HUM
PL8.2.7 P/J201 P/J20
MOTOR ASSY DISP (M)
P/J182
PL5.1.3
TRANSFER ADC SENSOR
ASSY
PL6.1.7 P/J2811 P/J281 P/J28
MOTOR ASSY DISP (C)
P/J19 P/J191
PL5.1.3
5 Xerographic
MOTOR ASSY DISP (K)
P/J192
PL5.1.3
10 250 FEEDER
CONNECTOR CRUM (K)

P/J31 P/J314
PL5.1.14
PWBA FEED H
PL12.2.1
PAPER PATH CONNECTOR CRUM (C)
P/J313
SENSOR P/J4200 P/J420 PL5.1.14
PL12.4.13
CLUTCH ASSY DRV CONNECTOR CRUM (M)

P/J312
PL12.2.6 PL5.1.14
P/J4201
P/J419 P/J273 P/J27-A
CONNECTOR CRUM (Y)
MOTOR P/J311
PL5.1.14
ASSY SUB P/J211 P/J422
PL12.2.16
SOLENOID FEED
MSI P/J4213 P/J421
PL12.2.15 Drive 3
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
CST2 NO PAPER P/J21 P/J211 PL7.1.2
SENSOR P/J4212
PL12.4.13
DRIVE ASSY SUB
P/J22 P/J221 PL7.1.1
COLOR MODE
P/J24
SWITCHING SOLENOID
DRIVE ASSY PH
11 DUPLEX PL7.1.4
COLOR MODE
P/J261
PWBA DUP SWITCHING SENSOR
PL11.1.16
DRIVE ASSY EXIT
PL11.2.2 P/J6021 P/J602
Feeder, SSI & Regi 2
DRIVE ASSY DUP
PL11.2.5 P/J6031 P/J603 CLUTCH ASSY
P/J26 P/J262 DRV
P/J601 P/J272 P/J271 P/J27-B PL3.1.1
CLUTCH DUP
PL11.2.2 P/J604 SOLENOID FEED
P/J23 P/J231 PL3.1.11
P/J610
REGI SENSOR
P/J232 PL3.2.13
SSI NO PAPER
P/J233 SENSOR
PL3.2.13
CST NO PAPER
P/J234 SENSOR
PL3.2.13
RIO07001KA
7-2
2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts

2.1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts
The following describes the legend of the wiring diagrams between parts shown on the following pages.
Symbols Description
Denotes a plug.
Denotes a jack.
P/JXX
YY
Denotes Pin yy and Jack yy of the connector Pxx and Jxx.
PWBA HNB DRV Denotes the parts.

(PL X.Y.Z)
PL X.Y.Z implies the item "Z" of plate (PL) "X.Y" in Chapter 5.
Parts List.
Heater
Denotes functional parts attached with functional parts name.
Control
Denotes the control and its outline in PWB.
DEVE_A Denotes a connection between parts with harnesses or wires,

attached with signal name/contents.
Denotes the function, and logic value of the signal to operate the
REGI CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC function (Low: L, High: H).
The given voltage is for signal in high status.
The arrow indicates the direction of signal.
EXIT PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC Denotes the function, and logic value of the signal when the func-
tion operated (Low: L, High: H).
The given voltage is for signal in high status.
The arrow indicates the direction of signal.
7-3
Symbols Description
Denotes a connection between wires.
Denotes DC voltage when the interlock switch in HNB MCU WITH

I/L +24VDC
CPU turns on.
+5VDC
Denotes DC voltage.
+3.3VDC
SG Denotes signal ground.
AG Denotes analog ground.
RTN Denotes the return.
7-4
2.2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts

The interconnection wiring diagram is divided into 11 sections.
§ 1 to § 11 indicate details of the interconnections of parts.
§ 1 DC POWER SUPPLY
Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA MCU.
Connections of HARN ASSY SW PWR with PWBA LVPS.
Connections of BREAKER GFI with HARN ASSY SW PWR.
Connections of FAN with PWBA HAN.
Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA HAN.
Connections of HARN ASSY INTERLOCK with PWBA LVPS.
Connections of SWITCH with PWBA MCU.
§ 2 FEEDER, SSI & REGI

Connections of SOLENOID FEED with PWBA MCU.
Connections of REGI SENSOR with PWBA MCU.
Connections of SSI NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CST NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CLUTCH ASSY DRV with PWBA MCU.
§ 3 DRIVE
Connections of DRIVE ASSY PH with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DRIVE ASSY MAIN with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DRIVE ASSY SUB with PWBA MCU.
§ 4 ROS
Connections of ROS ASSY with PWBA MCU.
§ 5 XEROGRAPHIC
Connections of PWBA EEPROM with PWBA MCU.
Connections of PHD ASSY with PWBA MCU.
Connections of SENSOR HUM with PWBA MCU.
Connections of LED ASSY ERASE with PWBA MCU.
Connections of TRANSFER ASSY with PWBA MCU.
§ 6 HIGH VOLTAGE
Connections of PWBA HVPS with PWBA MCU.
7-5
§ 7 DEVELOPER
Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (Y) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (M) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (C) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (K) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (M) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (C) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (K) with PWBA MCU.
§ 8 FUSER
Connections of FUSER ASSY with PWBA MCU.
Connections of FUSER ASSY with PWBA LVPS.
Connections of PWBA MCU with PWBA LVPS.
§ 9 CONTROLLER
Connections of PWBA ESS with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONSOLE ASSY PANEL with PWBA ESS.
Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA ESS.
§ 10 250 FEEDER
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with PWBA MCU.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with PATH SENSOR.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with SOLENOID FEED.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CST NO PAPER SENSOR.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with DRIVE ASSY OPTION.
§ 11 DUPLEX
Connections of PWBA DUP with PWBA MCU.
Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR ASSY DUP-UP.
Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR ASSY DUP-DN.
Connections of PWBA DUP with CLUTCH DUP.
7-6
§ 1 DC POWER SUPPLY
PWBA LVPS PWBA MCU

PL8.2.1 PL8.2.13
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK
PL8.2.5
P/J44
1
POWER
CONTROL
I/L +24VDC
3
SWITCH P/J291 P/J29

R/H COVER OPEN
PL5.1.9 2 1
SG
1 2
HARN ASSY SIDE SW

PL5.1.27
HARN ASSY LVPS2
PL9.1.3 +5VDC
P/J501 P/J14
+5VDC +3.3VDC
1 14
SG
2 13
+3.3VDC
3 12
SG
4 11
LV TYPE
7 8
SG
8 7
SG
9 6
24V ON
10 5
FAN ON
11 4
SG
12 3
FAN ALARM
13 2
I/L OPEN
14 1
HARN ASSY LVPS2 INTERLOCK
PL9.1.3 +24VDC
P/J502 P/J15
I/L +24VDC
1 1
SG
2 2
HARN ASSY
PWB ASSY TEST RL2
FAN PL5.1.28
P/J503 P/J520 PL8.2.20 P/J530 P/J30
FAN +24VDC SG
1 1 3 2
FAN FAN ALARM
2 2 2 3
CONTROL SG FAN LOW
3 3 1 4
FAN
P/J510 PL8.1.1
FAN +12VDC
1
2
3
HARN ASSY SW POWER BREAKER GFI

P/J48 PL8.2.9 PL8.2.11
1 P/J483
LINE
2 4 3
NUT
3 2 1 P/J482
T484 P/J484
HARN ASSY GFI GND

PL8.2.10
RIO07002KB
7-7
Signal line name Description

LV TYPE
Control signal of the LVPS
24V ON
FAN ON
Drive control signal of the SIDE FAN
FAN ALARM
- LVPS overcurrent protection circuit

This circuit stops all outputs, if the power supply voltage 24VDC, 5VDC, or 3.3VDC is shorted.
- LVPS overvoltage protection circuit

This circuit stops all outputs, if the power supply voltage 24VDC, 5VDC, or 3.3VDC exceeds the
specified voltage respectively.
At this time, the operating point is 36VDC or less for 24VDC, 7VDC or less for 5VDC and 3.3VDC.
7-8
§ 2 FEEDER, SSI & REGI
PWBA MCU
PL8.2.13 HARN ASSY L SIDE
PL3.1.18
P/J23 P/J231
I/L +24VDC
1 2 1 SOLENOID FEED MSI
CST FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC PL3.1.11
2 1 2
+3.3VDC
P/J232
PULL UP +3.3VDC
3 3 REGI SENSOR
SG
4 2 PL3.2.13
REGI SENSED (L) +3.3VDC
5 1
+3.3VDC
P/J233
PULL UP +3.3VDC
6 3 SSI NO PAPER
SG
7 2 SENSOR
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H) +3.3VDC PL3.2.13
8 1
+3.3VDC
P/J234
PULL UP +3.3VDC
9 3 CST NO PAPER
SG
10 2 SENSOR
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC PL3.2.13
11 1
HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL

INTERLOCK PL9.1.9
+24VDC P/J26 P/J262
I/L +24VDC 2 1
4 CLUTCH ASSY DRV
REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC PL3.1.1
5 1 2
RIO07003KA
7-9

CST FEED CL ON (L)
ON/OFF signal of the SOLENOID FEED
+24VDC
REGI SENSED (L)
Paper detect signal of the Regi part by the Sensor Photo (REGI SENSOR)
+3.3VDC
PAPER EMPTY SENSED Paper detect signal of the SSI by the Sensor Photo
(H) +3.3VDC (SSI NO PAPER SENSOR)
PAPER EMPTY SENSED Paper detect signal of the Paper Cassette by the Sensor Photo
(L) +3.3VDC (CST NO PAPER SENSOR)
REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV
7 - 10
§ 3 DRIVE
PWBA MCU DRIVE ASSY PH

PL8.2.13 PL7.1.4
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
P/J24
I/L +24VDC
1 COLOR MODE
K MODE SOL ON (L) +24VDC SWITCHING SOLENOID
2
+3.3VDC HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL

PL9.1.9
P/J26 P/J261
PULL UP +3.3VDC
1 3
SG COLOR MODE
2 2
K MODE SENSED (L) +3.3VDC SWITCHING SENSOR
3 1
INTERLOCK
+24VDC HARN ASSY MAIN MOT
PL9.1.7
P/J21 P/J211 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
SG PL7.1.2
1 11
I/L +24VDC
2 10
SG
3 9
I/L +24VDC
4 8
SG
5 7 M
MAIN MOT ON
6 6
MAIN MOT ALARM
7 5
MAIN MOT CLK
8 4
MAIN MOT LOW
9 3
MAIN MOT CW/CCW
10 2
INTERLOCK
+24VDC HARN ASSY SUB MOT
PL9.1.8
P/J22 P/J221 DRIVE ASSY SUB
SG PL7.1.1
1 10
I/L +24VDC
2 9
SG
3 8
I/L +24VDC
4 7
SG
5 6 M
SUB MOTO ON
6 5
SUB MOT ALARM
7 4
SUB MOT CLK
8 3
SUB MOT LOW
9 2
SUB MOT BRAKE
10 1
WSB07004KC
7 - 11

K MODE SOL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID
K MODE SENSED (L) Color mode detect signal of the DRIVE ASSY PH by the Sensor
+3.3VDC Photo (COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR)
MAIN MOT ON
MAIN MOT ALARM
MAIN MOT CLK Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
MAIN MOT LOW
MAIN MOT CW/CCW
SUB MOT ON
SUB MOT ALARM
SUB MOT CLK Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY SUB
SUB MOT LOW
SUB MOT BRAKE
7 - 12
§ 4 ROS
PWBA MCU ROS ASSY

PL8.2.13 PL4.1.1
HARN ASSY ROS RE

INTERLOCK PL4.1.22
+24VDC
P/J40 P/J411
ROS MOT ON CLK ROS MOT
1 15 1 5
SG LOCK
2 14 2 4
I/L +24VDC ROS MOT ON
3 13 3 3
ROS MOT CLK SG
4 12 4 2
SOS +24VDC
5 11 5 1
LD ERR
6 10
PCONT
7 9
SG
8 8
V REF K +5VDC
9 7 1 3
V REF C SOS PWBA SOS
10 6 2 2
V REF M SG
11 5 3 1
V REF Y
12 4
ENB
13 3
SG
14 2
+3.3V LD
15 1
from Xerography
HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO
PL4.1.23
P/J41 P/J412
SG
1 8
DATA K
2 7
SG
3 6
DATA C
4 5
SG
5 4
DATA M
6 3
SG
7 2
DATA Y
8 1
RIO07006KA
7 - 13

ROS MOT ON
Drive control signal of the ROS MOTOR
ROS MOT CLK
SOS Reference signal for scan start of LASER
V REF K
V REF C
Emission control signal of the laser diode
V REF M
V REF Y
LD ERR Error signal of the laser diode
PCONT Power control signal of the laser diode
DATA K
DATA C
Video signal of the laser diode
DATA M
DATA Y
7 - 14
§ 5 XEROGRAPHIC
PWBA MCU
PL8.2.13 HARN ASSY PHD XPRO
PL9.1.11
P/J42 P/J144
+3.3VDC DATA
1 4 PWBA EEPROM
CLOCK PL8.2.16
2 3
+3.3VDC
3 2
SG
4 1
PHD ASSY
PL4.1.21
+3.3VDC
P/J422
5 +3.3VLD 6 EEPROM PHD
DATA
6 5
7 CLOCK 4
+3.3VDC
8 3
SG
9 2
+3.3VLD
10 1
to ROS
HARN ASSY HUM
PL9.1.6
P/J20 P/J201
TEMP.
+5VDC 1 4 SENSOR HUM
SG PL8.2.7
2 3
HUMI.
3 2
+5VDC
4 1
HARN ASSY LVPS2

+3.3VDC PL9.1.3
P/J14 P/J141
15 +3.3VDC
3 LED ASSY ERASE
ERASE Y/M/C ON (L) +3.3VDC PL4.1.8
16 2
ERASE K ON (L) +3.3VDC
17 1
TRANSFER ASSY
HARN ASSY L SIDE PL6.1.7
PL3.1.18
P/J28 P/J281 P/J2811
+5VDC
1 5 1 5
ADC SENSOR
2 4 2 4
LED REM
3 3 3 3 ADC SENSOR
ADC V MONI
4 2 4 2
SG
5 1 5 1
RIO07007KA
7 - 15

CLOCK
Control signal of the PWBA EEPROM
DATA
CLOCK
Control signal of the EEPROM PHD
DATA
Temperature data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM
TEMP.
(Analog value)
Humidity data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM
HUMI.
(Analog value)
ERASE K ON (L) +3.3VDC
ON/OFF signal of the LED ASSY ERASE
ERASE Y/M/C ON (L) +3.3VDC
Toner patch density data measured by the ADC SENSOR
ADC SENSOR
(Analog value)
LED REM Remote signal of the LED of ADC SENSOR
ADC V MONI Control signal of the ADC SENSOR
7 - 16
§ 6 HIGH VOLTAGE
PWBA MCU PWBA HVPS

PL8.2.13 PL4.1.19
HARN ASSY HVPS

PL9.1.5
A
P/J16 P/J161
TR MON
10 1
NC
9 2
+3.0V REF E
HV DO
8 3
HV LD I
7 4
HV CLK D
6 5
+3.0V REF H
5 6
SG C
4 7
MAIN CLK G
3 8
SG B
2 9
I/L +24V F
1 10
BCR
BTR
K Developer
C
BTR : Bias Transfer Roll
BCR : Bias Charge Roll
RIO07008KA
7 - 17

TR MON
HV DO
HV LD Control signal of the HVPS
HV CLK
MAIN CLK
7 - 18
§ 7 DEVELOPER
PWBA MCU
PL8.2.13
INTERLOCK
+24VDC HARN ASSY TNR MOT
PL5.1.25
P/J18 P181 J181
Y DISPENSE MOT A DISPENSE MOTOR (Y)
1 5 1
Y DISPENSE MOT B PL5.1.3
2 4 2
I/L +24VDC
3 3 3 M
INTERLOCK Y DISPENSE MOT XA
4 2 4
+24VDC Y DISPENSE MOT XB
5 1 5
P182 J182
M DISPENSE MOT A DISPENSE MOTOR (M)
6 5 1
M DISPENSE MOT B PL5.1.3
7 4 2
I/L +24VDC
8 3 3 M
M DISPENSE MOT XA
9 2 4
M DISPENSE MOT XB
10 1 5
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
P/J19
N.C.
1 P191 J191
C DISPENSE MOT A DISPENSE MOTOR (C)
2 5 1
C DISPENSE MOT B PL5.1.3
3 4 2
I/L +24VDC
4 3 3 M
INTERLOCK C DISPENSE MOT XA
5 2 4
+24VDC C DISPENSE MOT XB
6 1 5
P192 J192
K DISPENSE MOT A DISPENSE MOTOR (K)
7 5 1
K DISPENSE MOT B PL5.1.3
8 4 2
I/L +24VDC
9 3 3 M
K DISPENSE MOT XA
10 2 4
K DISPENSE MOT XB
11 1 5
HARN ASSY TONER CRUM

P/J31 PL5.1.26 P/J311
+3.3VDC DATA Y IN
1 4
CLK Y OUT
2 3 CONNECTOR CRUM (Y)
+3.3VDC
3 2 PL5.1.14
SG
4 1
P/J312
DATA M IN
5 4
CLK M OUT
6 3 CONNECTOR CRUM (M)
+3.3VDC PL5.1.14
7 2
SG
8 1
P/J313
DATA C IN
9 4
CLK C OUT
10 3 CONNECTOR CRUM (C)
+3.3VDC PL5.1.14
11 2
SG
12 1
P/J314
DATA K IN
13 4
CLK K OUT
14 3 CONNECTOR CRUM (K)
+3.3VDC PL5.1.14
15 2
SG
16 1
RIO07009KA
7 - 19

Y DISPENSE MOT A
Y DISPENSE MOT B
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y)
Y DISPENSE MOT XA
Y DISPENSE MOT XB
M DISPENSE MOT A
M DISPENSE MOT B
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (M)
M DISPENSE MOT XA
M DISPENSE MOT XB
C DISPENSE MOT A
C DISPENSE MOT B
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (C)
C DISPENSE MOT XA
C DISPENSE MOT XB
K DISPENSE MOT A
K DISPENSE MOT B
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (K)
K DISPENSE MOT XA
K DISPENSE MOT XB
DATA Y IN
Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (Y)
CLK Y OUT
DATA M IN
Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (M)
CLK M OUT
DATA C IN
Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (C)
CLK C OUT
DATA K IN
Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (K)
CLK K OUT
7 - 20
§ 8 FUSER
PWBA MCU FUSER ASSY

PL8.2.13 PL6.1.1
HARN ASSY FUSER2
P/J17 PL6.1.2 P/J171 P/J175
VC
8 1 8 1 3 NC SNS
VD
7 2 7 2 2
SG
6 3 6 3 1
P/J176
SG
5 4 5 1 2 STS
STS
4 5 4 2 1
+3.3VDC
P/J172 P/J173
FUSER EXIT SENSED (L) +3.3VDC 6 3
3 1 3 1
2 SG 7 2 2 2 2
PULL UP +3.3VDC
1 8 1 3 1 3
EXIT
SENSOR
PWBA LVPS
PL8.2.1
HARN ASSY LVPS2 HARN ASSY FUSER2
PL9.1.3 PL6.1.2
P/J171
LAMP
1 1 P1711 Heater
P/J14 P/J501 CONTROL P/J47
xHEAT1 N HEAT1 2 2 P1712
10 5 3
FUSER ON LINE 3 3 P1713
9 6 1
Thermostat
P/J504
1
2
J5041
RELAY TEST LOW
Used in production 1
process only. RELAY TEST HIGH
2
HARN ASSY TEST RL2
PL5.1.28
200V Spec.
P/J171
1 1
P/J47 N HEAT1
2 2
3
LINE 3 3
1
RIO07010KA
7 - 21

VC Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor for controlling
VD temperature (analog value)
Heat Roll surface temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor
STS
for detecting high temperature (analog value)
FUSER EXIT SENSED (L) Paper detect signal of the Fuser Exit by the Sensor Photo
+3.3VDC (EXIT SENSOR)
FUSER ON Lighting signal of Fuser Lamp
RELAY TEST LOW
Test signal of the LVPS (Used in production process only)
RELAY TEST HIGH
7 - 22
§ 9 CONTROLLER
PWBA ESS PWBA MCU

PL8.1.7 HARN ASSY ESS PL8.2.13
PL9.1.1
P/J101 P/J10
+3.3VDC TEST PRINT +3.3VDC
1 18
SG
2 17
+3.3VDC
3 16
SG
4 15
SG
5 14
STS
6 13
CMD
7 12
CREADY
8 11
SREADY
9 10
SG
10 9
VSYNC K
11 8
VSYNC C
12 7
VSYNC M
13 6
VSYNC Y
14 5
SG
15 4
HSYNC
16 3
SG
17 2
SG
18 1
HARN ASSY ESS VIDEO

PL9.1.2
P/J111 P/J11
SG
1 8
DATA K
2 7
SG
3 6
DATA C
4 5
SG
5 4
DATA M
6 3
SG
7 2
DATA Y
8 1
PWBA LVPS
PL8.2.1
+5VDC HARN ASSY ESS POWER
PL9.1.10 +5VDC
P/J401 P/J40
+3.3VDC +5VDC +3.3VDC
1 1
SG
2 2
+3.3VDC
3 3
SG
4 4
HARNESS ASSY B HARNESS ASSY PNL A CONSOLE ASSY

PL9.1.12 PL1.2.12 PANEL
P/J29 P/J2900 P/J220 PL1.2.3
7 1 7 SG 1
+5VDC DATA +5VDC
6 2 6 2
5 3 5 CLK 3
4 4 4 +5VDC 4
WAKE UP
3 5 3 5
2 6 2 LED ON 6
1 7 1 +3.3VDC 7
RIO07011KA
7 - 23

TEST PRINT Control signal for the TEST PRINT mode
STS Status signal transmitted fro the PWBA MCU to the PWBA ESS
Command signal transmitted from the PWBA ESS to the
CMD
PWBA MCU
CREADY Signal for indicating weather or not the printer is ready for
SREADY receiving command signal
VSYNC K
VSYNC C Signal for indicating registration position of each of images
VSYNC M Y, M, C and K
VSYNC Y
HSYNC Signal for data
DATA K
DATA C
Video data of four colors
DATA M
DATA Y
DATA
CLK
Control signal of the CONSOLE ASSY
WAKE UP
LED ON
7 - 24
§ 10 250 FEEDER
PWBA FEED H PWBA MCU

PL12.2.1 PL8.2.13
HARN ASSY TRAY HARN ASSY OPTION
PL12.3.23 PL3.1.20
INTERLOCK INTERLOCK
P/J419 P/J273 P/J27
+24VDC SG +24VDC
1 10 1 A2
SG
2 9 2 A3
SG
3 8 3 A4
I/L +24VDC
4 7 4 A5
I/L +24VDC
5 6 5 A6
+3.3VDC SG +3.3VDC
6 5 6 A7
+3.3VDC
7 4 7 A8
DUP-HOT
8 3 8 A9
Rxd
9 2 9 A10
Txd
10 1 10 A11
INTERLOCK HARN ASSY TRAY COMP

+24VDC PL12.2.20
P/J420 P/J4201
I/L +24VDC CLUTCH ASSY
1 2 1
TURN CL ON (L) +24VDC DRV
3 1 2
PL12.2.6
+3.3VDC
P/J4200
SG
4 3 1 3
PAPER FEED SENSED (L) +3.3VDC PAPER PATH
5 2 2 2 SENSOR
3.3V PL12.4.13
6 1 3 1
INTERLOCK HARN ASSY TRAY COMP

+24VDC PL12.2.20
P/J421 P/J4213
I/L +24VDC SOLENOID FEED
1 2 1
FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC MSI
2 1 2 PL12.2.15
+3.3VDC CST2 NO PAPER

SENSOR
P/J4212 PL12.4.13
PULL UP +3.3VDC
3 3 1 3
SG
4 2 2 2
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC
5 1 3 1
MOTOR ASSY
HARN ASSY TRAY MOT SUB
PL12.2.2 PL12.2.16
P/J422 P/J211 *CN2
FEED MOT ON * The CN1 and CN2 are
1 6
FEED MOT ALARM printed on the board.
2 5
3 FEED MOT CLK 4
FEED MOT LOW M
4 3
INTERLOCK
+24VDC *CN1
SG
5 2
I/L +24VDC
6 1
RIO07012KA
7 - 25

DUP-HOT
Rxd Control signal of the PWBA FEEDER
Txd
TURN CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the TURN CLUTCH
FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the FEED CLUTCH
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) Paper detect signal of the Feeder by the Sensor Photo
+3.3VDC (NO PAPER SENSOR)
FEED MOT ON
FEED MOT ALARM
Drive control signal of the FEED MOTOR
FEED MOT CLK
FEED MOT LOW
7 - 26
§ 11 DUPLEX
PWBA MCU
PWBA DUP PL8.2.13
PL11.1.16 HARNESS ASSY DUP HARN ASSY DUP RELAY HARN ASSY OPTION
PL11.1.14 PL1.2.13 PL3.1.20
P/J601 P/J272 P/J271 P/J27
+3.3VDC Txd +3.3VDC
10 1 10 1 10 B1
Rxd
9 2 9 2 9 B2
DUP-HOT
8 3 8 3 8 B3
INTERLOCK +3.3VDC INTERLOCK
7 4 7 4 7 B4
+24VDC SG +24VDC
6 5 6 5 6 B5
I/L +24VDC
5 6 5 6 5 B6
I/L +24VDC
4 7 4 7 4 B7
SG
3 8 3 8 3 B8
SG
2 9 2 9 2 B9
SG
1 10 1 10 1 B10
B11
DRIVE ASSY
EXIT
P/J602 P/J6021 PL11.2.2
DUP UP_A
4 1
DUP UP_XA
3 2
DUP UP_B M
2 3
DUP UP_XB
1 4
DRIVE ASSY
DUP
P/J603 P/J6031 PL11.2.5
DUP DOWN_A
5 1
DUP DOWN_XA
4 2
DUP DOWN_B
3 3 M
DUP DOWN_XB
2 4
1 5
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
P/J604
I/L +24VDC
1 CLUTCH DUP
DUP CL ON (L) +24VDC PL11.2.2
2
RIO07013KA
7 - 27

Txd
Control signal of the PWBA DUP
Rxd
DUP UP_A
DUP UP_XA
Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR UP
DUP UP_B
DUP UP_XB
DUP DOWN_A
DUP DOWN_XA
Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR DOWN
DUP DOWN_B
DUP DOWN_XB
DUP CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the DUP CLUTCH
FAN +24VDC
Drive control signal of the DUP FAN
FAN ALARM
7 - 28
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications CONTENTS
1. Configuration of Printer...............................................................................................8 - 1
1.1 Basic Configuration.......................................................................................................................... 8 - 1
1.2 Functional Configuration .................................................................................................................. 8 - 1
2. Electrical Properties....................................................................................................8 - 2
2.1 Power Source .................................................................................................................................. 8 - 2
2.2 Power Consumption......................................................................................................................... 8 - 2
2.3 Rush Current.................................................................................................................................... 8 - 2
3. Mechanical Properties ................................................................................................8 - 3
3.1 Dimensions/Mass of Printer ............................................................................................................. 8 - 3
3.2 Dimensions/Mass of 250 Feeder (Option) ....................................................................................... 8 - 3
3.3 Dimensions/Mass of Duplex (Option) .............................................................................................. 8 - 4
3.4 Dimensions/Mass of Consumables and CRUs ................................................................................ 8 - 4
3.4.1 PHD Unit .................................................................................................................................. 8 - 4
3.4.2 FUSER CRU ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 5
3.4.3 Black toner cartridge ................................................................................................................ 8 - 5
3.4.4 Cyan toner cartridge ................................................................................................................ 8 - 5
3.4.5 Magenta toner cartridge........................................................................................................... 8 - 5
3.4.6 Yellow toner cartridge .............................................................................................................. 8 - 5
3.5 Installation Space (min. installation space) ...................................................................................... 8 - 6
4. Functions ....................................................................................................................8 - 7
4.1 Recording System............................................................................................................................ 8 - 7
4.2 Exposure System............................................................................................................................. 8 - 7
4.3 Development System....................................................................................................................... 8 - 7
4.4 Fixing System .................................................................................................................................. 8 - 7
4.5 Resolution ........................................................................................................................................ 8 - 7
4.6 Operation Mode ............................................................................................................................... 8 - 8
4.7 Warm-up Time ................................................................................................................................. 8 - 8
4.8 FPOT (First Print Output Time)........................................................................................................ 8 - 9
4.9 Continuous Printing Speed ............................................................................................................ 8 - 10
4.10 Input Properties............................................................................................................................ 8 - 11
4.10.1 Paper pick-up system .......................................................................................................... 8 - 11
4.10.2 Paper pick-up capacity......................................................................................................... 8 - 11
4.11 Output Properties......................................................................................................................... 8 - 11
4.11.1 Paper delivery system.......................................................................................................... 8 - 11
4.11.2 Paper delivery capacity........................................................................................................ 8 - 11
4.11.3 Delivery paper size/mass..................................................................................................... 8 - 11
4.11.4 Full stack detection .............................................................................................................. 8 - 11
4.12 Paper ........................................................................................................................................... 8 - 12
4.12.1 Paper type ........................................................................................................................... 8 - 12
4.12.2 Paper mass.......................................................................................................................... 8 - 12
4.12.3 Paper size ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 12
5. Consumables............................................................................................................8 - 13
5.1 Items of Consumables ................................................................................................................... 8 - 13
5.2 Consumable Life ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 13
5.3 Periodic Replacing Parts (Reference)............................................................................................ 8 - 13
6. Operating Environment.............................................................................................8 - 15
6.1 Installation Temperature / Humidity ............................................................................................... 8 - 15
6.2 Installation Altitude......................................................................................................................... 8 - 15
6.3 Installation Horizontality ................................................................................................................. 8 - 15
6.4 Ambient Lighting ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 15
6.5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge.................................................................................... 8 - 15
7. Safety / Environment Conditions ..............................................................................8 - 16
7.1 Safety Standard ............................................................................................................................. 8 - 16
7.2 Laser Safety Standard ................................................................................................................... 8 - 16
7.3 EMI................................................................................................................................................. 8 - 16
7.4 Noise.............................................................................................................................................. 8 - 16
8. Print image Quality ...................................................................................................8 - 17
8.1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions............................................................................................. 8 - 17
8.1.1 Environmental conditions....................................................................................................... 8 - 17
8.1.2 Guaranteed paper.................................................................................................................. 8 - 17
8.1.3 Paper condition ...................................................................................................................... 8 - 17
8.1.4 Printer condition ..................................................................................................................... 8 - 17
8.1.5 Image quality guaranteed area ............................................................................................. 8 - 17
8.1.6 Criterion ................................................................................................................................. 8 - 17
9. Option .......................................................................................................................8 - 18
9.1 Option to be Installed by Users...................................................................................................... 8 - 18
10. ESS Specification ...................................................................................................8 - 19
10.1 External Interface......................................................................................................................... 8 - 19
10.1.1 USB ..................................................................................................................................... 8 - 19
10.1.2 Ethernet (required the Network adaptor) ............................................................................. 8 - 19
10.1.3 Wireless ............................................................................................................................... 8 - 19
10.2 Network Protocol.......................................................................................................................... 8 - 20
10.2.1 Printing Protocol................................................................................................................... 8 - 20
10.2.2 Other Protocols .................................................................................................................... 8 - 20
10.3 Decomposer................................................................................................................................. 8 - 21
10.3.1 PDL ...................................................................................................................................... 8 - 21
10.3.2 Font...................................................................................................................................... 8 - 21
10.3.3 Image Area .......................................................................................................................... 8 - 21
10.4 Job Control................................................................................................................................... 8 - 22
10.4.1 Cancel Print ......................................................................................................................... 8 - 22
10.4.2 Job Recovery ....................................................................................................................... 8 - 22
10.4.3 Job Time Out ....................................................................................................................... 8 - 22
10.4.4 Dell Color Track ................................................................................................................... 8 - 22
10.4.5 Secure Print (/Store Print).................................................................................................... 8 - 22
10.4.6 Proof Print ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 22
10.4.7 IP Filter................................................................................................................................. 8 - 22
10.5 Logging ........................................................................................................................................ 8 - 23
10.5.1 Job Logging ......................................................................................................................... 8 - 23
10.5.2 Error Logging ....................................................................................................................... 8 - 23
10.5.3 Billing Count......................................................................................................................... 8 - 23

10.6 ID Print ......................................................................................................................................... 8 - 24
10.7 Non DELL Toner Mode ................................................................................................................ 8 - 24
10.8 Utility Print.................................................................................................................................... 8 - 25
10.8.1 Printer Settings List.............................................................................................................. 8 - 25
10.8.2 Panel Settings List Print....................................................................................................... 8 - 25
10.8.3 Font List Print....................................................................................................................... 8 - 25
10.8.4 Macros List Print .................................................................................................................. 8 - 25
10.8.5 Job History Report ............................................................................................................... 8 - 26
10.8.6 Error History Report ............................................................................................................. 8 - 26
10.8.7 Demo Page Print.................................................................................................................. 8 - 26

1. Configuration of Printer
1.1 Basic Configuration
The printer has the following basic configurations depending on the destination.
• print engine main unit (SSI and 250 feeder unit as the standard paper feeding)
• consumables (CRU)
Rio08001KA
1.2 Functional Configuration

Functional configuration of this printer is shown below.
Wsb08002KA
8–1
2. Electrical Properties
2.1 Power Source
Two types of power source as follows are available for this printer, which are selected according to the
specifications.
- 100V/110V printer:............. voltage: 100-127VAC ±10% (90 ~ 140V), frequency: 50/60Hz ± 3Hz
current capacity: 11A or less
- 220 printer: ........................ voltage: 220-240VAC ±10% (198 ~ 264V), frequency: 50/60Hz ± 3Hz
current capacity: 5A or less
2.2 Power Consumption

Power consumption in each operation mode at rated voltage input
Operation mode Average (Wh/h)

Running mode (F/C) 230 or less
Running mode (B/W) 265 or less
Standby mode 28 or less
Sleep mode 9 or less
Deep sleep mode 6 or less
2.3 Rush Current

When the power switch is turned on, the inrush current shall be maximum 120A, 10ms (half cycle) or
less.
8–2
3. Mechanical Properties
3.1 Dimensions/Mass of Printer
Width(mm) Depth(mm) Height(mm) Mass(kg)

400 406 413 20 (with CRU)
* Depth of M/C is without paper tray.
Rio08003KA
3.2 Dimensions/Mass of 250 Feeder (Option)

400 406 108 4.4
Rio08013KA
8–3
3.3 Dimensions/Mass of Duplex (Option)

326.5 313.2 153.5 1.2
Rio08012KA
3.4 Dimensions/Mass of Consumables and CRUs

3.4.1 PHD Unit
Width: 332mm
Depth: 138mm
Height: 196mm
Mass: 3.37kg
Reference: The PHD Unit has CRUM (CRU
memory) to record
information.
Wsb08006KA
8–4
3.4.2 FUSER CRU
Width: 393mm
Depth: 121mm
Height: 130mm
Mass: 1.5kg
Rio08004KA
3.4.3 Black toner cartridge

Width: 185.8mm
Depth: 63mm
Height: 40.5mm
Mass: 0.1K kg
Reference:The Black toner cartridge has
CRUM (CRU memory) to record
information.
Wsb08005KA
3.4.4 Cyan toner cartridge

Width: 185.8mm
Depth: 63mm
Height: 40.5mm
Mass: 0.1 kg
Reference:The Cyan toner cartridge has
information.
Wsb08005KA
3.4.5 Magenta toner cartridge

Width: 185.8mm
Depth: 63mm
Height: 40.5mm
Mass: 0.1 kg
Reference:The Magenta toner cartridge
has CRUM (CRU memory) to record
information.
Wsb08005KA
3.4.6 Yellow toner cartridge

Width: 185.8mm
Depth: 63mm
Height: 40.5mm
Mass: 0.1 kg
Reference:The Yellow toner cartridge has
information.
Wsb08005KA
8–5
3.5 Installation Space (min. installation space)

Minimum space as shown below is required to install the printer when it is used for normal objects.
(Space occupied by the operator is not included.)
Top view
100mm
100mm 250mm
600mm
Rio08007KA
Front view
100mm 400mm 250mm

Rio08008KA
Side view
Front Cover
600mm 407mm 100mm
Rio08009KA
8–6
4. Functions
4.1 Recording System
Tandem electro-photographic system employing OPC drum and direct transfer by the transport belt
4.2 Exposure System

Four laser beams semiconductor scanning system
4.3 Development System

Development with 2-component developer
4.4 Fixing System

Thermal fixing system
4.5 Resolution
600 dpi x 600 dpi
8–7
4.6 Operation Mode

The printer can be operated in either of 5 operation modes. The modes are switched over by command
from the printer controller or change of printer operation, etc.
Proceeding from power ON, low power mode or sleep mode to standby mode will take place after going
through a warm up stage.
- Initializing mode
State in initializing.
Fixing system: Stop status
Exposure system: Operating status (during calibration)
Recording system: Operating status (during calibration)
- Running mode
State in running or recording operation.
Fixing system: Held at operating temperature.
Exposure system: Operating status
Recording system: Operating status
- Ready mode
Ready state
Fixing system: Held at ready temperature.
Exposure system: Stop status
Recording system: Stop status
- Sleep mode
Complete resting state. Compatible to E-Star and BAM requirement.
- Deep sleep mode
Resting state from the sleep state.
4.7 Warm-up Time

When nominal voltage (100V, 115V, 220V) is applied, the printer will proceed to standby mode from
POWER-ON within 16 seconds.
Reference: Measured at 22°C, 55% RH, nominal voltage, plain paper mode.
8–8
4.8 FPOT (First Print Output Time)

FPOT time of the printer is shown in the table below.
The time required for the first sheet of paper to be delivered after the PRINT indication is given is
calculated on the following conditions (rounded to one decimal place).
• IOT performance that the controller does not have IOT wait.
• The printer is in the standby mode. (ROS MOTOR OFF, FUSER READY)
• Paper is A4 SEF
• Except when process control is operating*1
*1:Process controller operation is process controls such as TC control, electric potential control,
cleaning cycle, registration control, and so on. Sometimes, the engine stops feeding papers for
a certain period of time while continuous printing for these operations.
Color Mode Paper Tray FPOT (Sec.)

Standard tray 16.3 sec. or less
B/W SSF 15.5 sec. or less
Optional tray 18.0 sec. or less
Standard tray 17.0 sec. or less
Color SSF 16.5 sec. or less
Optional tray 19.0 sec. or less
8–9
4.9 Continuous Printing Speed

The continuous printing speed is shown in the below.
Print Speed
Paper Type/Size Input Tray Color Mode
Simplex Duplex
Color 78.0 sec or less 101.4 sec or less
Standard Tray
B/W 61.5 sec or less 80.0 sec or less
Plain/A4
Color 85.0 sec or less 110.5 sec or less
Option Tray
B/W 68.5 sec or less 89.1 sec or less
Measurement is conducted five times. Print speed is calculated as average of the

three values after the maximum and minimum values are excluded.
8 – 10
4.10 Input Properties

4.10.1 Paper pick-up system
- Paper pick-up with paper tray

Feeding method of this printer is ARRF method.
4.10.2 Paper pick-up capacity
- Paper pick-up with paper tray

• 250 sheet Paper Tray : 250 sheets or below 27.6mm of standard paper
- SSI paper pick-up

1 sheet
4.11 Output Properties

4.11.1 Paper delivery system
Paper can be delivered by the following method.
- FACE DOWN delivery
4.11.2 Paper delivery capacity

150 sheets (Letter/A4 standard paper)*
4.11.3 Delivery paper size/mass

All paper sizes applicable to this printer
4.11.4 Full stack detection

non
8 – 11
4.12 Paper
4.12.1 Paper type
Paper which can be used with this printer is classified into standard paper, general paper and special
paper.
- Standard paper
Using this type of paper is recommended. Reliability, operability and print image quality are the
application range of the specifications.
Following paper is the standard paper.
B/W F/C
For overseas market 4200DP X-pressions
- General paper
General paper is plain paper except standard paper and special paper, and its reliability and
running performance are within the specification, but the print image quality is out of the
specification.
- Special paper
Special paper except for plain paper. Reliability and operability are the applicable range of
specifications but the print image quality is out of the applicable range of specifications.
4.12.2 Paper mass

- Paper feed from paper tray
"60 to 216 gsm" (16 lb to 80 lb)
4.12.3 Paper size

Paper size which can be set to each paper pick-up unit is shown in the table below.
Cassette Paper size

A5, B5 (JIS, IOS), A4, Letter, Executive, Legal,
Folio, Envelope, Monarch, DL, C5, Com-10
Minimum size
250 Sheet Paper Tray/SSF
Width 76.2mm × Length 127mm
Maximum size
Width 215.9mm × Length 355.6mm
8 – 12
5. Consumables
Consumables are usually replaced by costumers. In the event of recovery of failure attributable to
consumables or isolation of failure, you may replace them.
5.1 Items of Consumables

- Black toner cartridge
Cartridge to supply black toner to the development unit.
Black toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
- Yellow toner cartridge
Cartridge to supply yellow toner to the development unit.
Yellow toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
- Magenta toner cartridge
Cartridge to supply magenta toner to the development unit.
Magenta toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
- Cyan toner cartridge
Cartridge to supply cyan toner to the development unit.
Cyan toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
5.2 Consumable Life

- Black toner cartridge: 1k / 2.5kPV
- Yellow toner cartridge: 1k / 2.5kPV
- Magenta toner cartridge: 1k / 2.5kPV
- Cyan toner cartridge: 1k / 2.5kPV
5.3 Periodic Replacing Parts (Reference)

- PHD 24kPV
- FUSER 50kPV or 5 years
- Separator Roller and Feed Roller 50kPV or 5 years
8 – 13
Fuser
PHD Unit
Black Cartridge
Separator Roller
Feed Roller Cyan Cartridge
Magenta Cartridge
Yellow Cartridge
Rio08010KA
Separator Roller
Feed Roller
Rio08011KA
8 – 14
6. Operating Environment
6.1 Installation Temperature / Humidity
Installation temperature and humidity on the condition without condensation is as follows.
At operating: 5-32 °C, 15-85%RH (No condensation)
At standby: minus 20-40 °C, 5-85%RH (No condensation)
6.2 Installation Altitude

0 to 3,100m
6.3 Installation Horizontality

Longitudinal levelness of table surface on which the printer is installed:1 degree or under
Lateral levelness of table surface on which the printer is installed :1 degree or under
6.4 Ambient Lighting

3,000 Lux or less (without no direct sun beams)
6.5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge

The guaranteed period of the print cartridge before unpacked is as follows:
Normal conditions: 24 months under 0 to 35°C, 15 to 80% RH.
Harsh conditions: Up to one month under -20 to 0°C and 35 to 40°C, 5 to 15% RH and 80 to 95% RH.
The storage altitude shall be 0 to 3,100m. Can be extended to 0 to 15,000m when shipped by air.
(Provided that the cargo bay is pressurized to 70.9275Kpa or higher.)
8 – 15
7. Safety / Environment Conditions

7.1 Safety Standard
- 110V system
UL60950-1
CSA C22.2 No.60950
- 220V system
IEC60950-1 / EN60950-1 2001
7.2 Laser Safety Standard

- 110V system
FDA21CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J, Section 1010, 1040
- 220V system
IEC60825-1 Amendment 1 + Amendment 2 / EN60825-1 Amendment 11 + Amendment 2 Class
1 Laser Product
7.3 EMI
- 110V system (US)
FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B
- 220V system (EC)
EN55022 (CISPR Publication 22), Class B
7.4 Noise
Noise of printing is as follows.
Noise Sound power level (B) Sound pressure (dBA)

Printer LWA LPA
During printing 6.60 52.0
During Ready / Sleep 4.3 25.0
8 – 16
8. Print image Quality

8.1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions
The image quality is specified and guaranteed under the following conditions.
8.1.1 Environmental conditions

Environment condition for evaluating image quality
Temperature: 15-28 °C
Humidity: 20-70%RH
8.1.2 Guaranteed paper

The print image quality specified here is guaranteed with standard paper fed from the paper tray.
Evaluation is performed with the maximum size of each standard paper.
- Xerox 4200DP 201b letter
- Xerox Digital Color Xpression 24lb letter
8.1.3 Paper condition

The paper used is fresh paper immediately after unpacked, which has been left in the operating
environment for 12 hours before unpacking.
8.1.4 Printer condition

The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed with the printer in normal condition.
8.1.5 Image quality guaranteed area

The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed in the guaranteed image quality area
specified in this manual. (Refer to Chapter 1)
8.1.6 Criterion
The print image quality is guaranteed with the Spec. In rate = 90% (γ = 90%).
8 – 17
9. Option
9.1 Option to be Installed by Users
Users can install the following unit.
- 250 Feeder Unit
- Duplex Unit
- Expansion memory (512MB / 1024MB)
- Wireless Printer Adapter
- Network Protocol Adapter
8 – 18
10. ESS Specification

10.1 External Interface
10.1.1 USB
Item Specification
Connector Type-B x 1
Protocol USB2.0, High Speed
Supported Client Windows 2000 / XP / 2003 / Vista / Server 2008
10.1.2 Ethernet (required the Network adaptor)
Item Specification
Connection 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Protocol See “10.2 Network Protocol” for details
10.1.3 Wireless
Item Specification
Connection IEEE802.11b / 802.11g
Protocol See “10.2 Network Protocol” for details
8 – 19
10.2 Network Protocol

10.2.1 Printing Protocol
Maximum
Protocol Transport Supported Client
Session
LPD TCP/IP 1 Windows 2000 / XP / 2003 / Vista
Port9100 TCP/IP 1 Windows 2000 / XP / 2003 / Vista
*1 TCP/IP 2 Windows Vista / 2008
WSD
Netware /IP*1 TCP/IP 1 Netware 5, 5.1, 6, 6.5 *2
*1:Enabling only when Network Protocol Adapter is installed.
*2:Netware 6.5 is required to apply support pack 1.1 or later provided by Novell.
10.2.2 Other Protocols
Protocol Transport Support

SMTP
E-mail Alert
SMTP TCP/IP
[Supported Mail Server]
LotusNotes, MS-Exchange, Eudora
SNMP
[Supported MIB]
MIB-II (RFC1213)
SNMPv1/v2/v3*1 UDP/IP
HostResources MIB (RFC1514)
PrinterMIB (RFC1759)
Printer Port Monitor MIB
HTTP/HTTPS
[Client]
HTTP/HTTPS*1 TCP/IP (Windows 2000 / XP / Vista / 2008)
Internet Explorer 6.x or 7x
Firfox x 2.0
DHCP
DHCP UDP/IP [Supported OS]
Windows 2003 / 2008
BOOTP
BOOTP UDP/IP [Supported OS]
Windows 2003 / 2008
RARP
RARP TCP/IP [Supported OS]
Unix (Solalis 9)
AutoIP
AutoIP TCP/IP [Software]
Installer
*1:Enabling only when Network Protocol Adapter is installed.
8 – 20
10.3 Decomposer
10.3.1 PDL
PDL Interface port Operating system

PCL printing system data USB, TCP/P Windows 2000, XP, 2003, Vista, Server 2008
10.3.2 Font
Font set Format Supported encoding Remarks

81 Fonts and 36 symbol - -
10.3.3 Image Area
Usable Area Size Maximum : 215.9mm (8.5 in.) x 355.6mm (14 in.)
4.1 mm each from four edges (left, right, top and bottom) of
Unprintable Area
paper
Printable Area Maximum : 207.9mm (8.18 in.) x 347.6mm (13.68 in.)
Print Image Quality Guaranteed
Same as Printable Area
Area
8 – 21
10.4 Job Control

10.4.1 Cancel Print
A print job in process can be cancelled at the operation panel.
10.4.2 Job Recovery

When a job fails due to recoverable error like a paper jam, the printer automatically restarts the job
after the jammed paper is removed.
10.4.3 Job Time Out

When job transmission is interrupted for a certain period of time (Time can be changed at the oper-
ation panel and unlimited time can be selected), the print data is deleted as an error.
10.4.4 Dell Color Track

Dell Color Track is a function to specify the availability of color print and to limit print volume per
user. Only administrators are allowed to make limitation settings from the EWS.
User name and password is embedded in the print job in order to identify who the job is sent from.
User name and password are entered by user from the printer driver.
The printer can support maximum 50 accounts.
10.4.5 Secure Print (/Store Print)

When memory is expanded (512MB or more), the printer holds print data, including a user password
(12 digits) specified in the printer driver, user name and document name, in memory. The data is not
printed until the same password, user name and document name are specified at the printer UI.
The user can select whether the data is cleared or not after being printed. The data remains in the
printer as long as it is not cleared. The data on the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
The user can omit entering a password (This is called Store Print).
10.4.6 Proof Print

When memory is expanded (512MB or more), proof print can be selected only when multiple sets of
prints are specified in the printer driver. The printer prints only the first set of the print data. Then the
user can select whether the remaining sets are printed or not (the remaining data is cleared) when
the same user name and document name are entered at the printer UI. The data remains in the
printer as long as it is not cleared. The data on the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
10.4.7 IP Filter
The user can select to accept or reject jobs for the specified IP address. Up to 5 IP addresses can
be specified. IP filter is available only to LPD and Port9100 printing protocol.
8 – 22
10.5 Logging
10.5.1 Job Logging
The printer can retain up to 20 job logs. Job log can be printed instantly according to the user's
request or automatically printed when the number of the retained job logs has reached 10. Job log
includes the following information:
• Job sent date and time
• Input interface (USB, Lpd, Port9100)
• Document name (File name)
• Output color
• User name/Host name
• Number of printed pages (Color, B/W)
• Number of printed impressions (Color, B/W)
• Paper size
• Result (Successful, Error, etc.)
10.5.2 Error Logging

The printer can retain up to 42 jam errors and up to 42 fatal errors.
The user can print error log by the panel operation.
Jam error log includes the following information:
• PV counter when jam has occurred
• Name of Jam
Fatal error log includes the following information:

• PV counter when error has occurred
• Error code
10.5.3 Billing Count
• The same data is stored in two or more addresses in one IC. Data check
(checksum etc.) is conducted.
• When ESS is replaced, IC can be transferred. (IC is mounted on socket)
Counter Description
Color Print Counter Count the number of paper printed in color
B/W Print Counter Count the number of paper printed in B/W
Total Print Counter Count the total number of paper printed in color and B/W
8 – 23
10.6 ID Print
User name can be printed. The printing position can be selected from upper right, upper left, lower
right and lower left (Only for PCL6).
The user selects using the operation panel whether user name is printed or not and where it is
printed.
10.7 Non DELL Toner Mode

When life of toner cartridge has ended, the printer stops accepting print request (life of toner car-
tridge is counted by the counter in CRUM). Taking into consideration that some users use refilled
toner cartridges, the printer can accept print request by the user’s panel operation even if life of
toner cartridge has ended. When the mode has changed so that the printer does not stop even after
life of toner cartridge ends, the printer displays a message on the operation panel to inform the user
of the mode change. When the printer operates in this mode, print image quality is not guaranteed.
Also, remaining toner level is not displayed (as CRUM data can not be guaranteed).
8 – 24
10.8 Utility Print

10.8.1 Printer Settings List
Printer Settings List can be printed according to the user's request.
Printer Settings List is printed in B/W on A4 size paper (Letter size paper for US) in the automatically
selected paper tray.
Printer Settings List includes the following information:
[Title]
Printer name, Company Logo
[General]
Printer name, Service tag, Asset Number, Total Impressions, Color Impressions,
Black Impressions, Serial Number, Memory capacity, Printer Language , Number of
Fonts Available, Firmware version, Boot version, Engine Version, Default Paper,
Default Plain, Default Label, Default Language
[Wired Network]
Firmware version, MAC address, Ethernet Setting
TCP/IP, LPD, Port9100, SNMP, E-Mail Alert, EWS, IP Filter, IPv4, IPv6, IPsec, WSD,
HTTP-SSL/TLS
[Wireless]
Wireless Setting* (SSID,Network Type,Quality,Link Channel)
* Listed when wireless LAN option is installed
[Printer Options]
Duplexer
Optional Tray
Wireless Printer Adapter
Network Protocol Adapter
[Print Volume]
Print volume for each paper size
10.8.2 Panel Settings List Print

Panel Settings List can be printed by the user's request.
Panel Settings List is printed in B/W on A4 size paper (Letter size paper for the US) in the automati-
cally selected paper tray.
10.8.3 Font List Print

PCL Font List can be printed by the user's operation.
PCL Font List is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray.
10.8.4 Macros List Print

PCL Macros List can be printed by the user's operation.
PCL Macros List is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray.
8 – 25
10.8.5 Job History Report
The user can print Job History Report by requesting instant print or by setting auto print.
Job History Report in B/W on A4 size (Letter size for the US) in the automatically selected paper
tray.
- Date
- Time
- Input Port
- Host/User Name
- Document Name
- Output Color
- Paper Size
- Pages
- Sheets
- Result
10.8.6 Error History Report

Error History Report can be printed according to the user's request.
Error History Report in B/W on A4 size (Letter size for the US) in the automatically selected paper
tray.
- System Fail History:
Total Print Count
Chain-Link (Error Code)
- Paper Jam History:
Total Print Count
Type of Jam
10.8.7 Demo Page Print

Demo page can be printed by the user's operation.
Demo page is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray.
8 – 26

Dell 2130cn Full Manual PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Dell 2130cn Full Manual PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Dell 2130cn

Version Issu e date Note

1st March 19, 2010 1st issued

2. Marks giving caution

If instructions are not observed, death or serious injury may result.

If instructions are not observed, injuries to workers or physical damage to assets

Essentials for procedures, steps, rules, and others.

Reference Incidental information to descriptions.

- Instruction manuals (standard manuals)

- Spare parts list

4.1 Power source

Do not touch live parts unless otherwise specified.

4.3 High-temperature units

Laser beams have features as follows:

4.5.1 Caution label for high-temperature units

Rio Service Manual ix

Check the printer for evidence of any damages.

1. About this manual............................................................................................................. ii

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................1 - 1

Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic .................................................................................2 - 1

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures ........................................................3 - 1

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations..............................................................4 - 1

Chapter 5 Parts List........................................................................................................5 - 1

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation ..................................................................................6 - 1

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information .......................................................7 - 1

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications .....................................................................................8 - 1

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting

Check installation status

Send back printer or parts for

1.2 Check Installation Status

1.3 Cautions on Service Operations

6) When touching hot parts, be careful not to get burnt.

1.4 Cautions on Using FIP

[P/J12] → Connector (P/J12) is connected.

1.5 Items to Be Confirmed Before Going to FIP Troubleshooting

Basic Printer Problems

Print Media Guidelines

Identifying Print Media Sources and Specifications

Print Media Sizes and Support Y: Yes N: No

Print Media Supported Y: Yes N: No

Consumables life display.

Consumables Pre Warning Warning

Ready to Print Replace Cart.

PHD Ready to Print Replace PHD.

<Near Life> <Life Over>

FUSER Ready to Print Replace FUSER.

<Near Life> <Life Over>

Transfer Belt Ready to Print 094-911

2.2 Flow of FIP

2.3 Status Code List

Error Message FIP to be

Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <3>)

Error Message FIP to be

004-310 Turn off the printer. Confirm

004-311 Turn off the printer. Confirm

Error Message FIP to be

Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <3>)